Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  51-0396366
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)



331 Treble Cove Road
North Billerica, MA 01862
(978) 671-8001

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Michael P. Duffy
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
331 Treble Cove Road, Building 600-2
North Billerica, MA 01862
(978) 671-8408

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



See Table of Additional Registrants Below



Copies to:

Corey R. Chivers, Esq.
Heather L. Emmel, Esq.
Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP
767 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10153
(212) 310-8000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



           If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box. o

           If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

           If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

           Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o

           Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE CHART

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Amount to be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Unit(1)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

9.750% Senior Notes due 2017

  $150,000,000   100%   $150,000,000   $17,415
 

Guarantees of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017

        —(2)

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
The Additional Registrants will guarantee the payment of the 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act, no separate registration fee for the guarantees is payable.

           The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents


Table of Additional Registrants

Exact Name of
Registrant as
Specified in its
Charter (Or Other
Organizational
Document)
  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
  I.R.S Employer
Identification
Number
(If None, Write N/A)
  Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code
Number
  Address, Including Zip
Code, of Registrant's
Principal Executive
Offices
  Telephone Number,
Including Area
Code, of Registrant's
Principal Executive
Offices

Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. 

  Delaware     32-0225450     2834   331 Treble Cove Road,
North Billerica, MA 01862
  (978) 671-8001

Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC

  Delaware     61-1549164     2834   331 Treble Cove Road,
North Billerica, MA 01862
  (978) 671-8001

        The name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the agent for service for each of the Additional Registrants is:

Michael P. Duffy
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.
331 Treble Cove Road, Building 600-2
North Billerica, MA 01862
(978) 671-8408


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 1, 2011

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

LOGO

LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE
All Outstanding
9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 not registered under the Securites Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Restricted Notes")
for
9.750% Senior Notes due 2017

the issuance of each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (as defined below)
(the "Exchange Notes" and, collectively with the Restricted Notes, the "new notes"). We refer herein to the
foregoing offer to exchange as the "exchange offer."

         The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2011, unless we extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.

Material Terms of the Exchange Offer

Results of the Exchange Offer

         Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Restricted Notes where such Restricted Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."


Consider carefully the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2011


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  16

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  42

The Exchange Offer

  44

Basis of Financial Information

  54

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

  55

Use of Proceeds

  56

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

  56

Capitalization

  57

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  58

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  60

Industry and Market Data

  91

Business

  92

Management

  118

Executive and Director Compensation

  122

Principal Stockholders

  137

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  138

Description of Other Indebtedness

  139

Description of the Exchange Notes

  141

Plan of Distribution

  200

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Exchange Offer

  201

Legal Matters

  202

Experts

  202

Where You Can Find More Information

  202

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

        No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such information and representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or any offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in our affairs since the date hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.


TRADEMARKS

        We own or have the rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names, including, among others, the following: DEFINITY®, Ablavar®, TechneLite®, Cardiolite®, Neurolite®, Vialmix® and Lantheus Medical Imaging® referred to in this prospectus. Solely for convenience, we refer to trademarks, service marks and trade names in this prospectus without the TM, SM and ® symbols. Such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks and trade names. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus, such as Myoview® and Optison® are, to our knowledge, owned by such other company.

i


Table of Contents


SUMMARY

        This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled "Risk Factors," and the financial statements and related notes before deciding to participate in the exchange offer. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "Lantheus," "our company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, references to "Lantheus Intermediate" refer to Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., the parent of Lantheus, and references to "Holdings" refer to Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc., the parent of Lantheus Intermediate.

Overview

        We are a leading specialty pharmaceutical company that develops, manufactures and distributes innovative diagnostic medical imaging products on a global basis. Our current imaging agents primarily assist in the diagnosis of heart, vascular and other diseases using nuclear imaging, echocardiography and magnetic resonance imaging ("MRI") technologies. We also have a full clinical and preclinical development pipeline of next-generation and first-in-class products that use Positron Emission Tomography ("PET") and MRI technologies. We believe that our products offer significant benefits to patients, healthcare providers and the overall healthcare system. As a result of more accurate diagnosis of disease, we believe our products allow healthcare providers to make more informed patient care decisions, potentially improving outcomes, reducing patient risk and decreasing costs for payors and the entire healthcare system.

        Our principal branded products include DEFINITY, TechneLite, Cardiolite and Ablavar, which, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 74% of our total revenues in 2010.

        We distribute our products in the United States and internationally through radiopharmacies, distributor relationships and our direct sales force. In addition, we both own radiopharmacies and sell directly to end-users in Canada, Puerto Rico and Australia. In the rest of the world, including Europe, Asia and Latin America, we utilize distributor relationships to distribute our products.

1


Table of Contents

        To supplement our portfolio of marketed products, we have an experienced research and development ("R&D") team with expertise across the discovery, preclinical and clinical development continuum, including Phase 4 post-marketing studies.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 16 of this prospectus, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, prior to deciding whether to participate in the exchange offer or invest in the notes. Some of these risks include:

Corporate History

        Founded in 1956 as New England Nuclear Corporation, we were purchased by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company in 1981. Bristol-Myers Squibb Company ("BMS") subsequently acquired the diagnostic medical imaging business as part of its acquisition of DuPont Pharmaceuticals in 2001. Avista Capital Partners, L.P. and affiliates (collectively, "Avista") acquired the medical imaging business from BMS in January 2008 (the "Acquisition").

2


Table of Contents

Our Sponsor

        Avista is a leading private equity firm with offices in New York, NY, Houston, TX and London, UK. Founded in 2005 as a spin-out from the former DLJ Merchant Banking Partners ("DLJMB") franchise, Avista's strategy is to make controlling or influential minority investments primarily in growth-oriented energy, healthcare, media, consumer and industrial companies. Through its team of seasoned investment professionals and industry experts, Avista seeks to partner with exceptional management teams to invest in and add value to well-positioned businesses.

Our Executive Offices

        Our principal executive offices are located at 331 Treble Cove Road, North Billerica, Massachusetts 01862, and our telephone number at that address is (978) 671-8001. Our web site is located at www.lantheus.com. The information on our web site is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

3


Table of Contents


Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer

        On March 21, 2011, we completed the private offering of $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our Restricted Notes. We refer to the issuance of the Restricted Notes in this prospectus as the "March 2011 issuance."

        The Restricted Notes were offered as "additional notes" under an indenture pursuant to which we had previously issued $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the "existing notes," and together with the new notes, the "notes"). The Restricted Notes were treated as a single series with the existing notes and had the same terms as the existing notes, except that (1) the Restricted Notes were subject to a separate registration rights agreement and (2) until the consummation of this exchange offer, the Restricted Notes will have a separate CUSIP number from that of the existing notes. The Restricted Notes and the existing notes vote as one class under the indenture governing the notes.

        In a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Restricted Notes, we agreed to, among other things, complete an exchange offer for the Restricted Notes. You are entitled to exchange your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer for Exchange Notes with identical terms, except that the Exchange Notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer or contain additional interest provisions. The Exchange Notes will be issued under the same indenture as the Restricted Notes. Unless you are a broker-dealer or unable to participate in the exchange offer, we believe that the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer may be resold by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. You should read the discussions under the headings "The Exchange Offer" and "Description of the Exchange Notes" for further information regarding the Exchange Notes.

Registration Rights Agreement

  Under the registration rights agreement, we are obligated to offer to exchange the Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes with substantially identical terms. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy that obligation. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your Restricted Notes.

The Exchange Offer

 

We are offering to exchange up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes for a like principal amount of the Restricted Notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

 

If we fail to satisfy our registration obligations under the registration rights agreement, including, if required, our obligation to have an effective shelf registration statement for the Restricted Notes, we may be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the Restricted Notes, up to a maximum of 1.00% per year. See "The Exchange Offer—Purpose and Effect."

 

In order to be exchanged, Restricted Notes must be properly tendered and accepted. All Restricted Notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be accepted and exchanged.

 

We will issue the Exchange Notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

4


Table of Contents

Resales of the Exchange Notes

 

We believe that the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act if, but only if, you meet the following conditions:

 

•       the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer are acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

•       at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer in violation of the Securities Act;

 

•       you are not our affiliate, as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

 

•       you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer;

 

•       if you are a participating broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for the Restricted Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; and

 

•       you are not acting on behalf of any persons or entities who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

 

Our belief is based on interpretations by the Staff of the Commission, as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us. The Staff has not considered the exchange offer in the context of a no-action letter, and we cannot assure you that the staff would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offer.

 

If you do not meet the above conditions, you may not participate in the exchange offer or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Notes unless (i) they have been registered for resale by you under the Securities Act and you deliver a "resale" prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or (ii) you sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Exchange Notes in accordance with an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5


Table of Contents

 

Each broker-dealer that received Exchange Notes in the exchange offer for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any of its resales of those Exchange Notes. A broker-dealer may use this prospectus to offer to resell, resell or otherwise transfer those Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." A broker-dealer may use this prospectus for an offer to resell or to otherwise transfer those Exchange Notes for a period of 180 days after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Expiration Date                                                                                      

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2011, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer. We do not intend to extend the exchange offer, although we reserve the right to do so. If we determine to extend the exchange offer, we do not intend to extend it beyond            , 2011.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

 

The only conditions to completing the exchange offer are that:

 

•       the exchange offer does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission;

 

•       no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to us; and

 

•       all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals we deem necessary for the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

See "The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer."

Procedure for Tendering Restricted Notes

 

The Restricted Notes were issued as global securities in fully registered form without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Notes which are held by direct or indirect participants in The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") through certificateless depositary interests are shown on, and transfers of the Restricted Notes can be made only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.

6


Table of Contents

 

If you are a holder of a Restricted Note held in the form of a book-entry interest and you wish to tender your Restricted Note for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to Wilmington Trust FSB, as exchange agent, on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer either:

 

•       a written or facsimile copy of a properly completed and executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents to the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or

 

•       a computer-generated message transmitted by means of DTC's Automated Tender Offer Program ("ATOP") system and forming a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.

 

The exchange agent must also receive on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer either:

 

•       a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your original notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC, in accordance with the procedure for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading "The Exchange Offer—Book-Entry Transfers;" or

 

•       the documents necessary for compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

 

A form of letter of transmittal accompanies this prospectus. By examining the letter of transmittal or delivering a computer-generated message through DTC's ATOP system, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

•       the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer are acquired in the ordinary course of your business;

 

•       at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer in violation of the Securities Act;

 

•       you are not our affiliate, as that term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act;

 

•       you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer;

 

•       if you are a participating broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for the Restricted Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; and

7


Table of Contents

 

•       you are not acting on behalf of any persons or entities who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

Special Procedure for Beneficial Owners                                                                                                             

 

If you are the beneficial owner of Restricted Notes and they are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender your Restricted Notes, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your Restricted Notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC's book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal for your Restricted Notes and delivering your Restricted Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Restricted Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the person in whose name your Restricted Notes are registered. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

 

If you wish to tender your Restricted Notes and:

 

•       they are not immediately available;

 

•       time will not permit your Restricted Notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration of the exchange offer; or

 

•       you cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis,

 

you may tender your Restricted Notes in accordance with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes."

Acceptance of Restricted Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes

 

Except under the circumstances described above under "Conditions to the Exchange Offer," we will accept for exchange any and all Restricted Notes which are properly tendered in the exchange offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. The Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration date. See "The Exchange Offer—Terms of the Exchange Offer."

Withdrawal

 

You may withdraw the tender of your Restricted Notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return to you any Restricted Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason without expense to you promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

8


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

 

The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the exchange offer. Accordingly, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in our outstanding indebtedness or change in our capitalization. We will bear the expenses of the exchange offer. See "Use of Proceeds."

Exchange Agent

 

Wilmington Trust FSB is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

 

If you do not participate in the exchange offer, upon completion of the exchange offer, the liquidity of the market for your Restricted Notes could be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes."

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes will not be a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. See "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations of the Exchange Offer."

9


Table of Contents


Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes

        The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. Some of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The "Description of the Exchange Notes" section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Notes.

Issuer   Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

Exchange Notes Offered

 

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017. The Exchange Notes are "additional notes" under an indenture pursuant to which we previously issued $250 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the "existing notes"). The Exchange Notes are treated as a single series with these existing notes and will vote together as one class under the indenture governing the Exchange Notes.

Maturity Date

 

May 15, 2017.

Interest

 

The Exchange Notes will bear interest at a rate of 9.750% per year. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

Interest Payment Dates

 

We will pay interest on the Exchange Notes semi-annually, in arrears, on May 15 and November 15, commencing May 15, 2011.

Ranking

 

The Exchange Notes will be our senior unsecured obligations. Accordingly, they will rank:

 

•       effectively subordinate to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;

 

•       effectively subordinate to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and other liabilities owed to us);

 

•       equal in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior unsecured indebtedness, including the existing notes; and

 

•       senior in right of payment to all of our future senior subordinated indebtedness.


 

 

As of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the offering of the Restricted Notes and the use of proceeds therefrom, we had total indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million, including $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the existing notes, none of which was secured indebtedness and none of which was junior in right of payment to the notes.

10


Table of Contents

Guarantees   The Exchange Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by our parent, Lantheus Intermediate, and by each of our existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. In the future, the guarantees may be released or terminated under certain circumstances. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Guarantees."

 

 

Each guarantee will rank:

 

•       effectively subordinate to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the guarantor, including its guarantee of indebtedness under our revolving credit facility, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;

 

•       equal in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the guarantor including the guarantees related to the existing notes; and

 

•       senior in right of payment to all existing and future senior subordinated indebtedness of the guarantor.


 

 

As of December 31, 2010, our guarantor subsidiaries collectively had no third-party indebtedness, other than the guarantee of the notes.

 

 

Our foreign subsidiaries and any future unrestricted subsidiaries will not guarantee our obligations under the Exchange Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, these non-guarantor subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately 21.5% of our total revenues. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 11.2% of our consolidated assets and had approximately 4.5% of liabilities (including trade payables), to which the notes and related guarantees would have been structurally subordinated.

Optional Redemption

 

At any time prior to May 15, 2013, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at the redemption price set forth under "Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption."

 

 

At any time prior to May 15, 2014, we may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at a "make-whole" redemption price set forth under "Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption."

11


Table of Contents

    On and after May 15, 2014, we may redeem the Exchange Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth under "Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption."

Certain Covenants

 

The indenture governing the Exchange Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

•       incur additional debt;

 

•       pay dividends or make other distributions;

 

•       redeem stock;

 

•       issue stock of subsidiaries;

 

•       make certain investments;

 

•       create liens;

 

•       enter into transactions with affiliates; and

 

•       merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets.


 

 

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants."

Change of Control

 

If a change of control occurs, we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at the price set forth under "Description of the Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control."

Form and Denomination

 

The Exchange Notes will be book-entry only and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee. The Exchange Notes will be issuable in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Risk Factors

 

Investing in the Exchange Notes involves substantial risks. You should consider carefully the information set forth in the section entitled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 16 and all other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the Exchange Notes.

12


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

        The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data for Lantheus Intermediate, our parent company and a guarantor of the notes, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and as of December 31, 2010, which have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Lantheus Intermediate included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The summary consolidated financial data set forth below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations:

                   

Total revenues

  $ 536,844   $ 360,211   $ 353,956  

Cost of goods sold

    244,496     184,844     204,006  

General and administrative expenses

    64,909     35,430     30,042  

Sales and marketing expenses

    45,730     42,337     45,384  

Research and development expense

    34,682     44,631     45,130  

In-process research and development

    28,240          
               

Operating income

    118,787     52,969     29,394  

Interest expense

    (31,038 )   (13,458 )   (20,395 )

Interest income

    693     73     179  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

            (3,057 )

Other income, net

    2,950     2,720     1,314  
               

Income before income taxes

    91,392     42,304     7,435  

Provision for income taxes

    (48,606 )   (21,952 )   (2,465 )
               

Net income

  $ 42,786   $ 20,352   $ 4,970  
               

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                   

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

                   
 

Operating activities

  $ 178,445   $ 95,783   $ 26,317  
 

Investing activities

    (530,832 )   (38,351 )   (8,550 )
 

Financing activities

    376,466     (49,102 )   (17,550 )

Other Financial Data:

                   

EBITDA(4)

  $ 192,797   $ 96,214   $ 62,037  

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

    253,882     104,060     85,228  

Capital expenditures

    12,175     8,856     8,335  

13


Table of Contents


 
  As of
December 31, 2010
 
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet and Other Data:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 33,006   $ 26,656  
 

Total assets

    495,881     494,381  
 

Total long-term debt(2)

    250,000     398,500  
 

Current portion of long-term debt

         
 

Total stockholder's equity(3)

    153,434     3,434  
 

Net debt(4) to Adjusted EBITDA(6)

    2.5 x(5)   4.4 x(5)

(1)
Reflects the use of cash on hand of $6.4 million, which together with the proceeds of the March 2011 issuance of $152.3 million (including a $2.3 million add-on premium) were used to fund a $150.0 million dividend to Holdings, solicitation fees of $3.8 million and other estimated fees and expenses of $4.9 million.

(2)
Total long-term debt (Actual) consists of existing notes of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due May 10, 2017, issued May 10, 2010. Total long-term debt (As Adjusted) consists of (a) existing notes of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due May 10, 2017, issued May 10, 2010, net of the $3.8 million in fees related to the solicitation, which will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt, and (b) the Restricted Notes of $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% senior notes due May 10, 2017, inclusive of an add-on premium of $2.3 million.

(3)
Reflects the dividend payment of $150.0 million to Holdings to allow it to repurchase the remainder of its outstanding preferred stock and to pay a dividend to its common securityholders.

(4)
Net debt is a non-generally accepted accounting principles in the United States ("GAAP") financial measure and is defined as total debt less cash and cash equivalents (other than any restricted cash).

(5)
Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net debt divided by Adjusted EBITDA for the most recent twelve months.

The following table provides a reconciliation of our total long-term debt to net debt and the net debt to Adjusted EBITDA calculation:

 
  As of
December 31, 2010
 
 
  Actual   As adjusted  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 
 

Total long-term debt

  $ 250,000     398,500  
 

Less: Cash

    (33,006 )   (26,656 )
           

Net debt

    216,994     371,844  

Most recent twelve months Adjusted EBITDA

    85,228     85,228  

Net debt to Adjusted EBITDA

    2.5 x   4.4 x
(6)
EBITDA is defined as net income plus interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a measure used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude unusual items and other adjustments required or permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indenture governing the notes and our revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is also used by management to measure operating performance and by investors to measure a company's ability to service its debt and meet its other

14


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Net income

  $ 42,786   $ 20,352   $ 4,970  

Interest expense, net

    30,345     13,385     20,216  

Provision for income taxes(a)

    46,131     20,392     1,215  

Depreciation and amortization

    73,535     42,085     35,636  
               
 

EBITDA

    192,797     96,214     62,037  

Non-cash stock-based compensation

    1,368     1,209     1,634  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

            3,057  

Asset write-off(b)

    5,791     4,125     14,084  

Inventory step-up expense(c)

    8,189          

Acquired in-process R&D(d)

    28,240          

Severance costs(e)

    13,775         1,001  

Transaction expenses(f)

    2,742          

Sponsor fee and other(g)

    980     1,060     1,090  

Ablavar new manufacturer costs(h)

        910     1,816  

Ablavar launch costs(i)

        542     509  
               
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 253,882   $ 104,060   $ 85,228  
               

(a)
Represents provision for income taxes less tax indemnification associated with an agreement with BMS.

(b)
Represents non-cash losses incurred associated with the write-down of inventory and write-off of long-lived assets. The 2010 amount consists primarily of $10.9 million inventory write-down related to our Ablavar product. The 2009 amount is primarily related to the write-down of accessories related to our TechneLite product as a result of the global Moly shortage and Cardiolite inventory acquired from BMS. The 2008 amount was primarily related to our DEFINITY product as a result of the boxed warning in October 2007.

(c)
Represents the revaluation of inventory as a result of the impact of purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition.

(d)
Represents in-process R&D relating to the Acquisition. Immediately following the closing of the Acquisition, the in-process R&D was expensed.

(e)
In 2008, consists of severance costs relating to the closure of our European operations following the Acquisition. In 2010, consists of severance costs relating to one of our executive officers and a work force reduction in the fourth quarter.

(f)
Represents legal, information technology and human resource advisory services and other advisory fees incurred in connection with the Acquisition.

(g)
Represents annual sponsor monitoring fee and related expenses.

(h)
Represents costs associated with establishing a second manufacturing source for Ablavar.

(i)
Represents costs associated with the launch of Ablavar.

15


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        Participation in the exchange offer and an investment in the notes involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making your decision to participate in the exchange offer or invest in the notes. Any of the following risks, as well as other risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, could harm the value of the notes directly, or our business and financial results and thus indirectly cause the value of the notes to decline. As a result of any of these risks, known or unknown, you may lose all or part of your investment in the notes.

Risks Relating to our Business and Industry

The global supply of Moly is fragile and not stable. Our dependence on a limited number of third party suppliers for Moly could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.

        A critical ingredient of TechneLite, currently our largest product by annual revenues, is Moly. There are six major reactors located around the world which produce large scale amounts of Moly: NRU located in Canada; HFR located in The Netherlands; BR2 located in Belgium; OSIRIS located in France; SAFARI located in South Africa; and OPAL located in Australia. Moly produced at these reactors is then finished at one of five processing sites: Nordion (formerly known as MDS Nordion) in Canada; Covidien PLC ("Covidien") in The Netherlands; Institute for Radioelements ("IRE") in Belgium, which also processes raw Moly from several other smaller European reactors; NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd. ("NTP") in South Africa; and the Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organisation ("ANSTO") in Australia. Finished Moly is then sold to technetium generator manufacturers, including us. Historically, our largest supplier of Moly has been Nordion which has relied on the NRU reactor owned and operated by AECL, a Crown corporation of the Government of Canada, located in Chalk River, Ontario. This reactor was off-line from May 2009 until August 2010 due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel. The inability of the NRU reactor to produce Moly and Nordion to finish Moly during the shutdown period had a detrimental effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of the NRU reactor shutdown, we experienced business interruption losses. We estimate the quantity of such losses to be, in the aggregate, more than $70 million, including increases in the cost of obtaining limited amounts of Moly from alternate, more distant, suppliers, and substantial decreases in sales revenue as a result of significantly curtailed manufacturing of TechneLite generators and our decreased ability to sell other Moly-based medical imaging products, including Cardiolite, in comparison to our forecasted results. Although the NRU reactor returned to service and we are receiving substantial amounts of Moly from Nordion to serve our customers' needs, the NRU reactor's current license expires in October 2011. Although the Government of Canada previously publicly stated its intent to exit the isotope business in the longer term, AECL and the Government of Canada have stated that they intend to apply to extend the license for the NRU reactor for an additional five years to 2016. However, public attitudes about the perceived safety of nuclear facilities could affect our suppliers and, indirectly, us. We cannot assure you that the license will be extended beyond 2011.

        The NRU reactor is scheduled to be off-line for four weeks starting in May 2011 for inspection and maintenance. There can be no assurance that such off-line period will last for the stated time or that the NRU will not experience other shutdowns in the future. Further prolonged scheduled or unscheduled shutdowns would limit the amount of Moly available to us and limit the quantity of TechneLite that we could manufacture, distribute and sell, resulting in a further substantial negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        In the face of the NRU reactor operating challenges, the lack of a long-term commitment by the Government of Canada to the medical isotope industry and the NRU reactor re-licensure risks in 2011,

16


Table of Contents


we entered into Moly supply agreements with NTP and IRE to augment our supply of Moly. While this additional Moly supply allowed us to continue to manufacture and sell technetium generators during the NRU reactor shutdown, this replacement capacity was not sufficient to replace the quantity of supply we otherwise received from Nordion. If the NRU reactor is off-line in May 2011 for longer than the anticipated time, our replacement capacity may not be sufficient to meet all of our customer demand. Moreover, any further disruption of service from any of our Moly suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We are also pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world to further augment our current supply, but we cannot assure you that these possible additional sources of Moly will result in commercial quantities of Moly for our business, or that these new suppliers together with our current suppliers will be able to deliver a sufficient quantity of Moly to meet our needs.

        U.S., Canadian and international governments have encouraged the development of a number of alternative Moly production projects with existing reactors and technologies as well as new technologies. However, the Moly produced from these projects will likely not become available until 2013, if ever. As a result, there is a limited amount of Moly available which could limit the quantity of TechneLite that we could manufacture, distribute and sell, resulting in a further substantial negative effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        If the Moly supply challenges again become acute, there may be further negative effects on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The instability of the global supply of Moly and recent supply shortages have resulted in increased costs, which could negatively affect our margins, and more restrictive agreements with suppliers could increase our costs.

        With the general instability in the global supply of Moly and recent supply shortages, we have faced substantial increases in the cost of Moly in comparison to historical costs. We are generally able to pass these Moly cost increases on to our customers in our customer contracts. If we are not able to do so in the future, our margins may decline further with respect to our TechneLite generators, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, the instability in the global supply of Moly resulted in Moly producers requiring, in exchange for fixed Moly prices, supply minimums in the form of take-or-pay obligations. If we are contractually obligated to purchase greater volumes of Moly than we can sell, these supply minimums could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The Moly supply shortage caused by the recent NRU reactor shutdown has had a negative effect on the demand for some of our products, which could continue in the future.

        The Moly supply shortage also had an incremental negative effect on the use of other technetium generator-based diagnostic medical imaging agents, including Cardiolite. With less Moly, we manufactured fewer generators for radiopharmacies and hospitals to make up unit doses of Cardiolite, resulting in decreased share of Cardiolite in favor of Thallium, an older medical isotope that does not require Moly, and other diagnostic modalities. With the return to service of the NRU reactor, we have seen increased sales in both Cardiolite and TechneLite. However, TechneLite unit volume has not returned to pre-shortage levels for, we believe, a number of reasons, including: (i) changing staffing and utilization practices in radiopharmacies, which have resulted in an increased number of unit-doses of technetium-based radiopharmaceuticals being made from available amounts of technetium; (ii) continued heightened demand for Thallium, which has decreased but not yet to pre-shortage levels; and (iii) shifts to alternative diagnostic imaging modalities during the Moly supply shortage which have not yet returned to technetium-based procedures. We are currently not certain when, if ever, the staffing and utilization practices in radiopharmacies, the relative demand for Thallium and TechneLite

17


Table of Contents


and the mix between technetium and non-technetium based diagnostic procedures will return to pre-shortage levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues.

        We obtain a substantial portion of our products from third party suppliers. We rely on sole source manufacturing for DEFINITY, Neurolite and certain of our TechneLite accessories at Ben Venue Laboratories, Inc. ("BVL") and Ablavar at Covidien. We also rely on BVL for a majority of our Cardiolite supply. In addition, for reasons of quality assurance or cost effectiveness, we purchase certain components and raw materials from sole suppliers. Because we do not control the actual production of many of the products we sell, we may be subject to delays caused by interruption in production based on conditions outside of our control. At our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility, we manufacture TechneLite on a relatively new, highly automated production line, as well as Thallium and Gallium using our older cyclotron technology. If we or one of our manufacturing partners experiences an event, including a labor dispute, natural disaster, fire, power outage, security or other issue, we may be unable to manufacture the relevant products at previous levels, if at all. Due to the stringent regulations and requirements of the governing regulatory authorities regarding the manufacture of our products, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement sources for certain components or materials. In July 2010, BVL temporarily shut down the facility where they manufacture DEFINITY, Cardiolite and other products in order to upgrade the facility to meet certain European Medicines Agency ("EMEA") requirements. BVL has planned for the shutdown to run through March 2011. Following the completion of BVL's shutdown, we expect BVL to resume production of our products in April 2011. In anticipation, BVL manufactured additional inventory of these products to meet our expected needs during this period. There can be no assurance that BVL's facility will return to service as scheduled or that the inventory supplied will be sufficient to meet demand for our products during the shutdown period.

        In addition to our existing manufacturing relationships, we are also pursuing new manufacturing relationships to establish and secure additional or alternative supplies of each of DEFINITY and Ablavar. We cannot assure you, however, that these activities will be maintained, will be successful, or that before such second source manufacturers are fully functional that we will be able to avoid or mitigate possible interim supply shortages. In addition, we cannot assure you that our existing suppliers or any new suppliers can adequately maintain either their financial health or regulatory compliance to allow continued production and supply. A reduction or interruption in manufacturing, or an inability to secure alternative sources of raw materials or components, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In the United States, we are heavily dependent on a few large customers to generate a majority of our revenues for our nuclear imaging products. Outside of the United States, we rely on distributors to generate a substantial portion of our revenue.

        In the United States, we rely on a limited number of radiopharmacy chains, primarily Cardinal Health, Inc. ("Cardinal"), United Pharmacy Partners, Inc. ("UPPI") and GE Healthcare, to distribute our current largest volume nuclear imaging products and generate a majority of our revenues. These three customers accounted for approximately 54% of our total revenues in 2010, with Cardinal, UPPI and GE Healthcare accounting for 27%, 15% and 12%, respectively. In June 2010, Triad Isotopes, a member of UPPI then with 26 radiopharmacies in its specific group, completed the purchase of 37 additional U.S. radiopharmacies from Covidien. Among the existing radiopharmacies in the United States, continued consolidation or reorganization may have a negative effect on our business, results of

18


Table of Contents


operations, financial condition or cash flows. We generally have distribution arrangements with our major radiopharmacy customers pursuant to multi-year contracts, each of which is subject to renewal, from as soon as December 2012 until as late as December 2014. If these contracts are not in force through the balance of their term or are not renewed, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        Outside of the United States, Canada, Australia and Puerto Rico, we have no radiopharmacies or sales force and therefore rely on distributors, either on a country-by-country basis or on a multi-country, regional basis, to market, distribute and sell our products. These distributors accounted for approximately 23% and 29% of total non-U.S. revenues in 2010 and 2009, respectively. In certain circumstances, these distributors may also sell competing products to our own or products for competing diagnostic modalities. As a result, we cannot assure you that our international distributors will increase or maintain our current levels of unit sales or increase or maintain our current unit pricing, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        To the extent that we enter into a development and commercialization arrangement for one or more of our pipeline candidates and are successful in obtaining regulatory and reimbursement approval for such candidate or candidates, we will likely have to share some of the economic benefits that those products generate with our partner or partners.

We face significant competition in our business and may not be able to compete effectively.

        The market for diagnostic medical imaging agents is highly competitive and continually evolving. Our principal competitors in existing diagnostic modalities include large, global companies with substantial financial, manufacturing, sales and marketing, and logistics resources that are more diversified than us, such as Covidien, GE Healthcare, Bayer Schering Pharma AG and Bracco Diagnostics Inc. ("Bracco"), as well as other competitors. We cannot anticipate their competitive actions, such as price reductions on products that are comparable to our own, development of new products that are more cost-effective or have superior performance than our current products, and the introduction of generic versions when our proprietary products lose their patent protection. Our current or future products could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of this competition. Our failure to compete effectively could cause us to lose market share to our competitors and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Generic competition has eroded our share for Cardiolite and will likely continue to do so.

        We are currently aware of four separate generic offerings of sestamibi, the first of which launched in September 2008. Management believes Cardiolite's share of the MPI segment decreased from approximately one half to approximately one-third of the entire segment from 2008 through December 31, 2010. Cardiolite accounted for approximately 60%, 33% and 22% of our total revenues in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively. To the extent generic competitors further reduce their prices, we may be forced to further reduce the price of Cardiolite and lose additional segment share, which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. With continued pricing pressure from generic competitors, we also sell Cardiolite in the form of a generic sestamibi while at the same time continuing to sell branded Cardiolite throughout the MPI segment. This strategy of attempting to maintain market share by selling branded and generic sestamibi could result in a further decrease in units of branded Cardiolite sold, resulting in lower margins and decreased unit cash flow from this product line. In addition, to the extent other generic competitors further reduce their prices, we may be forced to further reduce the price of our Cardiolite products, which could have a further adverse effect on our margins, business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

19


Table of Contents


We are highly dependent on payments from third party healthcare payors, including government sponsored programs, particularly Medicare, in the United States and other countries in which we operate, and reductions in third party coverage and reimbursement rates for our products could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        A substantial portion of our revenue depends, in part, on the extent to which the costs of our products are reimbursed by third party private and governmental payors, including Medicare, Medicaid and other U.S. government sponsored programs as well as other non-U.S. governmental payors and private payors. These third party payors exercise significant control over patient access and increasingly use their enhanced bargaining power to secure discounted rates and other requirements that may increase the cost of service or reduce demand for our products. Our potential customers' ability to obtain appropriate reimbursement for products and services from these third party payors affects the selection of products they purchase and the prices they are willing to pay. If these third party payors do not provide appropriate reimbursement for the costs of our products, deny their coverage or reduce their current levels of reimbursement, healthcare professionals may not prescribe our products and providers and suppliers may not purchase our products. In addition, demand for new products may be limited unless we obtain favorable reimbursement policies (including coverage, coding and payment) from governmental and private third party payors at the time of the product's introduction. Third party payors continually review their coverage policies for existing and new therapies and can deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products or revise payment policies such that payments do not adequately cover the cost of our products. Even if third party payors make coverage and reimbursement available, such reimbursement may not be adequate or these payors' reimbursement policies may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        Over the past several years, Medicare has implemented numerous changes to payment policies for imaging procedures, some of which have had a negative impact on utilization of imaging services. These include limiting payments in physician offices and free-standing imaging facility settings based upon rates paid to hospital outpatient departments, reducing payments for certain imaging procedures when performed together with other imaging procedures in the same family of procedures, and making significant revisions to the methodology for determining the practice expense portion of Medicare payment, which covers physician office expenses, including staff, equipment and supplies. In 2010, the U.S. government's Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services ("CMS"), which administers the Medicare program, began a four year transition to changes in the practice expense methodology based upon the Physician Practice Information Survey ("PPIS"), which collected information on physician practice expenses by specialty. For 2010, CMS estimated that these and other changes to Medicare payment policy would reduce payments for cardiology services by approximately 8% and for nuclear medicine services by 18%. For 2011, CMS estimates that these changes would reduce payments for cardiology services approximately 2% and for nuclear medicine services by 4%. Cardiology and nuclear medicine are the key specialties performing imaging procedures using our products. Unless Medicare changes its plans to implement the PPIS fully by 2013 or Congress mandates such changes, payments are expected to be reduced further by 2013.

        Moreover, under the Medicare statutory formula, payments under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule would have decreased for the past several years if Congress failed to intervene. In the past, when the application of the statutory formula resulted in lower payments, Congress has passed interim legislation to prevent the reductions. For 2010, CMS projected a rate reduction of 21.2% under the statutory formula and a number of legislative measures were passed to prevent this reduction. For the second half of 2010, the update factor was increased by 2.2 percent. For 2011, the Medicare and Medicaid Extenders Act of 2010 which was signed into law on December 15, 2010, froze the 2010 update through 2011. President Obama's budget for fiscal year 2012 includes measures that would freeze the update factor for an additional two years. If Congress fails to intervene to prevent the

20


Table of Contents


negative update factor in the future through either another temporary measure or a permanent revision to the statutory formula, payments to physicians may be further reduced in the future.

Reforms to the United States healthcare system may adversely affect our business.

        A significant portion of our patient volume is derived from U.S. government healthcare programs, principally Medicare, which are highly regulated and subject to frequent and substantial changes. For example, in March 2010, the President signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the "Healthcare Reform Act"). It contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse, which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs. We cannot assure you that the Healthcare Reform Act will not adversely affect our business and financial results, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

        We expect that the Healthcare Reform Act and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, such as the Healthcare Reform Act's imposition of a non-deductible annual fee on pharmaceutical manufacturers or importers who sell "branded prescription drugs" and a non-deductible excise tax on medical devices could have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and our ability to successfully commercialize our products or could limit or eliminate our spending on development projects.

The Healthcare Reform Act could potentially reduce the number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed or could reduce the amount of reimbursements paid for such procedures.

        The Healthcare Reform Act is expected to extend coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured Americans. However, we cannot predict how many, if any, of those additional insureds would be current or future candidates for diagnostic medical imaging or, if as a result of such larger pool of insured Americans, the aggregate number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed in the United States would increase.

        Further, the implementation of the Healthcare Reform Act could potentially reduce the aggregate number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed in the United States. Under the Healthcare Reform Act, referring physicians under the federal self-referral law must inform patients that they may obtain certain diagnostic imaging services from a provider other than that physician, his or her group practice, or another physician in his or her group practice. The referring physician must provide each patient with a written list of other suppliers who furnish such services in the area in which the patient resides. This new information provision could have the effect of shifting where certain diagnostic medical imaging procedures are performed, which could potentially reduce the overall number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed.

        For 2010, CMS reduced the per procedure medical imaging reimbursement in the physician office and free-standing imaging facility. CMS transitioned further reductions in payments through 2013. This could result in physicians or group practices ceasing to provide these services and have the further effect of shifting where certain medical imaging procedures are performed from the physician office and free-standing imaging facility settings to the hospital outpatient setting, which could potentially reduce the overall number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed. Further, this could slow the acceptance and introduction of next-generation imaging equipment into the marketplace, which, in turn, could adversely impact the future market adoption of certain of our imaging agents already in the market or currently in clinical or preclinical development. We expect that there will continue to be proposals to reduce or limit Medicare and Medicaid payment for services. To the extent

21


Table of Contents


any of these or other provisions of the Healthcare Reform Act have the effect of reducing the aggregate number of diagnostic medical imaging procedures performed in the United States, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be adversely affected. See "Business—Regulatory Matters."

        Further, we expect that there will continue to be proposals to reduce or limit Medicare and Medicaid payment for services. Rates paid by private third party payors, including those that provide Medicare supplemental insurance, are based, in part, on established physician, clinic and hospital charges and are generally higher than Medicare payment rates. Reductions in the amount of reimbursement paid for diagnostic medical imaging procedures and changes in the mix of our patients between non-governmental payors and government sponsored healthcare programs and among different types of non-government payor sources, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our business and industry are subject to complex and costly regulations. If government regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner adverse to us or our business, we may be subject to enforcement actions, penalties, exclusion and other material limitations on our operations.

        Both before and after the approval of our products and product candidates, we, our products, product candidates, operations, facilities, suppliers, distributors, contract manufacturers, contract research organizations and contract testing laboratories are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local government agencies in the United States as well as non-U.S. and transnational laws and regulations, with regulations differing from country to country. In the United States, the FDA regulates, among other things, the pre-clinical testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, potency, labeling, storage, record keeping, quality systems, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, and import and export of drug products. We are required to register our business for permits and/or licenses with, and comply with the stringent requirements of the FDA, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (the "NRC"), the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (the "DEA"), the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (the "HHS"), Health Canada, the EMEA, state and provincial boards of pharmacy, state and provincial health departments and other state and provincial agencies.

        For example, we are required to report certain adverse events and production problems, if any, to the FDA. Additionally, we must comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products, including the prohibition on the promotion of our products for indications that have not been approved by the FDA or a so-called "off-label use." If the FDA determines that our promotional materials constitute the unlawful promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions. Also, quality control and manufacturing procedures at our own facility and at third party suppliers must conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices ("cGMP") regulations after approval, and the FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs and, from time to time, makes such cGMPs more stringent. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, and quality control. In addition, the FDA will begin to require in December 2011 that the manufacturers of commercial PET products, including radiopharmacies, hospitals and academic medical centers, register with the FDA as drug manufacturers, and the administrative burden of this additional regulatory compliance could limit the number of available PET manufacturing sites for our products.

        In addition, we are subject to laws and regulations that govern financial and other arrangements among healthcare providers, including federal and state anti-kickback statutes, federal and state false claims laws and regulations, beneficiary inducement laws and regulations, and other fraud and abuse laws and regulations.

22


Table of Contents

        For example, we recently entered into a Medicaid Drug Rebate Agreement for certain of our products, which could subject us to potential liability under the False Claims Act in connection with the covered products as well as the products not covered by the agreement. Although we and most of our competitors have not previously entered into such an agreement and it is unclear that it is required, we have received inquiries from several states and recently decided to enter into such agreement. Determination of the rebate amount for our products under the Medicaid program, as well as determination of payment amounts under Medicare and certain other third party payers, including government payers, depends upon information reported by us to the government. If we provide customers or government officials with inaccurate information about the products' eligibility for reimbursement, or the products fail to satisfy eligibility requirements, we could be subject to potential liability under the False Claims Act or other laws and regulations.

        Additionally, funds received under all healthcare reimbursement programs are subject to audit with respect to the proper billing. Our customers engage in billing and as such, retroactive adjustments of revenue from these programs could occur.

        Failure to comply with other requirements and restrictions placed upon us by laws and regulations can result in fines, civil and criminal penalties, program exclusion and debarment. Possible consequences of such actions could include:

        Regulations are subject to change as a result of legislative, administrative or judicial action, which may also increase our costs or reduce sales. Violation of any of these regulatory schemes, individually or collectively, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

It is time consuming and costly to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, which could delay or prevent us from being able to generate revenue from product sales.

        We are not permitted to market our product candidates in the United States or other countries until we have received requisite regulatory approvals. For example, securing FDA approval for a new drug requires the submission of a New Drug Application ("NDA") to the FDA for our drug candidates. The NDA must include extensive nonclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate's safety and effectiveness for each indication. The NDA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. The FDA review process can take many years to complete, and approval is never guaranteed. If a product is approved, the FDA may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling, impose restricted distribution programs, require expedited reporting of certain adverse events, or require costly ongoing requirements for post-marketing clinical studies and surveillance or other risk management measures to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product candidate. Markets outside of the United States also have requirements for approval of drug candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing. Obtaining regulatory approval for marketing of a product candidate in one country does not ensure we will be able to obtain regulatory approval in other countries, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in other countries. Also, any regulatory approval of any of our products or product candidates, once obtained, may be withdrawn. Approvals might not be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

23


Table of Contents

        Any failure or significant delay in completing clinical trials for our product candidates, or in receiving regulatory approval for the sale of our product candidates, may severely harm our business and delay or prevent us from being able to generate revenue from product sales. See "—Our business and industry are subject to complex and costly regulations. If government regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner adverse to us or our business, we may be subject to enforcement actions, penalties, exclusion and other material limitations on our operations."

Challenges with product quality or product performance, including defects, caused by us or our suppliers could result in a decrease in customers and sales, unexpected expenses and loss of market share.

        The manufacture of our products is highly exacting and complex and must meet stringent quality requirements, due in part to strict regulatory requirements, including the FDA's cGMPs. Problems may arise during manufacturing for a variety of reasons including equipment malfunction, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, defective raw materials and environmental factors. Additionally, manufacturing flaws, component failures, design defects, off-label uses or inadequate disclosure of product-related information could result in an unsafe condition or the injury or death of a patient. Such events could lead to a recall of, or issuance of a safety alert relating to, our products. We also may undertake voluntarily to recall products or temporarily shut down production lines based on internal safety and quality monitoring and testing data.

        These problems could cause us to incur significant costs, including costs to replace products, lost revenue, damage to customer relationships, time and expense spent investigating the cause, and potentially cause similar losses with respect to other products. Such problems could also divert the attention of our management R&D personnel from product development efforts. If we deliver products with defects, or if there is a perception that our products contain errors or defects, we could incur recall and product liability costs, and our credibility and the market acceptance and sales of our products could materially decline. Due to the strong name recognition of our brands, an adverse event involving one of our products could result in reduced market acceptance and demand for all products within that brand, and could harm our reputation and our ability to market our products in the future. In some circumstances, adverse events arising from or associated with the design, manufacture or marketing of our products could result in the suspension or delay of regulatory reviews of our applications for new product approvals. Such problems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our marketing and sales practices may contain risks that could result in significant liability, require us to change our business practices and restrict our operations in the future.

        We are subject to federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including the federal fraud and abuse law (the "Federal Anti-Kickback Statute"), the False Claims Act, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the self-referral laws and restrictions on the promotion of off-label uses of our products. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid as well as health programs outside the United States. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to changing interpretation and application, which could restrict our sales or marketing practices. Even minor, inadvertent irregularities in claim submissions could potentially give rise to a charge that the law has been violated. Although we believe we maintain an appropriate compliance program, it may not be adequate in the detection or prevention of violations and/or the relevant regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation. Additionally, if there is a change in law, regulation or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change one or more of our business practices to be in compliance with these laws. Required changes could be costly and time consuming.

24


Table of Contents

        The recently enacted Healthcare Reform Act imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug manufacturers for any "transfer of value" made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers, effective March 30, 2013. Such information will be made publicly available in a searchable format beginning September 30, 2013. In addition, device and drug manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to $150,000 per year (and up to $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission. Finally, under the Healthcare Reform Act, effective April 1, 2012, pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors must provide the HHS with an annual report on the drug samples they provide to physicians.

        The Healthcare Reform Act also provides greater financial resources to be allocated to enforcement of these laws and regulations and lower proof-standards for the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes, which may increase overall compliance costs for industry participants, including us. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the false claims statutes. The violation of these laws, or our exclusion from such programs as Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental programs, a result of a violation of such laws, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Ultrasound contrast agents may cause side effects which could limit our ability to sell DEFINITY.

        DEFINITY is an ultrasound contrast agent based on perflutren lipid microspheres. In 2007, the FDA received reports of deaths and serious cardiopulmonary reactions following the administration of ultrasound micro-bubble contrast agents used in echocardiography. Four of the 11 reported deaths were caused by cardiac arrest occurring either during infusion or within 30 minutes following the administration of the contrast agent; most of the serious but non-fatal reactions also occurred in this time frame. As a result, in October 2007, the FDA requested that we and GE Healthcare, which distributes Optison, a competitor to DEFINITY, add a boxed warning to these products emphasizing the risk for serious cardiopulmonary reactions and that the use of these products was contraindicated in certain patients. In a strong reaction by the cardiology community to the FDA's new position, a letter was sent to the FDA, signed by 161 doctors, stating that the benefit of these ultrasound contrast agents outweighed the risks and urging that the boxed warning be removed. In May 2008, the FDA substantially modified the boxed warning, which, however, is still in place. In May 2011, the FDA will hold an advisory committee meeting to consider the status of ultrasound micro-bubble contrast agents and the boxed warning. The FDA has asked that we give a presentation at the meeting on post-market surveillance and post-market safety. If additional safety issues arise, this may result in further changes in labeling or result in restrictions on the approval of our product, including removal of the product from the market. Lingering safety concerns about DEFINITY among some healthcare providers or future unanticipated side effects or safety concerns associated with DEFINITY could have a material adverse effect on the unit sales of this product and our financial condition and results of operations.

Gadolinium-based imaging agents may cause side effects which could limit our ability to sell Ablavar.

        Ablavar is a contrast agent that contains gadolinium. Gadolinium contrast agents have been associated with the development of a very rare skin disease, nephrogenic systemic fibrosis ("NSF"). It has also been reported that NSF may affect the internal anatomy as well as the skin. In May 2007, the FDA requested that manufacturers of all contrast agents containing gadolinium add a boxed warning and a new warning section that describes the risk of NSF because it is currently impossible to

25


Table of Contents


definitively determine whether the extent of risks for developing NSF are the same for all agents containing gadolinium. In September 2010, the FDA requested that additional safety-related label changes be implemented for all gadolinium-based contrast agents to highlight the risks of NSF. Of the seven gadolinium-based contrast agents currently approved for use in the United States, three of them were required by the FDA to include certain new contraindications relating to severe kidney disease. The FDA required no substantial changes to the Ablavar prescribing information.

        We are aware of ongoing litigation in the United States relating to the use of imaging agents containing gadolinium. When it was purchased by us from EPIX in April 2009, Ablavar was known as Vasovist. To date, there have been no reported cases of NSF in connection with the administration of Ablavar or, to our knowledge, Vasovist, and neither we nor EPIX have been named as a party or joined in any litigation relating to NSF. We believe that over 95,000 doses of Ablavar and Vasovist have been sold to date. However, in the event Ablavar is directly linked to this very rare disease or other unanticipated side effects, such safety concerns could have a material adverse effect on the sales of this product, and our financial conditions and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to introduce new products and adapt to a changing technology and diagnostic landscape.

        The healthcare industry is characterized by continuous technological development resulting in changing customer preferences and requirements. The success of new product development depends on many factors, including our ability to anticipate and satisfy customer needs, obtain regulatory and reimbursement approvals on a timely basis, develop and manufacture products in a cost-effective and timely manner, maintain advantageous positions with respect to intellectual property and differentiate our products from our competitors. To compete successfully in the marketplace, we must make substantial investments in new product development whether internally or externally through licensing or acquisitions. Our failure to introduce new and innovative products in a timely manner would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        Even if we are able to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory and reimbursement approvals for our new products, the success of these products would depend upon market acceptance. Levels of market acceptance for our new products could be affected by a number of factors, including:

        The field of diagnostic medical imaging is dynamic, with new products, including equipment and agents, continually being developed and existing products continually being refined. Our own diagnostic imaging agents compete not only with other similarly administered imaging agents but also with imaging agents employed in different and often competing diagnostic modalities. New imaging agents in

26


Table of Contents


a given diagnostic modality may be developed that provide benefits superior to the then-dominant agent in that modality, resulting in commercial displacement. Similarly, changing perceptions about comparative efficacy and safety including, among other things, comparative radiation exposure, as well as changing availability of supply may favor one agent over another or one modality over another. For example, prior to the recent outage of the NRU reactor, we experienced a slow annual decline in demand for Thallium as an MPI agent, in favor of Cardiolite which has superior safety and efficacy characteristics. To the extent there is technological obsolescence in any of our products that we manufacture, resulting in lower unit sales or decreased unit sales prices, we will have increased unit overhead allocable to the remaining share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, in the case of a new product such as Ablavar, because the market acceptance of Ablavar has been slower than we initially anticipated and because of the magnitude of the required purchase minimums originally contained in the Covidien agreement, we entered into an amendment to the agreement in August 2010 to reduce the minimum purchase requirements. Significant cash outflows will be required during the term of this purchase commitment and for costs incurred in connection with the product launch, with limited cash inflows from Ablavar until market penetration increases further. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $10.9 million for Ablavar finished good product that has already been manufactured by Covidien that will likely expire prior to its sale to and use by customers. We are continuing to review with Covidien our manufacturing arrangements for Ablavar. If we negotiate a further amendment to the agreement with Covidien or otherwise modify our relationship in order to further reduce or eliminate the remaining purchase minimums, or if we agree to a consensual termination of the agreement, we could incur additional costs, the magnitude of which we cannot currently estimate. To the extent any of the products we manufacture become less available because of supply constraints or other events beyond our control, our current customers may begin to favor a competing agent or a competing diagnostic modality which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flows.

        Our current portfolio of products primarily focuses on heart disease and vascular disease. This particular focus, however, may not be in our long-term best interest if the incidence and prevalence of heart disease and vascular disease decrease over time. Despite the aging population in the affluent parts of the world where diagnostic medical imaging is most frequently used, government and private efforts to promote preventative cardiac care through exercise, diet and improved medications could decrease the overall demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The process of developing new drugs is complex, time-consuming and costly, and the outcome is not certain.

        Two of our pipeline candidates (our PET perfusion contrast agent and our cardiac neuronal imaging agent) are currently in clinical development, while a third pipeline candidate (our vascular remodeling agent) is in pre-clinical development at the lead optimization stage. To obtain regulatory approval for these product candidates, we must conduct extensive human tests, which are referred to as clinical trials, as well as meet other rigorous regulatory requirements. Satisfaction of all regulatory requirements typically takes many years and requires the expenditure of substantial resources. A number of other factors may cause significant delays in the completion of our clinical trials, including unexpected delays in the initiation of clinical sites, slower than projected enrollment, competition with ongoing clinical trials and scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians, regulatory requirements, limits on manufacturing capacity and failure of a product candidate to meet required standards for administration to humans. In addition, it may take longer than we project to achieve study endpoints and complete data analysis for a trial. Given the cost and complexity associated with conducting later stage clinical trials, we are currently considering seeking one or more development and commercialization partners to assist us with our PPA. We may also consider outlicensing other pipeline products in the future. Depending upon the terms that we can negotiate with one or more prospective

27


Table of Contents


partners, the development of our pipeline candidates could be delayed by the timing of the consummation of such transactions as well as factors specific to the partner or partners involved.

        Our product candidates are also prone to the risks of failure inherent in drug development and testing. The results of preliminary studies do not predict clinical success, and larger and later-stage clinical trials may not produce the same results as earlier-stage trials. Sometimes, product candidates that have shown promising results in early clinical trials have subsequently suffered significant setbacks in later clinical trials. Product candidates in later-stage clinical trials may fail to show desired safety and efficacy traits, despite having progressed through initial clinical testing. Further, the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support regulatory approval, or regulators could interpret the data differently and less favorably than we do. Further, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. Clinical trials of potential products often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. Regulatory authorities may require us or our partners to conduct additional clinical testing, in which case we would have to expend additional time and resources. The approval process may also be delayed by changes in government regulation, future legislation or administrative action or changes in regulatory policy that occur prior to or during regulatory review. The failure to provide clinical and preclinical data that are adequate to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the regulatory authorities that our product candidates are safe and effective for their proposed use will delay or preclude approval and will prevent us from marketing those products.

        Even if our product candidates proceed successfully through clinical trials and receive regulatory approval, there is no guarantee that an approved product can be manufactured in commercial quantities at reasonable cost or that such a product will be successfully marketed. For example, our PPA will require the creation of a complex, field-based manufacturing and distribution network involving PET cyclotrons located at radiopharmacies where the agent will be manufactured and distributed rapidly to end-users, given the agent's 110-minute half-life. Our development costs will increase if we are required to complete additional or larger clinical trials with respect to product candidates. If the delays or costs are significant, our financial results and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will be adversely affected.

In the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to product liability claims and lawsuits, including potential class actions, alleging that our products have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury.

        Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could be costly to defend and could result in an increase of our insurance premiums. Although we have not had any such claims to date, claims that could be brought against us might not be covered by our insurance policies. Furthermore, even where the claim is covered by our insurance, our insurance coverage might be inadequate and we would have to pay the amount of any settlement or judgment that is in excess of our policy limits, which we believe are consistent with other pharmaceutical companies in the diagnostic medical imaging industry. We may not be able to obtain insurance on terms acceptable to us or at all, since insurance varies in cost and can be difficult to obtain. Our failure to maintain adequate insurance coverage or successfully defend against product liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We use hazardous materials in our business and must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive.

        Our operations use hazardous materials and produce hazardous wastes, including radioactive, chemical and, in certain circumstances, biological materials and wastes. We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations as well as non-U.S. laws and regulations relating to the

28


Table of Contents


transport, use, handling, storage, exposure to and disposal of these materials and wastes. Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have become more stringent over time. We are required to obtain, maintain and renew various environmental permits and nuclear licenses. Although we believe that our safety procedures for transporting, using, handling, storing and disposing of, and limiting exposure to, these materials and wastes comply in all material respects with the standards prescribed by applicable laws and regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury cannot be eliminated. We place a high priority in these safety procedures and seek to limit any inherent risks. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of wastes generated by our operations. Prior to disposal, we store any low level radioactive waste at our facilities until the materials are no longer considered radioactive. Although we believe we have complied in all material respects with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that we have been or will be in compliance with all such laws at all times. If we violate these laws, we could be fined, criminally charged or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We may be required to incur further costs to comply with current or future environmental and safety laws and regulations. In addition, in the event of accidental contamination or injury from these materials, we could be held liable for any damages that result and any such liability could exceed our resources.

        While we have budgeted for current and future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with these laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury, investigation or cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could develop and market products with features similar to our products, and demand for our products may decline.

        Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent protection and trade secret protection of our technologies and product candidates as well as successfully defending these patents and trade secrets against third party challenges. We will only be able to protect our intellectual property from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets cover them.

        The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. In addition, changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third party patents.

        The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:

29


Table of Contents

        Moreover, the issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its validity or enforceability. A third party may challenge the validity or enforceability of a patent even after its issuance by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. It is also uncertain how much protection, if any, will be afforded by our patents if we attempt to enforce them and they are challenged in court or in other proceedings, such as oppositions, which may be brought in U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdictions to challenge the validity of a patent.

        The defense and prosecution of intellectual property suits, interferences, oppositions and related legal and administrative proceedings in the United States are costly, time consuming to pursue and result in diversion of resources. The outcome of these proceedings is uncertain and could significantly harm our business. If we are not able to defend the patents of our technologies and products, then we will not be able to exclude competitors from marketing products that directly compete with our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        We will also rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We use reasonable efforts to protect our trade secrets, but our employees, consultants, contractors, outside scientific partners and other advisors may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors or other third parties. Enforcing a claim that a third party improperly obtained and is using our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes less willing to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. We often rely on confidentiality agreements with our collaborators, employees, consultants and other third parties and invention assignment agreements with our employees to protect our trade secrets and other know-how and proprietary information concerning our business. These confidentiality agreements may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, and there can be no guarantee that an employee or an outside party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, other technical know-how or proprietary information. We may not have adequate remedies for any unauthorized disclosure. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making such unauthorized disclosures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

        We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks, including DEFINITY, Cardiolite, TechneLite, Ablavar, Neurolite and Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. If our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

30


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the patent or other intellectual property rights of a third party. The outcome of any such claims is uncertain and any unfavorable result could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We may be subject to claims by third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights. While we believe that the products that we currently manufacture using our proprietary technology do not infringe upon or otherwise violate proprietary rights of other parties or that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, we cannot assure you that we would not be found to infringe on or otherwise violate the proprietary rights of others.

        We may be subject to litigation over infringement claims regarding the products we manufacture or distribute. This type of litigation can be costly and time consuming and could generate significant expenses, damage payments (potentially including treble damages) or restrictions or prohibitions on our use of our technology, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if we are found to be infringing on proprietary rights of others, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, obtain a license (which may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all), make substantial one-time or ongoing royalty payments, or cease making, using and/or selling the infringing products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be adversely affected by the current economic environment.

        Our ability to attract and retain customers, invest in and grow our business and meet our financial obligations depends on our operating and financial performance, which, in turn, is subject to numerous factors, including the prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors beyond our control, such as the rate of unemployment, the number of uninsured persons in the United States and inflationary pressures. We cannot anticipate all the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

        We are exposed to risks associated with reduced profitability and the potential financial instability of our customers, many of whom may be adversely affected by volatile conditions in the financial markets. For example, unemployment and underemployment, and the resultant loss of insurance, may decrease the demand for healthcare services and pharmaceuticals. If fewer patients are seeking medical care because they do not have insurance coverage, our customers may experience reductions in profitability and/or cash flow problems that could lead them to modify, delay or cancel orders for our products. If customers are not successful in generating sufficient revenue or are precluded from securing financing, they may not be able to pay, or may delay payment of, accounts receivable that are owed to us. This, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. In addition, if economic challenges in the United States result in widespread and prolonged unemployment, either regionally or on a national basis, prior to the effectiveness of certain provisions of the Healthcare Reform Act, a substantial number of people may become uninsured or underinsured. In turn, this may lead to fewer individuals pursuing or being able to afford diagnostic medical imaging procedures. To the extent economic challenges result in fewer procedures being performed, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

31


Table of Contents


Our business is subject to international economic, political and other risks that could negatively affect our results of operations or financial position.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, 25.2% of our total revenues were derived from countries outside the United States. We anticipate that revenue from non-U.S. operations may grow. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

        These factors are beyond our control. The realization of any of these or other risks associated with operating in non-U.S. countries could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We face currency and other risks associated with international sales.

        We generate significant revenue from export sales, as well as from operations conducted outside the United States. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the net impact of foreign currency changes on transactions was a loss of $209,000 and a gain of $794,000, respectively. Operations outside the United States expose us to risks including fluctuations in currency values, trade restrictions, tariff and trade regulations, U.S. export controls, non-U.S. tax laws, shipping delays, and economic and political instability. For example, violations of U.S. export controls could result in fines and the suspension or loss of export privileges which could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations, financial conditions and cash flows.

        The functional currency of each of our non-U.S. operations is generally the local currency. Exchange rates between some of these currencies and U.S. Dollars have fluctuated significantly in recent years and may do so in the future. Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge such economic exposures. It is possible that fluctuations in exchange rates will have a negative effect on our results of operations.

32


Table of Contents


U.S. credit markets may impact our ability to obtain financing or increase the cost of future financing, including, in the event we obtain financing with a variable interest rate, interest rate fluctuations based on macroeconomic conditions that are beyond our control.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had total consolidated debt of approximately $250.0 million. After giving effect to the March 2011 issuance, we had $400 million of total consolidated debt. Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $42.5 million revolving credit facility, under which we currently have no amounts outstanding. During periods of volatility and disruption in the U.S. credit markets, obtaining additional or replacement financing may be more difficult and the cost of issuing new debt or replacing our senior secured credit facilities could be higher than under our current facility. Higher cost of new debt may limit our ability to have cash on hand for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions on terms that are acceptable to us. Additionally, our revolving credit facility has a variable interest rate. By its nature, a variable interest rate will move up or down based on changes in the economy and other factors, all of which are beyond our control. If interest rates increase, our interest expense could increase, affecting earnings and reducing cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions.

Many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are, either directly or indirectly, with governmental entities, and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws outside the United States.

        The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, many of our customer relationships outside of the United States are, either directly or indirectly, with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our business depends on the continued effectiveness and availability of our information technology infrastructure, and failures of this infrastructure could harm our operations.

        To remain competitive in our industry, we must employ information technologies to support manufacturing processes, quality processes, distribution, R&D and regulatory applications that capture, manage and analyze the large streams of data generated in our clinical trials in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. We rely extensively on technology to allow the concurrent conduct of work sharing around the world. As with all information technology, our systems are vulnerable to potential damage or interruptions from fires, blackouts, telecommunications failures and other unexpected events, as well as to break-ins, sabotage or intentional acts of vandalism. Given the extensive reliance of our business on technology, any substantial disruption or resulting loss of data that is not avoided or corrected by our backup measures could harm our business, operations and financial condition.

33


Table of Contents

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly scientific, medical and sales personnel, required for our business, which would harm the development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

        Competition in our industry for highly skilled scientific, healthcare and sales personnel is intense. If we are unable to retain our existing personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for such personnel or because of insufficient financial resources, our growth may be limited and it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we lose the services of our key personnel, our business could be adversely affected.

        Our success is substantially dependent upon the performance, contributions and expertise of our chief executive officer, executive leadership and senior management team. Don Kiepert, our Chief Executive Officer and President, and other members of our executive leadership and senior management team play a significant role in generating new business and retaining existing customers. We have employment agreements with Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert and a limited number of other individuals on our executive leadership team, although we cannot prevent them from terminating their employment with us. We do not maintain key man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers. Our inability to retain our existing executive leadership and senior management team or attract and retain additional qualified personnel could have a materially adverse effect on our business.

We incur substantial ongoing costs as a result of being obligated to file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

        We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), with the SEC with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Commission, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls and corporate governance practices. Accordingly, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a company that did not need to so file.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting to be compliant with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management's attention from other business concerns which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition, and substantially increase our accounting, legal and compliance costs.

34


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Notes

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness which may limit our financial and operating activities and may adversely affect our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $250.0 million of total indebtedness consisting entirely of the existing notes, which mature on May 15, 2017. After giving effect to the March 2011 issuance, we have $400.0 million of total indebtedness, including $150.0 million of indebtedness consisting of the Restricted Notes. In addition, we have up to $42.5 million of additional borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility. Our substantial indebtedness and any future indebtedness we incur could:

        In addition, our substantial level of indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, or at all, for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be affected by general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our control.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we may incur more debt, which could exacerbate the risks described above.

        We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future subject to the limitations contained in the agreements governing our debt, including the indenture governing the notes. Although these agreements restrict us and our restricted subsidiaries from incurring additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. For example, we are generally permitted to incur certain indebtedness, including indebtedness to finance acquisitions of similar businesses, indebtedness arising in the ordinary course of business, indebtedness among restricted subsidiaries and us and indebtedness relating to hedging obligations. We are also permitted to incur indebtedness under the indenture governing the notes so long as we comply with a fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity." If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks that we and they now face as a result of our high leverage could intensify. In addition, the indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness under the agreements.

35


Table of Contents


Our debt agreements contain restrictions that will limit our flexibility in operating our business.

        The indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

        Additionally, the agreement governing our revolving credit facility requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the indenture governing the notes and the agreement governing our revolving credit facility. Although we believe that anticipated EBITDA amounts will be sufficient such that we will be in compliance with the financial covenants, if our upcoming quarterly earnings are not sufficient, we could be in violation of the leverage ratio covenant. We may also be unable to take advantage of business opportunities that arise because of the limitations imposed on us by the restrictive covenants under our indebtedness.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations.

        Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations, which are expected to be approximately $39 million of interest per year based on our $400 million in total indebtedness related to the notes, which principal is due at maturity, will depend on our future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors, many of which are outside of our control. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, including interest payments and the payment of principal at maturity, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, entering into corporate collaborations or licensing arrangements for one or more of our product candidates, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, licensed or partnered, or, if sold, licensed or partnered, of the timing of the transactions and the amount of proceeds realized from those transactions, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Furthermore, our ability to refinance would depend upon the condition of the finance and credit markets. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms or on a timely basis, would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Your right to receive payments on the notes is effectively subordinated to the rights of our existing and future secured creditors. Further, the guarantees of the notes will be effectively subordinated to all of the guarantors' existing and future secured indebtedness.

        Holders of our existing or future secured indebtedness and holders of existing or any future secured indebtedness of the guarantors will have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing that other indebtedness. The notes will be

36


Table of Contents


effectively subordinated to all of that secured indebtedness, including indebtedness under our revolving credit facility and any other future senior secured credit facility. In the event of any distribution or payment of our or the guarantors' assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of secured indebtedness will have a prior claim to those assets that constitute their collateral. Holders of the notes will participate in the distribution or payment of our and the guarantors' remaining assets ratably with all holders of our and the guarantors' unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the notes, and potentially with all of our other general creditors, based upon the respective amounts owed to each holder or creditor. In any of the foregoing events, we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient assets to pay amounts due on the notes. As a result, holders of notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of secured indebtedness.

The notes are effectively subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes.

        Certain of our subsidiaries, including all of our non-U.S. subsidiaries, will not guarantee the notes. To the extent that any of our subsidiaries do not guarantee the notes, the notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations, including indebtedness, of such non-guarantor subsidiaries. The claims of creditors of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors, will have priority as to the assets of those subsidiaries.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately 21.5% of our total revenues. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our non-guarantor subsidiaries held approximately 11.2% of our consolidated assets and had approximately 4.5% of liabilities (including trade payables), to which the notes and guarantees would have been structurally subordinated.

We are permitted to create unrestricted subsidiaries, which will not provide guarantees of the notes or be subject to any of the covenants in the indenture, and we may not be able to rely on the cash flow or assets of those unrestricted subsidiaries to pay our indebtedness.

        Unrestricted subsidiaries will not provide guarantees of the notes or be subject to the covenants under the indenture governing the notes. As a result, our unrestricted subsidiaries will be able to engage in many of the activities that we and our restricted subsidiaries are prohibited or limited from doing under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, such as selling, conveying or distributing assets, incurring additional debt, pledging assets, guaranteeing debt, paying dividends, making investments and entering into mergers or other business combinations, subject to certain restrictive covenants in any of their financing documents, as applicable. These actions could be detrimental to our ability to make payments of principal and interest when due and to comply with our other obligations under the notes, and may reduce the amount of our assets that will be available to satisfy your claims should we default on the notes. As of December 31, 2010, we did not have any unrestricted subsidiaries.

We may choose to repurchase or redeem a portion of the notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low, including in open market purchases.

        We may seek to repurchase or redeem a portion of the notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell your notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches. We may also from time to time repurchase the notes in the open market, privately negotiated transactions, tender offers or otherwise. Any such repurchases or redemptions and the timing and amount thereof would depend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity requirements,

37


Table of Contents


contractual restrictions and other factors. Such transactions could impact the market for our notes and negatively affect our liquidity.

A court could deem the obligations evidenced by the notes and the related guarantees to be a fraudulent conveyance.

        The net proceeds from the Restricted Notes were distributed to our sole stockholder, Lantheus Intermediate, which distributed the net proceeds to Holdings, its sole stockholder. Under federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the incurrence of the debt evidenced by the notes and the related guarantees could be voided or claims in respect of the notes and the guarantees could be subordinated to all of our other debt or the debt of our guarantors if, among other things, we or the guarantor, at the time we or it incurred the debt evidenced by the notes or the guarantee:

        In addition, any payment by us or that guarantor pursuant to the notes or its guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to us or the guarantor, or to fund for the benefit of our creditors or the creditors of the guarantor.

        The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

        We cannot be sure what standard a court would apply in making these determinations or, regardless of the standard, that a court would not void the guarantees or that any guarantee would not be subordinated to a guarantor's other indebtedness. In a 2009 Florida bankruptcy case, a similar provision was found to be ineffective to protect the guarantees.

Any future note guarantees provided after the notes are issued could also be avoided by a trustee in bankruptcy.

        The indenture governing the notes provides that certain of our future subsidiaries will guarantee the notes. Any future note guarantee for the benefit of the noteholders might be avoidable by the grantor (as debtor-in-possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy or other third parties if certain events or circumstances exist or occur. For instance, if the entity granting the future note guarantee were

38


Table of Contents


insolvent at the time of the grant and if such grant was made within 90 days, or in certain circumstances, a longer period, before that entity commenced a bankruptcy proceeding, and the granting of the future note guarantee enabled the noteholders to receive more than they would if the grantor were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, then such note guarantee could be avoided as a preferential transfer.

We may not be able to fulfill our repurchase obligations with respect to the notes upon a change of control.

        If we experience certain specific change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of our outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount of such notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. We cannot assure you that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the change of control purchase price for any or all of the notes that might be tendered in the change of control offer.

        The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the notes includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or substantially all" of our and our restricted subsidiaries' assets, taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase such notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of our and our "restricted subsidiaries" assets taken as a whole to another person or group may be uncertain. In addition, a recent Delaware Chancery Court decision raised questions about the enforceability of provisions, which are similar to those in the indenture governing the notes offered hereby, related to the triggering of a change of control as a result of a change in the composition of a board of directors. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require us to repurchase notes as a result of a change in the composition of our board of directors may be uncertain.

        In addition, our revolving credit facility contains, and any future credit agreement likely will contain, restrictions or prohibitions on our ability to repurchase the notes under certain circumstances. If these change of control events occur at a time when we are prohibited from repurchasing the notes, we may seek the consent of our lenders to purchase the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain these prohibitions or restrictions. If we do not obtain our lender's consent or refinance these borrowings, we will not be able to repurchase the notes. Accordingly, the holders of the notes may not receive the change of control purchase price for their notes in the event of a sale or other change of control, which will give the trustee and the holders of the notes the right to declare an event of default and accelerate the repayment of the notes. See "Description of the Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Change of Control."

An adverse rating of the notes may cause their trading price to fall.

        Multiple rating agencies have assigned ratings to the notes. As of March 17, 2011, the ratings of the notes with Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service were B+, stable outlook, and B3, stable outlook, respectively. Ratings agencies, however, may lower ratings on the notes or any of our other debt in the future. If rating agencies maintain a lower than-expected rating or reduce, or indicate that they may reduce, their ratings of our debt in the future, the trading price of the notes could significantly decline.

39


Table of Contents


If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us, holders of notes may receive a lesser amount for their claim than they would have been entitled to receive under the indenture governing the notes.

        If a bankruptcy petition were filed by or against us under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code after the issuance of the notes, the claim by any holder of the notes for the principal amount of the notes may be limited to an amount equal to the sum of:

        Any original issue discount that was not amortized as of the date of the bankruptcy filing would constitute unmatured interest. Accordingly, holders of the notes under these circumstances may receive a lesser amount than they would be entitled to receive under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, even if sufficient funds are available.

We are indirectly owned and controlled by Avista and their interests may conflict with yours as a creditor.

        Avista and an affiliated co-investment vehicle collectively own approximately 99.5% of Holdings, which is the sole stockholder of Lantheus Intermediate, our parent company. As a result, Avista has the power to elect our board of directors and effectively has control over major decisions regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such decisions are in their own best interests. The interests of Avista as an equity holder may conflict with your interests as a holder of the notes. Avista may have an incentive to increase the value of its investment or cause us to distribute funds at the expense of our financial condition and affect our ability to make payments on the notes. In addition, Avista may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that it believes could enhance its equity investments even though such transactions might involve risks to you as a holder of the notes.

Risks Related to the Exchange Offer

Your Restricted Notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures.

        We will not accept your Restricted Notes for exchange if you do not follow the exchange offer procedures. We will issue Exchange Notes as part of the exchange offer only after a timely receipt of your Restricted Notes, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents. Therefore, if you wish to tender your Restricted Notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your Restricted Notes, letter of transmittal and other required documents by the time of expiration of the exchange offer, initially expected to be at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on            , 2011, we will not accept your Restricted Notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of Restricted Notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of Restricted Notes, we will not accept your Restricted Notes for exchange. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes."

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes, there will be restrictions on your ability to resell your Restricted Notes.

        Following the exchange offer, Restricted Notes that you do not tender, that we do not accept or that do not qualify to be registered in a "shelf" registration form will be subject to transfer restrictions. Absent registration, any untendered Restricted Notes may therefore only be offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or pursuant to an effective registration statement. If no such exemption is available, you will not be able to sell your Restricted Notes.

40


Table of Contents


There is no public market for the Exchange Notes, and we cannot assure you that a market for the Exchange Notes will develop.

        We do not intend to file an application to have the Exchange Notes listed on any securities exchange or included for quotation on any automated dealer quotation system. Although the initial purchasers in the March 2011 issuance indicated that they intend to make a market in the notes as over-the-counter securities that are not traded on an exchange, they have no obligation to do so and may discontinue market-making activity at any time without notice.

        If any of the Exchange Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a discount from their initial offering price, depending upon prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and prospects for companies in our industry generally. In addition, the liquidity of the trading market in the Exchange Notes and the market prices quoted for the Exchange Notes may be negatively affected by changes in the overall market for high-yield securities. As a result, we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for the Exchange Notes.

        In addition, we have the right, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to suspend the use of the registration statement in certain circumstances. In the event of such a suspension you would not be able to sell the notes under the registration statement.

41


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties, including, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies, prospects and industry estimates. These statements identify prospective information and include words such as "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "seeks," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "should," "predicts," "hopes" and similar expressions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) our liquidity, including our belief that our existing cash, cash equivalents and anticipated revenues are sufficient to fund our existing operating expenses, capital expenditures and liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months; (ii) our outlook and expectations including, without limitation, in connection with continued market expansion and penetration for our commercial products, including Ablavar, DEFINITY and TechneLite; and (iii) expected new product launch dates and market exclusivity periods. The foregoing is not an exclusive list of all forward-looking statements we make. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. The matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and the following:

42


Table of Contents

        Any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

43


Table of Contents


THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect

        We issued the Restricted Notes on March 21, 2011 in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The Restricted Notes were offered as "additional notes" under an indenture pursuant to which we had previously issued the existing notes. The Restricted Notes were treated as a single series with the existing notes and had the same terms as the existing notes, except that (1) the Restricted Notes were subject to a separate registration rights agreement and (2) until the consummation of this exchange offer, the Restricted Notes will have a separate CUSIP number from that of the existing notes. The Restricted Notes and the existing notes vote as one class under the indenture governing the notes.

        The registration rights agreement requires that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer and, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, offer you the opportunity to exchange your Restricted Notes for a like principal amount of Exchange Notes. If we fail to satisfy our registration obligations under the registration rights agreement, including, if required, our obligation to have an effective resale shelf registration statement for the Restricted Notes, we will be required to pay additional interest to the holders of the Restricted Notes, in an amount equal to 0.25% per year and an additional 0.25% per year for each subsequent 90 day period until effectiveness, up to a maximum of 1.00% per year. Such additional interest would become due if (a) the registration statement related to the exchange offer is not effective by December 16, 2011, (b) a resale shelf registration statement registering the Restricted Notes is not effective by 90 days following the date the exchange offer cannot be consummated or a holder cannot participate in the exchange offer due to applicable law or SEC policy, (c) the exchange offer is not consummated on or prior to the 30th Business Day after the date on which the registration statement related to the exchange offer is declared effective by the SEC, (d) the registration statement related to the exchange offer is declared effective by the SEC and such registration statement ceases to be effective or usable at any time prior to the time that the exchange offer is consummated or (e) a resale shelf registration statement registering the Restricted Notes has been declared effective by the SEC and such resale shelf registration statement ceases to be effective or usable at any time prior to the first anniversary of its effective date (other than such time as all such notes have been disposed of thereunder). Except as set forth below, these Exchange Notes will be issued without a restrictive legend or additional interest provisions and, we believe, may be reoffered and resold by you without registration under the Securities Act. The Exchange Notes will be issued under the same indenture as the Restricted Notes and the existing notes. After we complete the exchange offer, our obligations with respect to the registration of the Restricted Notes and the Exchange Notes will terminate. A copy of the registration rights agreement has been incorporated by reference. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this prospectus, the exchange offer is not being made to you, and you may not participate in the exchange offer, if (a) you are our "affiliate" within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Securities Act or (b) you are a broker-dealer that acquired Restricted Notes directly from us.

        Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, unless you are a broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes in exchange for Restricted Notes acquired by you as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. This interpretation, however, is based on your representation to us that:

44


Table of Contents

        If you have any of the disqualifications described above or cannot make each of the representations set forth above, you may not rely on the interpretations by the staff of the Commission referred to above. Under those circumstances, you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of any Exchange Notes unless you are able to utilize an applicable exemption from all of those requirements. In addition, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes in the exchange offer for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of those Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

        If you will not receive freely tradable Exchange Notes in the exchange offer or are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer and the Restricted Notes held by you remain subject to the demand registration provisions of the registrations rights agreement, you may elect to have your Restricted Notes registered in a "resale shelf" registration statement on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. If we are obligated to file a shelf registration statement, we will be required to keep the shelf registration statement effective for a period of two years from March 21, 2011 or such shorter period that will terminate when (a) all of the notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement, (b) we file a subsequent shelf registration statement or (c) there ceases to be any Restricted Notes. Other than as set forth in this paragraph, you will not have the right to require us to register your Restricted Notes under the Securities Act. See "—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes" below.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

        Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all Restricted Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2011. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of Restricted Notes accepted in the exchange offer. You may tender some or all of your Restricted Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, Restricted Notes may be tendered only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

        The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially the same as the form and terms of the Restricted Notes, except that the Exchange Notes to be issued in the exchange offer have been registered under the Securities Act and will not bear legends restricting their transfer or contain additional interest provisions. The Exchange Notes will be issued pursuant to, and entitled to the benefits of, the indenture. The indenture also governs the Restricted Notes and the existing notes. Each series of Exchange Notes, Restricted Notes and existing notes will be deemed a single issue of the respective series of notes under the indenture.

45


Table of Contents

        As of the date of this prospectus, $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Restricted Notes are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to all registered holders and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the Restricted Notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Exchange Act.

        We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered Restricted Notes when, as and if we have given oral or written notice of our acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as our agent for the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the Exchange Notes from us. Any Restricted Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

        You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, except as set forth below under "—Transfer Taxes," transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than applicable taxes, in connection with the exchange offer. See "—Fees and Expenses" below.

Expiration Date; Amendments

        The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2011 unless we determine, in our sole discretion, to extend the exchange offer, in which case, it will expire at the later date and time to which it is extended. We do not intend to extend the exchange offer, although we reserve the right to do so. If we extend or terminate the exchange offer, we will give oral or written notice of the extension to the exchange agent and give each registered holder notice by means of a press release or other public announcement of any extension prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the scheduled expiration date. We will not extend the exchange offer past            , 2011.

        We also reserve the right, in our sole discretion,

        We acknowledge and undertake to comply with the provisions of Rule 14e-l(c) under the Exchange Act, which requires us to return the Restricted Notes surrendered for exchange promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer. We will notify you as promptly as we can of any extension, termination or amendment.

46


Table of Contents

Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes

        The Restricted Notes were issued as global notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. Beneficial interests in the global notes held by direct or indirect participants in DTC are shown on, and transfers of these interests are effected only through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants. You may only tender your Restricted Notes by book-entry transfer of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC. The tender to us of Restricted Notes by you, as set forth below, and our acceptance of the Restricted Notes will constitute a binding agreement between us and you, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus. Except as set forth below, to tender Restricted Notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to Wilmington Trust FSB, as exchange agent, on or prior to the time of expiration either:

        In addition, the exchange agent must receive, on or prior to the expiration date:

        If you are a beneficial owner whose Restricted Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and wish to tender, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC's book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal for your Restricted Notes and delivering your Restricted Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Restricted Notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

        Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an eligible institution unless:

        If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a financial institution, which includes most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses, that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.

47


Table of Contents

        If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than you, your Restricted Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power and signed by you as your name appears on those Restricted Notes.

        If the letter of transmittal or any Restricted Notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, in this instance you must submit with the letter of transmittal proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act on your behalf.

        We, in our sole discretion, will make a final and binding determination on all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Restricted Notes tendered for exchange. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders not properly tendered or to not accept any tender which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel's, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any individual tender before the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Restricted Notes in the exchange offer). Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular tender either before or after the expiration date will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Restricted Notes for exchange must be cured within a reasonable period of time, as we determine. We are not, nor is the exchange agent or any other person, under any duty to notify you of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Restricted Notes for exchange, and no one shall be liable for failing to provide such notification.

        By tendering Restricted Notes, you represent to us that: (i) the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer are acquired in the ordinary course of your business; (ii) at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer in violation of the Securities Act; (iii) you are not our affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, (iv) you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer; (v) if you are a purchasing broker-dealer, that you will receive the Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for the Restricted Notes that were acquired by you as a result of your market-making or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes and (vi) you are not acting on behalf of any persons or entities who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations. For further information regarding resales of the Exchange Notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption "Plan of Distribution."

        If any holder or other person is an "affiliate" of ours, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, that holder or other person cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission, may not tender its Restricted Notes in the exchange offer and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes, where the Restricted Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. See "Plan of Distribution."

48


Table of Contents

        Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its Restricted Notes directly from us:

        By delivering an agent's message, a beneficial owner (whose Restricted Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee) or holder will be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the exchange agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent is also acting as an agent for us in connection with the exchange offer) with respect to the Restricted Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest subject only to the right of withdrawal described in this prospectus), to receive for our account all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Restricted Notes, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the exchange offer.

        Each beneficial owner or holder will also be deemed to have represented and warranted to us that it has authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Restricted Notes it tenders and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, we will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Restricted Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the Restricted Notes tendered are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. Each beneficial owner and holder, by tendering its Restricted Notes, also agrees that it will comply with its obligations under the registration rights agreement.

Acceptance of Restricted Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

        Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all Restricted Notes properly tendered and will issue the Exchange Notes promptly after acceptance of the Restricted Notes. See "—Conditions to the Exchange Offer." For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered Restricted Notes for exchange if and when we give oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent.

        The holder of each Restricted Note accepted for exchange will receive an Exchange Note in the amount equal to the surrendered Restricted Note. Holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Restricted Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from the issue date of the Restricted Notes. Holders of Exchange Notes will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on Restricted Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or after the consummation of the exchange offer.

        In all cases, issuance of Exchange Notes for Restricted Notes that are accepted for exchange will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent's message and a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC.

        If any tendered Restricted Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if Restricted Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Restricted Notes will be returned without expense to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

49


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

        If you desire to tender your Restricted Notes and your Restricted Notes are not immediately available, time will not permit your Restricted Notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the time of expiration or you cannot complete the procedure for book-entry on a timely basis, you may tender if:

        The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery. The notice of guaranteed delivery must set forth:

Book-Entry Transfers

        The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the Restricted Notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC's systems must make book-entry delivery of Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer those Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedures for transfer. This participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC on or prior to the expiration date. DTC will verify this acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of this book-entry transfer. The transmission of the Restricted Notes and agent's message to DTC and delivery by DTC to and receipt by the exchange agent of the related agent's message will be deemed to be a valid tender.

        If one of the following situations occurs:

50


Table of Contents

then you must tender your book-entry interests according to the guaranteed delivery procedures discussed above.

Withdrawal Rights

        For a withdrawal of a tender of Restricted Notes to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a valid withdrawal request through the ATOP system from the tendering DTC participant before the expiration date. Any such request for withdrawal must include the VOI number of the tender to be withdrawn and the name of the ultimate beneficial owner of the related Restricted Notes in order that such notes may be withdrawn. Properly withdrawn Restricted Notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under "—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes" above at any time on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

        We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Any Restricted Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange. No Exchange Notes will be issued unless the Restricted Notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

        Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer and subject to our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Restricted Notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer any of the following events occur:

        These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to them, subject to applicable law. We also may waive in whole or in part at any time and from time to time any particular condition in our sole discretion. If we waive a condition, we may be required in order to comply with applicable securities laws, to extend the expiration date of the exchange offer. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of these rights and these rights will be deemed ongoing rights that may be asserted at any time (in the case of any condition involving governmental approvals necessary to the consummation of the exchange offer) and from time to time prior to the time of expiration (in the case of all other conditions).

        In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Restricted Notes tendered, and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for any of those Restricted Notes, if at the time the notes are tendered any stop order is threatened by the Commission or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA").

        The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of Restricted Notes being tendered for exchange.

51


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

        We have appointed Wilmington Trust FSB as exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus, letter of transmittal and other related documents should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Delivery:

Wilmington Trust FSB
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1626

By Facsimile:

(302) 636-4139

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

Sam Hamed
(302) 636-6181

        The exchange agent also acts as trustee under the indenture.

Fees and Expenses

        The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by Wilmington Trust FSB, as exchange agent. We will pay the exchange agent customary fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of these services and pay other registration expenses, including registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state blue sky securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery services and telephone, fees and disbursements to our counsel, application and filing fees and any fees and disbursement to our independent registered public accounting firm. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will pay the estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer.

        Additional solicitation may be made by telephone, facsimile or in person by our and our affiliates' officers and regular employees and by persons so engaged by the exchange agent.

Transfer Taxes

        You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender of Restricted Notes in the exchange offer unless you instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that Restricted Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder. In those cases, you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

Accounting Treatment

        We will record the Exchange Notes at the same carrying value as the Restricted Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as the term of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to those of the Restricted Notes. The expenses of the exchange offer will be amortized over the terms of the Exchange Notes.

52


Table of Contents

Consequences of Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes

        If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer or qualify to elect to have your Restricted Notes registered in a "shelf" registration form, your Restricted Notes will continue to be subject to the provisions of the indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Restricted Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Restricted Notes imposed by the Securities Act and state securities law. These transfer restrictions are required because the Restricted Notes were issued under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Restricted Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register the Restricted Notes under the Securities Act.

        If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer or qualify to elect to have your Restricted Notes registered in a "shelf" registration form, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the Restricted Notes as set forth in the indenture, but we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the Restricted Notes under the registration rights agreement other than as set forth above under "—Purpose and Effect." Therefore, the liquidity of the market for your Restricted Notes could be adversely affected upon completion of the exchange offer if you do not participate in the exchange offer.

Participating Broker-Dealers

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes, where such Restricted Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

53


Table of Contents


BASIS OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

        The term "Predecessor" refers to our predecessor company, Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. ("BMSMI"), formerly a division of BMS, and now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. The term "Successor" refers to Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., our direct parent, and its subsidiaries. The financial statements underlying the 2007 amounts reported in this prospectus were prepared on a carve-out basis using BMS's historical bases in the assets and liabilities and the historical results of the operations of BMSMI. The 2007 financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records of BMS, principally from statements and records representing the business of BMSMI when operated as a division of BMS. These financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP.

        The statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes expense allocations for certain corporate functions historically provided to BMSMI by BMS, including general corporate expenses related to corporate functions such as executive oversight, risk management, information technology, accounting, audit, legal, investor relations, human resources, shared services and employee benefits and incentives, including pension and other post retirement benefits and stock-based compensation arrangements. Additionally, the statement of operations includes expense allocations relating to the effects of foreign currency derivatives.

        We considered these allocations to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided or benefits received. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense BMSMI would have incurred as a stand-alone company, and the expense allocation methodologies used by BMS may not represent actual costs of operating the stand-alone business. Actual costs that may have been incurred if BMSMI had been a stand-alone company would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as information technology systems and infrastructure. Therefore, the financial data for the Successor and Predecessor periods are not comparable.

        Following the Acquisition, our financial statements have been prepared at the Lantheus Intermediate level rather than at the Lantheus level due to covenants in our financial arrangements undertaken in connection with the Acquisition. Because BMSMI is the legal predecessor to Lantheus, we believe that BMSMI is the effective predecessor of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. which owns 100% of the capital stock of Lantheus and has no other operations and holds no other assets.

54


Table of Contents


NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

        EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and the ratios related thereto, as presented in this prospectus, are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP. They are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

        Our measurement of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and the ratios related thereto may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies and are not measures of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. We have included information concerning EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because we believe that such information is used by certain investors as one measure of a company's historical performance.

        EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

        Because of these limitations, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA only for supplemental purposes.

        Net debt is an additional non-GAAP financial measure and is defined as total debt minus cash and cash equivalents (other than any restricted cash).

        Please see the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for our GAAP results. Additionally, for a presentation of net income as calculated under GAAP and reconciliation to our calculation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, see "Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data" in this prospectus.

55


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the exchange offer. Accordingly, the issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any increase in our outstanding indebtedness or change in our capitalization. We will bear the expenses of the exchange offer.


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Year Ended December 31,  
2008   2009   2010  
  3.9x     4.1x     1.3x  

        For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents the sum of income before income taxes, fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, capitalized interest, amortization of deferred financing costs, write-off of deferred financing costs and the portion of rental expense which management believes is representative of the interest component of rent expense. Financial information for the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented on a carve-out basis, utilizing allocations which do not separately and distinctly identify fixed charges and, therefore, we have not presented the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for 2007.

56


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2010, on an actual basis and as adjusted for the March 2011 issuance and the use of proceeds therefrom. The following table should be read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited financial statements and notes thereto included in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2010  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 33,006   $ 26,656  
           

Long-term debt, including current portion:

             
 

Senior secured credit facilities:

             
   

Revolving credit facility(2)

         
 

Restricted Notes(3)

        152,250  
 

Existing notes(4)

  $ 250,000     246,250  
           
   

Total long-term debt, including current portion

    250,000     398,500  
 

Total stockholder's equity(5)

    153,434     3,434  
           
   

Total capitalization

  $ 403,434   $ 401,934  
           

(1)
Reflects the use of cash on hand of $6.4 million, which together with the proceeds of the March 2011 issuance of $152.3 million (including a $2.3 million add-on premium) were used to fund a $150.0 million dividend to Holdings, solicitation fees of $3.8 million and other estimated fees and expenses of $4.9 million.

(2)
Our senior secured credit facilities provide for a $42.5 million revolving credit facility, under which we currently have no amounts outstanding. See "Description of Other Indebtedness—Revolving Credit Facility."

(3)
The Restricted Notes consist of $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% senior notes due May 10, 2017, inclusive of an add-on premium of $2.3 million, issued on March 21, 2011.

(4)
The existing notes consist of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% senior notes due May 10, 2017, issued May 10, 2010, net of the $3.8 million in consent solicitation fees, which will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt. Interest is payable entirely in cash.

(5)
Reflects the dividend payment of $150.0 million to Holdings to allow it to repurchase the remainder of its outstanding preferred stock and to pay a dividend to its common securityholders.

57


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth (i) certain selected consolidated financial data for Lantheus Intermediate, our parent company and guarantor of the notes (as "Successor"), as of the fiscal year end December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the three years then ended, which have been derived from the audited financial statements of Lantheus Intermediate included elsewhere in this prospectus; (ii) certain selected consolidated financial data for Lantheus Intermediate as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, which have been derived from the audited financial statements of Lantheus Intermediate not included in this prospectus and (iii) certain selected consolidated financial data for BMSMI (as "Predecessor," formerly a division of BMS and now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) for the year ended December 31, 2007, which have been derived from the audited financial statements of BMSMI not included in this prospectus. The financial statements of BMSMI as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 were prepared in connection with Avista's acquisition of Lantheus on January 8, 2008 and contain expense allocations for corporate functions historically provided to BMSMI by BMS and not costs that we would have necessarily incurred as a stand-alone entity. These statements have been prepared using the Predecessor's bases in the assets and liabilities and the historical results of operations. As a result, the financial statements of BMSMI as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 are not comparable to our financial statements for subsequent periods. See "Basis of Financial Information."

        The selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 has been omitted. Such data is unknown and unavailable to us and would require the preparation of financial data for the Predecessor on a carve-out basis. This preparation would require substantial management time and cannot be completed without the expenditure of unreasonable time, effort and expense. We believe the omission of this financial data does not have a material impact on the understanding of our results of operations, financial performance and related trends.

        For the purpose of convenience, the selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 assumed an effective date of January 1, 2008 for the Acquisition. We determined that the results of operations between the effective date and the acquisition date are not material and these results have been included with our results of operations. In the 2008 accompanying consolidated statements of income, we included net revenues of approximately $12.0 million, gross profit of approximately $8.3 million, operating income of approximately $5.4 million and net income of $3.3 million relating to the period from January 1, 2008 through January 7, 2008. The net income effect of this period of $3.3 million has been included as "Non-cash earnings within operating activities" in the 2008 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and as "Goodwill" in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

        The results indicated below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with "Capitalization," "Management's

58


Table of Contents


Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                         

Total revenues

  $ 629,177   $ 536,844   $ 360,211   $ 353,956  

Cost of goods sold(1)

    223,674     244,496     184,844     204,006  

General and administrative expenses(1)

    28,331     64,909     35,430     30,042  

Sales and marketing expenses(1)

    64,724     45,730     42,337     45,384  

Research and development expense

    50,005     34,682     44,631     45,130  

In-process research and development

        28,240          

Restructuring and other charges, net

    9,841              
                   

Operating income

    252,602     118,787     52,969     29,394  

Interest expense

        (31,038 )   (13,458 )   (20,395 )

Interest income

        693     73     179  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

                (3,057 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (4,224 )   2,950     2,720     1,314  
                   

Income before income taxes

    248,378     91,392     42,304     7,435  

Income tax provision

    (97,073 )   (48,606 )   (21,952 )   (2,465 )
                   

Net income

  $ 151,305   $ 42,786   $ 20,352   $ 4,970  
                   

Statement of Cash Flows Data:

                         

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

                         
 

Operating activities

  $ 243,218   $ 178,445   $ 95,783   $ 26,317  
 

Investing activities

    (4,808 )   (530,832 )   (38,351 )   (8,550 )
 

Financing activities

    (235,880 )   376,466     (49,102 )   (17,550 )

Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $ 21,036   $ 31,480   $ 33,006  

Total assets

    539,221     528,035     492,543     495,881  

Total liabilities

    68,852     240,226     181,964     342,447  

Current portion of long-term debt

        15,000     30,000      

Total long-term debt

        127,751     63,649     250,000  

Total stockholder's equity

    470,369     287,809     310,579     153,434  

Other Financial Data:

                         

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)

        3.9x     4.1x     1.3x  

(1)
For comparability purposes, a reclassification totaling $15,788 has been made from general and administrative and sales and marketing expenses to cost of goods sold in the Predecessor period to be consistent with the Successor period presentation.

(2)
For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represents the sum of income before income taxes, fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest, less capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, capitalized interest, amortization of deferred financing costs, write-off of deferred financing costs and the portion of rental expense which management believes is representative of the interest component of rent expense. Financial information for the year ended December 31, 2007 is presented on a carve-out basis, utilizing allocations which do not separately and distinctly identify fixed charges and, therefore, we have not presented the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for 2007.

59


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward- looking statements, based on current expectations and related to future events and our future financial performance, that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward- looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors," as well as other matters described in this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a leading specialty pharmaceutical company that develops, manufactures, distributes and sells innovative diagnostic medical imaging products on a global basis. Our current imaging agents primarily assist in the diagnosis of heart, vascular and other diseases using nuclear imaging, ultrasound and MRI technologies. We also have a full clinical and preclinical development program of next-generation and first-in-class products that use PET and MRI technologies. We believe that our products offer significant benefits to patients, healthcare providers and the overall healthcare system. As a result of more accurate diagnosis of disease, we believe our products allow healthcare providers to make more informed patient care decisions, potentially improving outcomes, reducing patient risk and decreasing costs for payors and the entire healthcare system.

        We have operations in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada and Australia and distribution relationships in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. Our products are used by nuclear physicians, cardiologists, radiologists, internal medicine physicians, technologists and sonographers working in a variety of clinical settings, and we sell our products to radiopharmacies, hospitals, clinics, group practices, integrated delivery networks, group purchasing organizations and, in certain circumstances, wholesalers.

Our Products

        Our principal products include DEFINITY, an ultrasound contrast agent, Cardiolite, an MPI agent, TechneLite, a generator used to provide the radioisotope to radiolabel Cardiolite and other radiopharmaceuticals and Ablavar, a gadolinium-based contrast agent. In the United States, DEFINITY, Cardiolite and TechneLite are marketed through an internal sales force and sold either to radiopharmacies or directly to end-users. Radiopharmacies reconstitute certain of the products into patient specific unit-dose syringes which are then sold directly to hospitals, clinics and group practices. Internationally, in some countries these products are marketed through an internal sales force and sold either through our radiopharmacies or directly to end-users, and in other countries through distributors. DEFINITY, Cardiolite and TechneLite, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 73%, 76% and 87% of our global total revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

60


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our revenue derived from our principal products:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   %   2009   %   2008   %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Cardiolite

  $ 77,422     22   $ 119,304     33   $ 321,674     60  

TechneLite

    122,044     34     112,910     31     124,287     23  

DEFINITY

    59,968     17     42,942     12     20,439     4  

Other(1)

    94,522     27     85,055     24     70,444     13  
                           
 

Total revenues

  $ 353,956     100   $ 360,211     100     536,844     100  
                           

(1)
Includes revenue derived from Ablavar.

        Cardiolite is a technetium-based radiopharmaceutical used in SPECT MPI procedures. Cardiolite is primarily used for detecting coronary artery disease. Cardiolite was approved by the FDA in 1990, and its market exclusivity expired in July 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Cardiolite generated total revenues of $77.4 million, and Cardiolite accounted for approximately 22%, 33% and 60% of our total revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        TechneLite is a technetium-based generator which provides the essential nuclear material used by radiopharmacies to radiolabel Cardiolite and other technetium-based radiopharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine procedures. TechneLite uses Moly as its main active ingredient. For the year ended December 31, 2010, TechneLite generated total revenues of $122.0 million and accounted for approximately 34%, 31% and 23% of our total revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        DEFINITY is the leading ultrasound contrast agent used in ultrasound exams of the heart, also known as echocardiography exams. DEFINITY consists of gas-filled micro-bubbles and is indicated in the United States for use in patients with suboptimal echocardiograms to assist in the imaging of the left ventricular chamber and left endocardial border of the heart in ultrasound procedures. We launched DEFINITY in 2001 and its last patent in the United States will currently expire in 2016 and in numerous foreign jurisdictions in 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2010, DEFINITY generated total revenues of $60.0 million, and DEFINITY accounted for approximately 17%, 12% and 4% of our total revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        In April 2009, in order to continue to diversify our product portfolio, we purchased the U.S., Canadian and Australian rights to an MRA agent, now known as Ablavar, from EPIX, and in June 2010, we acquired the remaining world rights to Ablavar. Ablavar is approved by the FDA to evaluate aortoiliac occlusive disease in adults with known or suspected peripheral vascular disease. We paid an aggregate purchase price of approximately $32.8 million, which consisted of $28.2 million in patents, $500,000 in manufacturing know-how acquired from a different party, and $4.1 million in inventory. In the third quarter of 2009, we hired and trained a contract sales force and a medical liaison staff to prepare for the launch of Ablavar. In January 2010, we formally launched Ablavar in the United States and expect that this launch would enable us to capitalize on the current usage of MRA contrast agents in MRA procedures and the overall growing trends within the diagnostic medical imaging industry. The contract sales force was terminated as of December 31, 2010 and the sales function is now supported by our internal sales force. The revenue recognized relating to Ablavar for the year ended December 31, 2010 was not material to our financial statements. Based on management's estimates of projected sales, we performed an analysis of our expected utilization of Ablavar inventory on hand and recorded an inventory write-down of $10.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2010 related to finished goods that will likely expire before being sold.

        In 2010, 2009 and 2008, we experienced reductions in gross profit of approximately $25.4 million, $117.0 million and $113.2 million, respectively. The primary factors contributing to these decreases were

61


Table of Contents


a shift in product sales mix and a decrease in pricing related to our higher margin products. The decrease in 2010, as compared to 2009, was primarily due to a decrease in our higher margin Cardiolite products and an inventory write-down of $10.9 million for Ablavar finished good product, partly offset by an increase in sales of our higher margin product DEFINITY as compared to 2009. The decrease in 2009, as compared to 2008, was primarily due to a decrease in our higher margin Cardiolite product. As discussed below, the reduction in sales related to Cardiolite in 2010, 2009 and 2008 was due primarily to the expiration of Cardiolite's market exclusivity, which expired in July 2008, and the subsequent introduction of generic competition, which began in September 2008.

        Our gross profit margin for 2010 as compared to 2009 decreased by 14% primarily from overall unfavorable mix due to lower Cardiolite sales and the inventory write-down for Ablavar finished good product. In addition, our gross profit margin decreased by 40% in 2009 as compared to 2008 due primarily to unfavorable product mix resulting from lower Cardiolite sales, offset, in part, by decreased costs associated with the inventory revaluation and intangible amortization principally related to the Cardiolite patent. Our gross profit margin for 2009, as compared to 2008, was also positively impacted by an $8.2 million inventory revaluation recorded in 2008 as a result of our acquisition from BMS and $32.8 million of additional intangible amortization recorded in 2008 primarily related to the expiration of Cardiolite's market exclusivity in 2008 after which amortization ceased.

Key Factors Affecting Our Results

Global Moly Supply Challenge

        Our TechneLite product uses Moly as its main active ingredient. Historically, our largest supplier of Moly has been Nordion which has relied on the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. This reactor was off-line from May 2009 until August 2010 due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel. We have taken several steps in response to the global Moly shortage, including expanding sourcing from South Africa and Belgium, and pursuing additional global solutions. We recently entered into an agreement with NTP to supply us with Moly from the SAFARI reactor in South Africa. NTP, in turn, has partnered with IRE to co-supply us from the Belgian BR2 reactor. IRE also processes raw Moly from several other smaller European reactors. We are also pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world to further augment our current supply. In addition, we are exploring a number of alternative Moly projects with existing reactors and technologies as well as new technologies.

        With the general instability in the global supply of Moly and recent supply shortages, we faced substantial increases in the cost of Moly in 2010 in comparison to historical costs. We pass some of these Moly cost increases on to our customers in our customer contracts. Additionally, the instability in the global supply of Moly has resulted in Moly producers requiring, in exchange for fixed Moly prices, supply minimums in the form of take-or-pay obligations. The Moly supply shortage also had an incremental negative effect on the use of other technetium generator based diagnostic imaging agents, including Cardiolite. With less Moly, we manufactured fewer generators for radiopharmacies and hospitals to make up unit doses of Cardiolite, resulting in decreased share of Cardiolite in favor of Thallium, an older medical isotope that does not require Moly, and other diagnostic modalities. With the return to service of the NRU reactor, we have seen increased sales in both Cardiolite and TechneLite. However, TechneLite unit volume has not returned to pre-shortage levels for a number of reasons, including: (i) changing staffing and utilization practices in radiopharmacies, which have resulted in an increased number of unit-doses of technetium-based radiopharmaceuticals being made from available amounts of technetium; (ii) continued heightened demand for Thallium, which has decreased but not yet to pre-shortage levels; and (iii) shifts to alternative diagnostic imaging modalities during the Moly supply shortage which have not yet returned to technetium-based procedures. We are currently not certain when, if ever, the staffing and utilization practices in radiopharmacies, the relative demand for Thallium and TechneLite, and the mix between technetium and non-technetium based

62


Table of Contents


diagnostic procedures will return to pre-shortage levels. See "Risk Factors—The Moly supply shortage caused by the recent NRU reactor shutdown has had a negative effect on the demand for some of our products, which could continue in the future."

Cardiolite Competitive Position

        Cardiolite's market exclusivity expired in July 2008. In September 2008, the first of several competing generic products to Cardiolite was launched, and while we have faced significant pricing pressure, management believes our share of the MPI segment decreased from approximately one half to approximately one third of the entire segment from 2008 through the end of 2010. This is in comparison to many drugs which see a greater than 50% share erosion in the first several months after exclusivity expires. While we believe that Cardiolite was the MPI segment leader for 2010, we estimate that Myoview (a GE Healthcare product), had an estimated 26% share, Thallium (an older MPI agent also sold by us, among other companies) had an estimated 18% share, and generic sestamibi had an estimated 24% share. To date, we believe Cardiolite has retained substantial share and its leadership position because of the brand awareness, appreciation of the agent's safety and efficacy profile, loyalty to the agent within the cardiology community, and our strong relationships with our distribution partners. In addition, Cardiolite has retained its leadership position in the face of an overall moderate decline in the MPI segment due to a change in professional society appropriateness guidelines, on-going reimbursement pressures, the limited availability of Moly during the recent reactor shutdowns and the increase in Thallium doses and use of other diagnostic modalities as a result of a temporary shift to more available imaging agents and modalities. In the latter case, given the superior safety and efficacy profile of technetium generator-based MPI agents, with the major global Moly producers now operating again, we believe that there will be an incremental increase in orders for Cardiolite products from our channel partners. However, with continued pricing pressure from generic competitors, we also sell Cardiolite in the form of a generic sestamibi while at the same time continuing to sell branded Cardiolite throughout the MPI segment. We believe this strategy of selling branded as well as generic sestamibi allows us to maintain total segment share by having multiple sestamibi offerings that are attractive in terms of brand as well as price. See "Risk Factors—Generic competition has eroded our share for Cardiolite and will likely continue to do so."

DEFINITY Boxed Warning

        In October 2007, the FDA requested that all of the manufacturers of ultrasound contrast agents add a boxed warning to their products to notify physicians and patients about potentially serious safety concerns or risks posed by the products. As a result of the boxed warning, unit sales of DEFINITY decreased substantially in late 2007 and early 2008. In May 2008, the boxed warning was modified by the FDA in response to the efforts of prescribing physicians. Since the relaunch of DEFINITY in June 2008, sales of DEFINITY have continued to increase quarter over quarter. As we better educate the physician and healthcare provider community about the benefits and risks of this product, we believe we will experience further penetration of suboptimal echocardiograms.

Ablavar Growth

        We launched Ablavar in January 2010 and the market acceptance of the agent has been slower than we initially anticipated. While we believe that Ablavar is superior to its competitors based on both safety and efficacy, the blood pool imaging attributes of the agent require extensive customer education and training to facilitate product adoption. In addition, Ablavar faces strong competition from the six other gadolinium-based contrast agents currently approved for use in the United States for MRI. As a result, we entered into an amendment to our supply agreement with Covidien in August 2010 to reduce certain purchase minimum requirements. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $10.9 million for Ablavar finished good product that will likely

63


Table of Contents


expire prior to its sale to and use by customers. We are continuing to review with Covidien our manufacturing arrangements and if we negotiate a further amendment to the agreement or otherwise modify our relationship in order to further reduce or eliminate the remaining purchase minimums, or if we agree to a consensual termination of the agreement, we could incur additional costs, the magnitude of which we cannot currently estimate. Further, we determined that our inventory write-down of Ablavar finished good product in the fourth quarter of 2010 represented an event that warranted assessment of the $24.6 million Ablavar patent portfolio for its recoverability. Based on our estimate of future undiscounted cash flows associated with Ablavar, we have concluded that the patent portfolio is recoverable by a narrow margin. In the event we do not meet our sales expectations or our costs and expenses exceed the costs and expenses incorporated into our projection model, an impairment of the Ablavar patent portfolio may be required.

Separation from Bristol-Myers Squibb

        On January 8, 2008, Holdings acquired the medical imaging business from BMS for an aggregate purchase price of $518.7 million. The business, now known as Intermediate and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including Lantheus, was purchased through a stock and asset purchase agreement, in which Holdings purchased the stock at approximately $487.9 million and certain assets and liabilities for $30.8 million. The acquisition included employees in the United States and other countries dedicated to Intermediate, related product patent and developed technology and certain other assets, including the manufacturing facilities located in North Billerica, Massachusetts. Our direct parent is Intermediate, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.

        For the purpose of convenience, we have assumed an effective date of January 1, 2008 for the acquisition. We determined the results of operations between the effective date and the acquisition date are not material and these results have been included with our results of operations. In the accompanying consolidated statements of income, we included net revenues of approximately $12.0 million, gross profit of approximately $8.3 million, operating income of approximately $5.4 million and net income of $3.3 million relating to the period from January 1, 2008 through January 7, 2008. The net income effect of this period of $3.3 million has been included as non-cash earnings within operating activities on the consolidated statement of cash flows and as goodwill on the consolidated balance sheet.

Trends and Outlook

        The following have negatively impacted our results in the year ended December 31, 2010:

        For 2011, we believe that these challenges will be partially mitigated as a result of the expected continued increase in DEFINITY sales on a year-over-year basis, anticipated continued strong position of Cardiolite products among MPI agents and the return of a sustained Moly supply resulting in increased unit volume of TechneLite as compared to during the NRU reactor outage. In addition, despite the slower than anticipated market acceptance of Ablavar, we believe that with further education of its benefits, market acceptance of the product will increase in the future.

64


Table of Contents

Description of Key Line Items

Revenues

        The majority of our revenue is derived from product revenue. Product revenue can be affected by changes in raw material availability, customer demand and competitive pressures in the market. Product pricing is reduced upon entrance of generic competition to the marketplace, offset by decreases in rebates and discounts as brand name sales are replaced by generic. License and other revenue represents licensing fees associated with one of our products and contract manufacturing performed with respect to one product for one customer. The related costs are included in cost of goods sold.

Cost of Goods Sold

        Cost of goods sold consists of manufacturing, distribution, definite lived intangible asset amortization and other costs related to our commercial products. In addition, it includes reserves established for excess or obsolete inventory. Most of our manufacturing and distribution costs are internal costs which include salaries and expenses related to managing our manufacturing, supply chain and quality assurance. Certain raw material costs and volumes are subject to product availability and variable pricing, which can have an impact on the total cost of our products in any given period. The cost of Moly was historically purchased through contractual pricing arrangements with a sole supplier. The sources of this raw material have since been diversified, which has resulted in variable pricing. With the general instability in the global supply of Moly and recent supply shortages, we have also faced increases in the cost of Moly in comparison to our historical costs. We attempt to pass these Moly cost increases on to our customers in our customer contracts.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in identifying, developing and testing product candidates. These expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for personnel, fees paid to professional service providers for monitoring and analyzing clinical trials, regulatory costs, including user fees paid to the FDA, costs related to the development of our approved products, costs of contract research and manufacturing and the cost of facilities. In addition, research and development expenses include the cost of our medical affairs and medical information functions, which educate physicians on the scientific aspects of our commercial products and the approved indications, labeling and the costs of monitoring adverse events. After FDA approval of a product candidate, we record manufacturing expenses associated with a product as cost of goods sold rather than as research and development expenses. We expense R&D costs and patent related costs as they are incurred. Because of our ability to utilize resources across several projects, many of our R&D costs are not tied to any particular project and are allocated among multiple projects. We record direct costs on a project-by-project basis. We record indirect costs in the aggregate in support of all R&D. Development costs for clinical stage programs such as Flurpiridaz F-18 tend to be higher than earlier stage programs such as our BMS 753951 program because of the costs associated with conducting late stage clinical trials and supporting manufacturing infrastructure.

        We expect that research and development expenses relating to our portfolio will fluctuate depending primarily on the timing and outcomes of clinical trials, related manufacturing initiatives and the results of our decisions based on these outcomes. We expect to incur additional expenses over the next several years for clinical trials related to our product development candidates, including Flurpiridaz F-18, 18F LMI1195 and BMS 753951. We also expect manufacturing expenses for some programs included in research and development expenses to increase as we support our manufacturing infrastructure for later stages of clinical development.

65


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

        Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for personnel in sales, marketing and business development and our sales operations functions, as well as other costs related to our commercial products. We also incurred sales, marketing and other related costs in the third and fourth quarter of 2009 associated with our launch of Ablavar. In the third quarter of 2009, we hired and trained a contract sales force and a medical liaison staff to prepare for the launch of Ablavar. The contract sales force was terminated as of December 31, 2010 and the sales function is now supported by our internal sales force. Other costs included in sales and marketing expenses include sales and marketing costs related to our co-promotion and marketing agreement, cost of product samples, promotional materials, market research and sales meetings. We expect to continue to incur sales and marketing costs associated with enhancing our sales and marketing functions and maintaining our sales force to support our commercial products.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, legal, information technology and human resource functions. Other costs included in general and administrative expenses include certain facility and insurance costs, including director and officer liability insurance, as well as professional fees for legal, consulting and accounting services.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. These financial statements require us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and other financial information. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. In addition, our reported financial condition and results of operations could vary due to a change in the application of a particular accounting standard.

        We believe the following represent our critical accounting policies and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, title has passed, substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. For transactions for which revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the respective amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until such point in time when criteria are met and revenue can be recognized. Revenue is recognized net of reserves, which consist of allowances for returns and sales rebates. The estimates of these allowances are based on historical sales volumes and mix and require assumptions and judgements to be made in order to make such estimates. In the event that the sales mix is different from our estimates, we may be required to pay higher or lower total price adjustments than we previously estimated. Any changes to these estimates are recorded in the current period. In 2010, 2009 and 2008, these changes in estimates were not material to our results.

        Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. Supply or service transactions may involve the charge of a nonrefundable initial fee with subsequent periodic payments for future products or services. The up-front fees, even if nonrefundable, are earned (and

66


Table of Contents

revenue is recognized) as the products and/or services are delivered and performed over the term of the arrangement.

        Estimates for rebates and allowances represent our estimated obligations under contractual arrangements with third parties. Rebate accruals and allowances are recorded in the same period the related revenue is recognized, resulting in a reduction to product revenue and the establishment of a liability which is included in accrued expenses. These rebates result from performance- based offers that are primarily based on attaining contractually specified sales volumes and growth, administration fees of group purchasing organizations and certain distributor related commissions. The calculation of the accrual for these rebates and allowances is based on an estimate of the third party's buying patterns and the resulting applicable contractual rebate or commission rate(s) to be earned over a contractual period.

        Revenue reserves are categorized as follows: rebates and allowances. An analysis of the amount of, and change in, reserves is summarized as follows:

 
  Rebates   Allowances   Total  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Balance, as of January 1, 2008

  $ 9,672   $ 64   $ 9,736  
 

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

    19,228     635     19,863  
 

Adjustments relating to prior years estimate

    (7 )       (7 )
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in current year

    (11,256 )   (538 )   (11,794 )
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in prior years

    (9,665 )   (64 )   (9,729 )
               

Balance, as of December 31, 2008

    7,972     97     8,069  
 

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

    1,996     471     2,467  
 

Adjustments relating to prior years estimate

    (1,586 )       (1,586 )
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in current year

    (1,579 )   (430 )   (2,009 )
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in prior years

    (6,376 )   (97 )   (6,473 )
               

Balance, as of December 31, 2009

    427     41     468  
 

Current provisions relating to sales in current year

    3,072     555     3,627  
 

Adjustments relating to prior years estimate

             
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in current year

    (2,171 )   (454 )   (2,625 )
 

Payments/credits relating to sales in prior years

    (418 )   (41 )   (459 )
               

Balance, as of December 31, 2010

  $ 910   $ 101   $ 1,011  
               

        In July 2008, Cardiolite's market exclusivity expired and generic competition was introduced to the market in September 2008. As a result of the expiration of the market exclusivity of this product, we experienced a significant decrease in rebates as a majority of contracts associated with Cardiolite expired in the second half of 2008. In addition, rebates were paid out through 2009, resulting in the decline in accrued rebates from $9.7 million at January 1, 2008 to $8.0 million at December 31, 2008, $427,000 at December 31, 2009 and $910,000 at December 31, 2010.

        In October 2010, we entered into a Medicaid Drug Rebate Agreement for certain of our products which did not have a material impact on our results of operations. If the demand for these products through the Medicaid program increases in the future, our rebates associated with this program could increase and could have a material impact on future results of operations.

67


Table of Contents

Inventory

        Inventories include material, direct labor and related manufacturing overhead, and are stated at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We record inventory when we take delivery and title to the product. Any commitment for product ordered but not yet received is included as purchase commitments in our contractual obligations table. We assess the recoverability of inventory to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is in excess of future requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value based upon estimates of forecasted demand for our products. The estimates of demand require assumptions to be made of future operating performance and customer demand. If actual demand is less than what has been forecasted by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Our inventory on hand was $32.9 million, $19.6 million and $13.9 million, net of a cumulative inventory write-down for excess and obsolete inventory of $14.6 million, $3.6 million and $1.5 million, as of December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in the write-down in the year ended December 31, 2010 was due primarily to excess Ablavar finished good product based on management's estimate of future demand in conjunction with product expiry. The 2009 write-down was due primarily to excess TechneLite accessories which reached expiration prior to use as a result of the NRU reactor delay.

        In July 2010, BVL temporarily shut down the facility where they manufacture DEFINITY, Cardiolite and other products in order to upgrade the facility to meet certain EMEA requirements. BVL has planned for the shutdown to run through March 2011. In anticipation, BVL manufactured additional inventory of these products to meet our expected needs during this period. Although BVL has manufactured additional inventory to ensure they meet their ongoing supply requirements under the manufacturing contract, they have not delivered the product to us and we have not taken title to this earlier-produced product, nor are we obligated to take more product than we would have under normal supply conditions. Our obligation with respect to any inventory manufactured by BVL as a result of their planned shutdown remains consistent with our historical procurement and purchasing practice.

        At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the balances of inventory on hand reflect approximately $13.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively, of finished products and materials related to Ablavar which was a product that was commercially launched in January 2010, of which at December 31, 2010, approximately $12.8 million was included in other non-current assets. We entered into an agreement with Covidien to provide active pharmaceutical ingredient ("API") and finished products for Ablavar under which we are required to purchase quarterly minimum quantities ranging from $6.3 million to $7.5 million of API inventory through 2012. The supply agreement is designed to ensure supply of the product. At December 31, 2010, the total of this remaining minimum purchase commitment was approximately $41.3 million. In addition to the minimum commitment, we, at our discretion, can manufacture API into finished product for an additional charge per vial. We record the inventory when we take delivery, at which time we assume title and risk of loss. We include within current assets the amount of inventory that will be utilized within twelve months. Inventory that will be utilized after twelve months is included in non-current assets.

        As noted above, Ablavar was commercially launched in January 2010. We are currently in the process of educating radiologists on optimizing the use of the product within their patient populations. The revenues for this product through December 31, 2010 have not been significant. Based on management's estimates of projected sales, we performed an analysis of our expected utilization of our Ablavar finished good product and recorded an inventory write-down of $10.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2010, which represents the cost of Ablavar finished product that we do not currently believe we will be able to utilize prior to the expiration of the finished goods. We also evaluated our expected long range sales forecast for Ablavar in consideration of our supply agreement for API. Based on the current sales forecast, coupled with the aggregate six-year shelf life of API and finished goods, we

68


Table of Contents


believe that we will be able to use our committed supply. In the event that we do not meet our sales expectations for Ablavar or cannot sell the product we are committed to purchase prior to its expiration, we could incur additional inventory losses and/or losses on our purchase commitments.

Goodwill, Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets

        Goodwill is not amortized but the carrying value is tested annually for impairment at October 31, as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. We perform this test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit containing goodwill to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then we would calculate the potential impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, then an impairment charge would be recorded.

        We calculate the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach which utilizes discounted forecasted future cash flows and the market approach which utilizes fair value multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. The discounted cash flows are based on our most recent long-term financial projections and are discounted using a risk adjusted rate of return which is determined using estimates of market participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital and reflects the risks associated with achieving future cash flows. The market approach is calculated using the guideline company method, where we use market multiples derived from stock prices of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. There is not a quoted market price for our reporting units or the company as a whole, therefore, a combination of the two methods is utilized to derive the fair value of the business. We evaluate and weigh the results of these approaches as well as ensure the results of these two methodologies do not materially differ. We believe the use of these two methodologies ensures a consistent and supportable method of determining our fair value that is consistent with the objective of measuring fair value. If the fair value were to decline, then we may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of those assets.

        We perform impairment testing for intangible and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any impairments are recorded as permanent reductions in the carrying amount of the assets.

        We completed our required annual impairment test for goodwill as of the fourth quarter of 2010, 2009 and 2008 and determined that at each of those periods the carrying amount of goodwill was not impaired. In each year, our fair value, which includes goodwill, was substantially in excess of our carrying value.

        We determined that our inventory write-down of Ablavar finished good product in the fourth quarter of 2010 represented an event that warranted assessment of the $24.6 million Ablavar patent portfolio for its recoverability. See Note 6, "Inventory" to our consolidated financial statements. Based on our estimate of future undiscounted cash flows associated with Ablavar, which includes estimates of sales levels, cost of materials and selling costs, we have concluded the patent portfolio is recoverable by a narrow margin. In the event we do not meet our sales expectations or our costs and expenses exceed the costs and expenses incorporated into our projection model, an impairment of the Ablavar patent portfolio may be required.

69


Table of Contents

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        Our employees are eligible to receive awards from the Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan. Our stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards that will be forfeited. We use the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value on the date of grant of stock options. The fair value of stock option awards is affected by the valuation assumptions, including the volatility of market participants, expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends as well as the estimated fair value of the Holdings common stock. The fair value of the Holdings common stock is determined by the Holdings board of directors at each award date. Any material change to the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of the options could have a material impact on our results of operations. When a contingent cash settlement of vested options becomes probable, we reclassify the vested awards to a liability and account for any incremental compensation cost in the period in which the settlement becomes probable.

Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax bases of our assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax attributes are expected to be recovered or paid, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted.

        Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant judgment, including the long-range forecast of future taxable income and the evaluation of tax planning initiatives. Adjustments to the deferred tax valuation allowances are made to earnings in the period when such assessments are made.

        We account for uncertain tax positions using a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements are recorded as adjustments to income taxes payable or receivable, or adjustments to deferred taxes, or both. We classify interest and penalties within the provision for income taxes.

        We have a tax indemnification agreement with BMS related to certain contingent tax obligations arising prior to the acquisition of the business from BMS. The tax obligations are recognized in liabilities and the tax indemnification receivable is recognized within other noncurrent assets. The changes in the tax indemnification asset are recognized within other income, net in the statement of income, and the changes in the related liabilities are recorded within the tax provision. Accordingly, as these reserves change, adjustments are included in the tax provision while the offsetting adjustment is included in other income. Assuming that the receivable from BMS continues to be considered recoverable by us, there is no net effect on earnings related to these liabilities and no net cash outflows.

        The calculation of our tax liabilities involves certain estimates, assumptions and the application of complex tax regulations in numerous jurisdictions worldwide. Any material change in our estimates or assumptions, or the tax regulations, may have a material impact on our results of operations.

70


Table of Contents

Segment Discussion

        In connection with our 2010 year end close process, we re-evaluated our operating segments. In performing this re-evaluation, we considered the operating results that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and the guidance included in Accounting Standards Codification 280-10, Segment Reporting. Accordingly, we now report two operating segments, the United States and International, based on geographic customer base rather than by legal entity as previously reported. Our segments derive revenues through the manufacturing, marketing, selling and distribution of medical imaging products, focused primarily on cardiovascular diagnostic imaging. Earlier periods have been recast to correspond with our new reportable segments.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

        The following table sets forth certain consolidated statements of income data and information for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2010   2009   Change $   Change %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Net Product Revenues

                         
 

Cardiolite

  $ 77,422   $ 119,304   $ (41,882 )   (35 )%
 

TechneLite

    122,044     112,910     9,134     8  
 

DEFINITY

    59,968     42,942     17,026     40  
 

Other currently marketed products

    86,313     77,147     9,166     12  
                     

Total net product revenues

    345,747     352,303     (6,556 )   (2 )

License and other revenues

    8,209     7,908     301     4  
                     

Total revenues

    353,956     360,211     (6,255 )   (2 )

Cost of goods sold

    204,006     184,844     19,162     10  
                     
 

Gross profit

    149,950     175,367     (25,417 )   (14 )

Sales and marketing

    45,384     42,337     3,047     7  

General and administrative

    30,042     35,430     (5,388 )   (15 )

Research and development

    45,130     44,631     499     1  
                     

Operating income

    29,394     52,969     (23,575 )   (45 )

Interest expense

    (20,395 )   (13,458 )   6,938     51  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    (3,057 )       3,057     100  

Interest income

    179     73     106     145  

Other income, net

    1,314     2,720     (1,406 )   (52 )
                     

Income before income taxes

    7,435     42,304     (34,869 )   (82 )

Provision for income taxes

    (2,465 )   (21,952 )   (19,487 )   (89 )
                     
 

Net income

  $ 4,970   $ 20,352   $ (15,382 )   (76 )
                     

Revenues

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized consolidated revenue from net product sales of $345.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $352.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $6.6 million, or 2%.

71


Table of Contents

United States:

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized revenue from net product sales of $256.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $268.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $12.4 million, or 5%. This decrease was primarily due to the following:

        These decreases were offset, in part, by:

        License and Other Revenues.    License and other revenue increased $300,000, or 4%, to $8.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 from $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase was due to higher revenue from contract manufacturing services related to a product for one customer. In addition, we recorded $2.5 million in license revenue in each of the years-ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

International:

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized revenue from net product sales of $89.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $83.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $5.8 million, or 7%. This increase was primarily due to favorable currency exchange of approximately $6.2 million offset by lower product volume due to the decrease in available Moly caused by the global Moly supply shortage.

72


Table of Contents

Costs and Expenses

        Cost of Goods Sold.    Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $204.0 million compared to $184.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $19.2 million, or 10%. Gross Profit in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $150.0 million compared to $175.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $25.4 million, or 14%.

United States:

        Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $148.5 million compared to $128.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $19.8 million, or 15%. Gross Profit in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $116.3 million compared to $148.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $31.8 million, or 21%. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily due to a net increase of $13.1 million related to higher material costs for TechneLite and Thallium as a result of the global Moly supply shortage, a $12.3 million increase in Ablavar cost primarily related to the $10.9 million inventory write-down of Ablavar finished good product which we do not currently believe we will be able to utilize prior to its expiration, a $2.7 million increase in the cost of Xenon driven by increased volume, offset, in part, by a decrease of $6.1 million related to amortization of intangible customer relationships and capitalized software, a decrease of approximately $1.3 million in distribution and other overhead costs and an approximate $900,000 decrease in costs associated with other marketed products.

        The decrease in gross profit was primarily attributable to:

        These decreases were offset, in part, by:

International:

        Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $55.5 million compared to $56.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of approximately $600,000, or 1%. Gross Profit in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $33.7 million compared to $27.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.4 million, or 23%.

73


Table of Contents

        The decrease in cost of goods sold was due to lower costs of $1.4 million in third party and other marketed products primarily driven by lower volumes as a result of the global Moly supply shortage, lower amortization of approximately $912,000 related to intangible customer relationships, offset, in part, by an increase of $1.7 million for higher material costs for TechneLite and Thallium which were affected by the global Moly supply shortage. The increase in gross profit was primarily attributable to a $4.3 million change in product mix between Cardiolite, TechneLite and Thallium as a result of the global Moly supply shortage and a net margin increase of $1.2 million in third party and other marketed products, driven primarily by favorable exchange rates.

        Sales and Marketing Expenses.    Consolidated sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $45.4 million compared to $42.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of net revenue, consolidated sales and marketing expenses were 13% and 12% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

United States:

        Sales and marketing expenses in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $40.8 million compared to $37.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of net revenue in the United States segment, sales and marketing expenses were 15% and 13% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The $2.9 million, or 8%, increase was primarily attributable to the following:

        These increases were offset, in part, by the following:

International:

        International sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $4.6 million, compared to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a percentage of net revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 5% for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The approximate $200,000, or 4%, increase was primarily attributable to market research related to product opportunities in foreign markets.

        General and Administrative Expenses.    Consolidated general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $30.0 million compared to $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $5.4 million, or 15%.

74


Table of Contents


United States:

        In the United States, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $27.1 million compared to $33.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The $6.1 million, or 18%, decrease was attributable to the following:

International:

        International general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $2.9 million compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The approximate $700,000, or 31%, increase was attributable to increased bad debt reserves, recruitment fees and other expenses.

Research and Development Expenses

        Consolidated research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $45.1 million compared to $44.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately $499,000, or 1%.

        The following table summarizes the primary components of our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009  
 
  (Dollars in
millions)

 

Flurpiridaz F-18

  $ 3.3   $ 4.2  

Other clinical programs

    0.6     3.6  
           

Total clinical programs

    3.9     7.8  

Personnel salary, benefits and other employee related

    22.1     18.3  

General research and development expenses

    19.1     18.5  
           

Total research and development expenses

  $ 45.1   $ 44.6  
           

75


Table of Contents

United States:

        In the United States, research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were $44.6 million compared to $43.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 an increase of approximately $1.1 million, or 3%.

        The following summarizes the expenses associated with our primary R&D programs:

        Flurpiridaz F-18.    During the year ended December 31, 2010, we incurred $3.3 million in expenses related to our PPA clinical program compared to $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of approximately $900,000, or 22%. This decrease was primarily due to the completion of patient enrollment in our Phase 2 study in second quarter of 2010.

        Other Clinical Programs.    During the year ended December 31, 2010, we incurred approximately $600,000 in expenses related to other clinical trial programs compared to $3.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $3.0 million, or 83%. The decrease was due to a $1.5 million reduction in clinical trial costs resulting from the completion of our Cardiolite long-term follow up study, a decrease of approximately $900,000 from the completion of a DEFINITY Phase 4 study, and a decrease of approximately $500,000 for other Phase 2 stage clinical programs due to timing.

        Personnel salary, benefits and other employee related expenses in the United States were $21.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $18.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $3.8 million, or 21%. This increase was due primarily to new employees hired during the second half of 2009 to support clinical programs, including medical liaison support for Ablavar.

        General research and development expenses in the United States were $19.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $17.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of approximately $1.1 million, or 6%. The increase is due to $1.5 million for additional pharmacovigilance services and product support, approximately $800,000 in regulatory fees primarily related to our U.S. supplemental New Drug Application ("sNDA") filing for DEFINITY stress indication and our annual product registration fee to the EMEA, as well as increased regulatory fees, and approximately $200,000 in external research grants. These increases were offset, in part, by a $1.4 million decrease primarily in other clinical, lab supplies and services related to earlier (pre-Phase 2) clinical programs primarily for lower API optimization and production costs.

International:

        International research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 were approximately $500,000 compared to $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 a decrease of approximately $600,000, or 55%. This decrease was primarily attributable to lower regulatory service cost in the European market.

        Our research and development expenses related to our Flurpiridaz F-18 program for 2010 consisted primarily of costs related to the completion of our Phase 2 and the planning of our Phase 3 clinical trials. We expect to commence our Phase 3 trials in the second quarter of 2011 and expect to incur additional expenses related to our Phase 3 trials in 2011.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense was $20.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $13.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.9 million, or 51%. This increase was due to the interest related to our existing notes issued in May 2010.

76


Table of Contents

        Interest Income.    Interest income was $179,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $73,000 in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $106,000, or 145%. This change was due to increased cash balances in interest bearing savings accounts.

        Other Income, net.    Other income, net in the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.3 million compared to $2.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to changes in the amount of income recognized related to our tax indemnification agreement with BMS, as well as changes in the foreign currency relationship, primarily between the British Pound and U.S. dollar currencies, in 2010 as compared to 2009.

        Provision for Income Taxes.    Our tax rate is affected by recurring items, such as tax rates in foreign jurisdictions, which we expect to be fairly consistent in the near term. It is also affected by discrete events that may not occur in any given year, but are not consistent from year to year. The provision for income taxes was $2.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $22.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $19.5 million. This decrease was primarily due to lower taxable income in 2010 as compared to 2009. Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were 33.1% and 51.9%, respectively. The effective tax rate was lower than the statutory rate in 2010 due to the foreign tax rate differential, the utilization of net operating losses, research credits, an adjustment to the tax rate applied to net state deferred tax assets and adjustments to prior years tax returns. The excess of our effective tax rate over the statutory rate in 2009 results primarily from uncertain tax positions and the impact of changing the tax rate on state deferred taxes. Undistributed earnings of various foreign subsidiaries aggregated $9.5 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 the Company does not plan to distribute earnings from any of its foreign subsidiaries. If the Company were to distribute its foreign earnings, the estimated tax would be approximately $1.3 million.

77


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

        The following table sets forth certain consolidated statements of income data and information for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  2009   2008   Change $   Change %  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
 

Net Product Revenues

                         
 

Cardiolite

  $ 119,304   $ 321,674   $ (202,370 )   (63 )%
 

TechneLite

    112,910     124,287     (11,377 )   (9 )
 

DEFINITY

    42,942     20,439     22,503     110  
 

Other currently marketed products

    77,147     65,340     11,807     18  
                     

Total net product revenues

    352,303     531,740     (179,437 )   (34 )

License and other revenues

    7,908     5,104     2,804     55  
                     

Total revenues

    360,211     536,844     (176,633 )   (33 )

Cost of goods sold

    184,844     244,496     (59,652 )   (24 )
                     
 

Gross profit

    175,367     292,348     (116,981 )   (40 )

Sales and marketing

    42,337     45,730     (3,393 )   (7 )

General and administrative

    35,430     64,909     (29,479 )   (45 )

Research and development

    44,631     34,682     9,949     29  

In-process research and development

        28,240     (28,240 )   (100 )
                     

Operating income

    52,969     118,787     (65,818 )   (55 )

Interest expense

    (13,458 )   (31,038 )   (17,580 )   (57 )

Interest income

    73     693     (620 )   (89 )

Other income, net

    2,720     2,950     (230 )   (8 )
                     

Income before income taxes

    42,304     91,392     (49,088 )   (54 )

Provision for income taxes

    (21,952 )   (48,606 )   (26,654 )   (55 )
                     
 

Net income

  $ 20,352   $ 42,786   $ (22,434 )   (52 )
                     

Revenues

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized consolidated revenue from net product sales of $352.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $531.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $179.4 million, or 34%.

United States:

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized revenue from net product sales of $268.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $445.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $176.5 million, or 40%. This decrease was primarily due to:

78


Table of Contents

        These decreases were offset, in part, by:

        License and Other Revenues.    License and other revenue increased $2.8 million, or 55%, to $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 from $5.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. This increase is primarily due to $2.5 million in license revenue recorded in 2009. In addition, we recorded $5.4 million and $5.1 million in fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively, in other revenue related to our contract manufacturing services related to a product for one customer.

International

        Net Product Revenues.    We recognized revenue from net product sales of $83.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $86.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $2.9 million, or 3%. This decrease was primarily due to favorable currency exchange of approximately $2.3 million and net lower product sales due to the decrease in available Moly caused by the global Moly supply shortage.

Costs and Expenses

        Cost of Goods Sold.    Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $184.8 million compared to $244.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $59.7 million, or 24%. Gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $175.4 million compared to $292.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $117.0 million, or 40%.

United States:

        Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $128.7 million compared to $187.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $59.1 million, or 31%. Gross profit in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $148.1 million compared to $262.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $114.6 million, or 44%.

        The decrease in cost of goods sold was due, in part, to a decrease of $33.1 million in intangible amortization primarily related to the Cardiolite patent exclusivity which expired in July 2008. In addition, cost of goods sold decreased approximately $18.1 million due to the change in product mix between TechneLite and Thallium as a result of the global Moly supply shortage, a $6.1 million inventory revaluation recorded in 2008 as a result of the acquisition of our business from BMS, a $1.4 million decrease primarily as a result of changes in Cardiolite volumes due to the generic event in 2008 and a net decrease of approximately $400,000 in our other marketed products.

        The decrease in gross profit was primarily attributable to price reductions for Cardiolite resulting from the introduction of competing generic products of approximately $193.0 million and net decreases

79


Table of Contents


of $1.0 million in our other marketed products offset, in part, by higher DEFINITY margin of approximately $22.4 million due to increasing volume as a result of the modification of the boxed warning in May 2008 and the subsequent relaunch of the product in June 2008, increased margins associated with the change in product mix between TechneLite and Thallium of approximately $11.9 million, lower intangible amortization of $33.1 million noted above, an inventory revaluation of $6.1 million recorded in 2008 associated with the acquisition of the business from BMS, lower customer rebates of $3.4 million due to lower Cardiolite sales and increased margin on license revenue of $2.5 million.

International:

        Cost of goods sold in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $56.1 million compared to $56.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of approximately $500,000, or 1%. Gross Profit in the year ended December 31, 2009 was $27.3 million compared to $29.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 8%.

        The decrease in cost of goods sold was due to a $2.1 million inventory revaluation recorded in 2008 as a result of the acquisition of our business from BMS offset, in part, by an increase of approximately $600,000 due to the change in product mix between TechneLite and Thallium as a result of the global Moly supply shortage and a net increase of $1.0 million in our other marketed products driven primarily by exchange rates.

        The decrease in gross profit was primarily attributable to a $7.1 million decrease due to the a reduction in Cardiolite and TechneLite margins offset by an increase in Thallium as a result of the global Moly supply shortage offset, in part, by an inventory revaluation of $2.1 million recorded in 2008 and a net increased margin of $2.7 million in our other marketed products primarily associated with favorable exchange rates.

        Sales and Marketing Expenses.    Consolidated Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $42.3 million compared to $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 12% and 9% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

United States:

        In the United States, sales and marketing expenses were $37.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $40.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net revenue in the United States segment, sales and marketing expenses were 13% and 8% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The $2.1 million, or 5%, decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

        These decreases were offset, in part, by the following:

80


Table of Contents

International:

        International sales and marketing expenses were $4.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $5.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. As a percentage of net revenue in the International segment, sales and marketing expenses were 5% and 9% for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The $1.3 million, or 23%, decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease of salary and other costs related to certain personnel reductions in our field sales force and marketing organization.

        General and Administrative Expenses.    Consolidated general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $35.4 million compared to $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a $29.5 million, or 45%, decrease in 2009.

United States:

        United States general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $33.2 million compared to $63.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a $29.8 million, or 47%, decrease in 2009. The decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

        The decreases were offset, in part, by the following:

International:

        International general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $2.2 million compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, the increase of approximately $300,000 was primarily attributable to additional personnel salary, benefits and services to support a stand-alone business.

81


Table of Contents

        Research and Development Expenses.    Consolidated Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2009 were $44.6 million compared to $34.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of approximately $9.9 million, or 29%.

        The following table summarizes the primary components of our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2009   2008  
 
  (Dollars in millions)
 

Flurpiridaz F-18

  $ 4.2   $ 2.3  

18F LMI1195

    0.8      

Other clinical programs

    2.8     1.9  
           
 

Total clinical programs

    7.8     4.2  

Personnel salary, benefits and other employee related

    18.3     17.0  

General research and development expenses

    18.5     13.5  
           

Total research and development expenses

  $ 44.6   $ 34.7  
           

United States:

        United States research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $43.5 million compared to $34.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of approximately $9.3 million, or 27%.

        The following summarizes the expenses associated with our primary R&D programs:

        Flurpiridaz F-18.    During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred $4.2 million in expenses related to our PPA clinical program compared to $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.9 million, or 84%. This increase was primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in clinical services and analysis costs related to our Phase 2 clinical trial, a $430,000 increase in clinical site costs due to increased enrollment in the Phase 2 trial and a $276,000 increase in contractor site-monitoring support and travel expenses related to increased effort in the Phase 2 clinical trial.

        18F LMI1195 ("Cardiac Neuronal Imaging").    During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred $769,000 in expenses related to our Cardiac Neuronal Imaging program in its initial year of clinical trials. Because this was the initial year of clinical trial expenses under the program, the expenses incurred related primarily to:

        Other Clinical Programs.    During the year ended December 31, 2009, we incurred $2.8 million in expenses related to other clinical trial programs compared to $1.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of approximately $900,000, or 47%. The increase related primarily to $901,000 in contractor support and professional services fees for the completion of a DEFINITY Phase 4 study.

        Personnel salary, benefits and other employee related expenses in the United States were $18.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $16.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a $1.4 million, or 9%, increase. This increase was due to $1.5 million in salary costs to support clinical programs and a $487,000 increase in field based technical MRI support related

82


Table of Contents


to Ablavar, offset, in part, by a decrease of $637,000 in lower bonus expenses as a result of not fully achieving certain annual EBITDA targets in 2009.

        General research and development expenses in the United States were $17.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $13.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2008, a $4.4 million, or 33%, increase. The increase is due primarily to a $2.0 million increase in research, clinical and lab supplies resulting from our continued research efforts and $3.1 million in other professional and contracted services to support chemistry, manufacture and control development, PPA development, data statistic management and clinical compliance for clinical sites. This was offset by a decrease in unallocated facility related costs, which were $600,000 due to reduced infrastructure costs. The remaining general research and development expenses, which are incurred in support of all of our R&D programs, are not easily allocable to any individual program, and therefore, have been included in general research and development expenses.

International:

        International research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $1.1 million compared to $446,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008 an increase of approximately $650,000, or 146%. The increase was attributable to increased regulatory support to our European operations.

        In-process Research and Development.    In 2008, as a result of the acquisition from BMS, we allocated $28.2 million to IPR&D. The value assigned to IPR&D was determined by estimating costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable product, the phase the project was in and our potential revenue generated from the project. The estimated fair value of IPR&D related to PPAs. Immediately following the closing of the acquisition, the $28.2 million IPR&D was charged to expense. The IPR&D relates to the PET programs.

Other

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense was $13.5 million in 2009, compared to $31.0 million in 2008, a decrease of $17.6 million, or 57%. This decrease was due to a decrease in our outstanding debt in 2009 of approximately $49.1 million.

        Interest Income.    Interest income was $73,000 in 2009, compared to $693,000 in 2008, a decrease of $620,000, or 89%. This change was due to a decrease in available cash balances and lower interest rates.

        Other Income, net.    Other income, net in 2009, was $2.7 million, compared to $3.0 million in 2008. The decrease was primarily attributable to changes in the amount of income recognized related to our tax indemnification agreement with BMS.

        Provision for Income Taxes.    The provision for income taxes was $22.0 million in 2009 compared to $48.6 million in 2008, a decrease of $26.6 million. This decrease was due to lower taxable income in 2009 as compared to 2008. Our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were 51.9% and 53.2%, respectively. The excess of our effective tax rate over the statutory rate in 2009 is driven principally by the tax effect of our uncertain tax positions and the impact of the changes in the applicable state tax rates that are applied to deferred tax assets. The excess of our effective tax rate over the statutory rate in 2008 results from the tax effect of the IPR&D charge, and our uncertain tax positions.

83


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows

        The following table provides information regarding our cash flows:

 
   
   
   
  % Change  
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010
Compared
to 2009
  2009
Compared
to 2008
 
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
   
   
 

Cash provided by (used in):

                               
 

Operating activities

  $ 26,317   $ 95,783   $ 178,445     (73 )%   (46 )%
 

Investing activities

    (8,550 )   (38,351 )   (530,832 )   (78 )   (93 )
 

Financing activities

    (17,550 )   (49,102 )   376,466     (64 )   (113 )

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

        Cash flows from operating activities represent the cash receipts and disbursements related to all of our activities other than investing and financing activities. Cash provided by operating activities is primarily driven by our earnings and changes in working capital.

        Operating cash flow is derived by adjusting net income for:

        The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for 2010 as compared to 2009 was primarily driven by decreased cash receipts associated with customer receivables at the end of 2010 and increased expenditures for inventory purchases associated with manufacturing of Ablavar, which was launched in January 2010.

        The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for 2009 as compared to 2008 was primarily driven by the timing of payments of certain accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Our primary uses of cash in investing activities are for the purchase of property and equipment and the acquisition of product rights. Net cash used in investing activities in 2010 and 2009 reflected the purchase of property and equipment for $8.3 million and $8.9 million, respectively. In addition, in 2010 and 2009, investing activities used $215,000 and $29.5 million, respectively, of cash for the acquisition of the rights to a MRA agent, now known as Ablavar.

        Net cash used in investing activities in 2008 primarily reflected the Holdings acquisition of the BMSMI and the purchase of property and equipment. We do not expect to have significant proceeds from investing activities.

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

        Historically, our primary sources of cash flows from financing activities have been the proceeds from the issuance of our 2008 term loan of $296.5 million, proceeds from borrowing on our line of credit of $28.0 million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $245.4 million. Going

84


Table of Contents


forward, we expect our primary sources of cash flows from financing activities to be debt or equity issuances or other arrangements that we may enter into. Our primary historical uses of cash in financing activities are principal payments on our term loan and line of credit. On May 10, 2010, we issued $250.0 million of Restricted Notes. The proceeds of the Restricted Notes were used (i) to repay amounts due under our then existing term loan agreement and (ii) to pay a dividend to Holdings to repay its $75.0 million demand note and for it to repurchase $90.0 million of Holdings' Series A Preferred Stock at the accreted value.

        Net cash used in financing activities in 2009 reflected aggregate principal payments on our term loan of $49.1 million and proceeds from the draw down on our line of credit of $28.0 million offset by payments on our line of credit of $28.0 million.

        Net cash provided by financing activities in 2008 reflected proceeds from the issuance of our term loan of $296.5 million and proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $245.4 million offset by aggregate principal payments on our term loan $153.7 million and debt issuance costs in connection with issuance of the term loan of $11.7 million.

Sources of Liquidity

        On May 10, 2010, we issued the existing notes, $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, at face value, net of issuance costs of $10.1 million, under an indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010. The net proceeds of the existing notes were used to repay $77.9 million due under our outstanding credit agreement and to issue a $163.8 million dividend to Holdings. Holdings utilized the dividend to repay a $75.0 million demand note and to repurchase $90.0 million of Holdings' Series A Preferred Stock at the accreted value. The $75.0 million demand note was issued in June 2009, was payable on demand by Holdings and had an interest rate equal to the greater of the prime rate plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 5.0%; the interest rate at December 31, 2009 was 5.5%. On February 2, 2011, we consummated an exchange offer where we exchanged $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our existing notes, for an equal principal amount of existing notes, with substantially identical terms in all respects.

        On March 21, 2011, we issued the Restricted Notes, $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, at face value, net of issuance costs of $4.9 million, under an indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2011. The net proceeds of the Restricted Notes were used to fund a $150.0 million dividend to Holdings. Holdings utilized the dividend to repurchase approximately $44 million of Holdings' Series A Preferred Stock at the accreted value and to issue an approximately $106 million dividend to its common securityholders. The notes mature on May 15, 2017. Interest on the notes accrues at a rate of 9.750% per year and is payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 commencing on November 15, 2010 for the existing notes and May 15, 2011 for the Restricted Notes. We anticipate our annual interest expense will increase from $24.4 million to $39.0 million as a result of the issuance of the Restricted Notes. The impact of the interest payments related to the notes will be offset, in part, by the elimination of principal payments which were required under the previous credit agreement and were being made on an accelerated basis through April 2010, as well as an expected increase in our results of operations and cash flows from growth in DEFINITY, as well as TechneLite, now that the NRU reactor is again operational.

        In connection with the May 2010 refinancing described above, our revolving line of credit was replaced with a $42.5 million revolving credit facility (the "Facility") with the ability to request the lenders to increase the Facility by an additional amount of up to $15.0 million at the discretion of the lenders. Interest on the Facility is LIBOR plus 4% or Reference Rate (as defined in the agreement)

85


Table of Contents


plus 3%. At December 31, 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under the Facility and our aggregate borrowing capacity was $42.5 million.

        In March 2011, we received consents from holders of 100% of existing notes to execute a supplemental indenture to amend the indenture. The amendment modified the restricted payments covenant and enabled us to undertake the March 2011 issuance and to use the net proceeds to, among other things, make a distribution to our immediate parent company, Intermediate. Additionally, we made a cash payment of $15 per $1,000 in principal amount to each holder of existing notes, which, in the aggregate, was approximately $3.8 million. The $3.8 million solicitation fee will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the debt.

        In addition, in March 2011, we received the consent of the lenders under the Facility to amend such agreement to allow us to use the net proceeds of the March 2011 issuance as described above. The amendment also increased the consolidated total leverage ratio to accommodate the March 2011 issuance and decreased the consolidated interest coverage ratio to accommodate the associated increase in semi-annual interest payments. Additionally, it adjusted the effective interest rate of borrowings thereunder. The amendment was consummated concurrently with the consummation of the March 2011 issuance.

        The notes contain certain covenants of us and the guarantors that limit the payments of dividends, incurrence of additional indebtedness and guarantees, issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, transactions with affiliates and a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. As of December 31, 2010, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants. In addition, the Facility, as amended, requires us to comply with financial covenants, including a total leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2010, as well as limitations on the amount of capital expenditures. The financial ratios are determined by our EBITDA as defined in the Facility ("Facility EBITDA"). Under the amended Facility, the interest coverage ratio requires Lantheus Intermediate and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility) to have an interest coverage ratio of 1.75 to 1.00 for the first three quarters of 2011, 2.00 to 1.00 for the last quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, 2.15 to 1.00 for the second and third quarters of 2012 and 2.25 to 1.00 thereafter. The total leverage ratio is the financial covenant that is currently the most restrictive, which requires Lantheus Intermediate and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility) to maintain a leverage ratio of 5.50 to 1.00 for the first two quarters in 2011, 5.25 to 1.00 in the third quarter of 2011, 5.00 to 1.00 in the last quarter of 2011, 4.75 to 1.00 in the first quarter of 2012, 4.50 to 1.00 in the second and third quarters of 2012, 4.25 to 1.00 in the last quarter of 2012 and the first three quarters of 2013 and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. Although we believe that our anticipated Facility EBITDA amounts will be sufficient such that we will be in compliance with our financial covenants, if our upcoming quarterly earnings are not sufficient, we could be in violation of these covenants.

        We may from time to time repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our balance sheet. These actions may include open market repurchases of any notes outstanding, prepayments of our term loans or other retirements or refinancing of outstanding debt. The amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, would be decided upon at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on market conditions, trading levels of our debt from time to time, our cash position and other considerations.

        We entered into an inventory supply agreement with Covidien in connection with the launch of Ablavar. This agreement has a minimum quarterly purchase commitment ranging from $6.3 million to $7.5 million through September 2012. At December 31, 2010, the total of this remaining minimum purchase commitment was approximately $41.3 million. Accordingly, significant cash outflows will be required during the term of this purchase commitment and for costs incurred in connection with the product launch, with limited cash inflows from Ablavar until market penetration increases further. We believe that we will be able meet this obligation as a result of our expected increase in results of

86


Table of Contents


operations and cash flows, which we believe will result from continued increases in the sale of DEFINITY, which continues to experience market growth approaching sales levels prior to the boxed warning, increase in the sales of TechneLite resulting from the now normalized and sustained Moly supply, increase in the sales of Ablavar as we continue our U.S. launch of the product and the anticipated continued strong position of Cardiolite products. In addition, while the loss of gross profit due to the global Moly shortage did have a detrimental impact on our cash flows and results of operations, we continued to generate positive cash flows from operations during the period of the Moly shortage and we did not make any significant changes to our strategic initiatives as a result of the shortage.

Funding Requirements

        Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

        To the extent that our capital resources are insufficient to meet our future capital requirements, we will need to finance our cash needs through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements or other financing alternatives, to the extent such transactions are permissible under the covenants of our indenture and credit agreement. If any of the transactions require a waiver under the covenants in our indenture and credit agreement, we will seek to obtain such a waiver to remain in compliance with the covenants of the indenture and credit agreement. Our only committed external source of funds is borrowing availability under the Facility. On May 10, 2010, our $50.0 million revolving credit facility was replaced with the Facility. At December 31, 2010, we had $42.5 million of borrowing availability under the Facility. Additional equity or debt financing, or corporate collaboration and licensing arrangements, may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

        As of December 31, 2010, we had $33.0 million of cash and cash equivalents. Based on our current operating plans, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, results of our operations and

87


Table of Contents


our borrowing capacity under the Facility will be sufficient to continue to fund our liquidity requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Contractual Obligations

        Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with third parties and exclude contingent contractual liabilities for which we cannot reasonably predict future payment, including contingencies related to potential future development, financing, certain suppliers, contingent royalty payments and/or scientific, regulatory, or commercial milestone payments under development agreements. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

Debt obligations (principal)

  $ 250,000   $   $   $   $ 250,000  

Interest on debt obligations

    155,391     24,375     48,750     48,750     33,516  

Operating leases(1)

    4,478     938     1,503     1,004     1,033  

Purchase obligations(2)

    209,876     85,258     124,618          

Asset retirement obligation

    4,372                 4,372  

Other long-term liabilities(3)

    33,032                 33,032  
                       

Total contractual obligations, December 31, 2010

  $ 657,149   $ 110,571   $ 174,871   $ 49,754   $ 321,953  

Debt obligations (principal)—Restricted Notes

    150,000                 150,000  

Interest on Restricted Notes

    95,063     14,625     29,250     29,250     21,938  
                       

Total contractual obligations, as adjusted for issuance of Restricted Notes

  $ 902,212   $ 125,196   $ 204,121   $ 79,004   $ 493,891  
                       

(1)
Operating leases include minimum payments under leases for our facilities and certain equipment. See "Business—Properties."

(2)
Purchase obligations include fixed or minimum payments under manufacturing and service agreements with Covidien and other third-parties.

(3)
Due to the uncertainty related to the timing of the reversal of uncertain tax positions, the liability is not subject to fixed payment terms and the amount and timing of payments, if any, which we will make related to this liability, are not known.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        Since inception, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements, including structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Effects of Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a significant impact on our revenues or results of operations since inception. We expect our cost of product sales and other operating expenses will change in the future in line with periodic inflationary changes in price levels. Because we intend to retain and continue to use our property and equipment, we believe that the incremental inflation related to the replacement costs of such items will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for employee compensation and contract services, which could increase our level of expenses and the rate at which we use our resources. While our management generally believes that we will be able to offset the effect of price-level changes by

88


Table of Contents


adjusting our product prices and implementing operating efficiencies, any material unfavorable changes in price levels could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with the Facility, which is variable rate indebtedness. Interest rate changes could increase the amount of our interest payments and thus negatively impact our future earnings and cash flows. As of December 31, 2010, there was no amount outstanding under the Facility. Any increase in the interest rate under the Facility will have a negative impact on our future earnings, depending on the outstanding balance of the Facility during the respective period.

Foreign Currency Risk

        We face exposure to movements in foreign currency exchange rates whenever we, or any of our subsidiaries, enter into transactions with third parties that are denominated in currencies other than our, or its, functional currency. Intercompany transactions between entities that use different functional currencies also expose us to foreign currency risk. During 2010 and 2009, the net impact of foreign currency changes on transactions was a loss of $209,000 and a gain of $794,000, respectively. Historically, we have not used derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments to hedge such economic exposures.

        Gross margins of products we manufacture at our U.S. plants and sell in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar are also affected by foreign currency exchange rate movements. Our gross margin on total revenue was 42.4% in 2010 and 48.7% in 2009. If the U.S. Dollar had been stronger by 1%, 5% or 10%, compared to the actual rates during 2010, our gross margin on total net product sales would have been 42.4%, 42.6% and 42.9%, respectively. If the U.S. Dollar had been stronger by 1%, 5% or 10%, compared to the actual rates during 2009, our gross margin on total net product sales would have been 48.7%, 49.0% and 49.3%, respectively.

        In addition, a portion of our earnings is generated by our foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are other than the U.S. Dollar (in which we report our consolidated financial results), our earnings could be materially impacted by movements in foreign currency exchange rates upon the translation of the earnings of such subsidiaries into the U.S. Dollar.

        If the U.S. Dollar had been uniformly stronger by 1%, 5% or 10%, compared to the actual average exchange rates used to translate the financial results of our foreign subsidiaries, our net product sales and net income for 2010 would have been impacted by approximately the following amounts:

 
  Approximate
Decrease in
Net Revenue
  Approximate
Decrease in
Net Income
 
 
  (Dollars in thousands)
 

1%

  $ (632 ) $ (18 )

5%

    (3,160 )   (92 )

10%

    (6,320 )   (183 )

89


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Standards

        In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-17, Revenue Recognition—Milestone Method (ASU 2010-017). ASU 2010-017 provides guidance in applying the milestone method of revenue recognition to research or development arrangements. Under this guidance management may recognize revenue contingent upon the achievement of a milestone in its entirety, in the period in which the milestone is achieved, only if the milestone meets all the criteria within the guidance to be considered substantive. This ASU is effective on a prospective basis for R&D milestones achieved in fiscal years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted; however, we have elected to implement ASU 2010-17 prospectively, and as a result, the effect of this guidance will be limited to future transactions.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-027, Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Pharmaceutical Manufacturers (ASU 2010-027). ASU 2010-027 provides guidance concerning the recognition and classification of the new annual fee payable by branded prescription drug manufactures and importers on branded prescription drugs which was mandated under the health care reform legislation enacted in the United States in March 2010. Under this new accounting standard, the annual fee would be presented as a component of operating expenses and recognized over the calendar year such fees are payable using a straight-line method of allocation unless another method better allocates the fee over the calendar year. This ASU is effective for calendar years beginning on or after December 31, 2010, when the fee initially becomes effective. We do not expect the adoption of this accounting standard will have an impact on our financial position or results of operations.

90


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

        We obtained the market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own research, surveys or studies conducted by third parties and industry or general reports compiled by industry and professional organizations, including Global Industry Analysts, Inc. ("GIA"), Frost and Sullivan, Inc. ("Frost & Sullivan"), CMS and the American Heart Association. The data that was used is publicly available or available through subscriptions that are available to the public for a fee.

91


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading specialty pharmaceutical company that develops, manufactures and distributes innovative diagnostic medical imaging products on a global basis. Our current imaging agents primarily assist in the diagnosis of heart, vascular and other diseases using nuclear imaging, echocardiography and MRI technologies. We also have a full clinical and preclinical development pipeline of next-generation and first-in-class products that use PET and MRI technologies. We believe that our products offer significant benefits to patients, healthcare providers and the overall healthcare system. As a result of more accurate diagnosis of disease, we believe our products allow healthcare providers to make more informed patient care decisions, potentially improving outcomes, reducing patient risk and decreasing costs for payors and the entire healthcare system.

        With direct operations in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada and Australia, we have a long and distinguished history of developing and commercializing innovative market-changing products.

        Our principal branded products include DEFINITY, Cardiolite, TechneLite and Ablavar, which, in the aggregate, accounted for approximately 74% of our total revenues in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated total revenues, net income, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of $354.0 million, $5.0 million, $62.0 million and $85.2 million, respectively. See "Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data."

        We have two operating segments, which are the United States and International. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we re-evaluated our operating segments. In performing this re-evaluation, we considered the operating results that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and the guidance included in Accounting Standards Codification 280-10, Segment Reporting. Accordingly, we now report these two operating segments based on geographic customer base. Our segments are more fully described in Note 19, "Segment Information," to our consolidated financial statements.

Our Products

DEFINITY

        DEFINITY Vial for (Perflutren Lipid Microsphere) Injectable Suspension is the leading ultrasound contrast agent used during echocardiographic exams. In the United States, DEFINITY is indicated for use in patients with suboptimal echocardiograms to opacify the left ventricular chamber of the heart and to improve the delineation of the left endocardial border of the heart. We estimate that 20% of the approximately 25 million echocardiograms performed each year are suboptimal, which may require additional, more expensive testing. In September 2010, we also filed an application with the FDA for label expansion to include DEFINITY's use in exercise and pharmacological stress as well as rest echocardiographic procedures. For the year ended December 31, 2010, DEFINITY generated total revenues of $60.0 million, and DEFINITY accounted for approximately 4%, 12% and 17% of our total revenues in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        DEFINITY is sold in vials that contain a clear, colorless, sterile, non-pyrogenic hypertonic liquid, which upon activation with the aid of Vialmix, provides a homogenous, opaque, milky white injectable suspension of perflutron lipid microspheres.

        DEFINITY primarily competes with Optison, a GE Healthcare product, as well as other imaging modalities. DEFINITY was the leading ultrasound contrast agent used by echo-cardiologists in 2010, with, we believe, over 90% of sales in this segment. DEFINITY is an advanced technology, derived from a synthetic lipid based coating, which we believe is superior to the alternatives.

92


Table of Contents

        In October 2007, following reports of serious cardiopulmonary reactions following the administration of DEFINITY and other drugs in the same class of agents (including Optison), the FDA requested the labels for DEFINITY and its competitor products in this class to include a boxed warning. The label warned that DEFINITY and other similar imaging agents were not suitable in patients who have unstable angina, unstable cardiopulmonary disease or a history of acute heart attacks, and suggested that all patients that use DEFINITY and similar agents should be monitored for 30 minutes following use. When the boxed warning went into effect, most of DEFINITY's customers placed a hold on new orders to obtain legal approval from the appropriate departments within their hospitals and offices and to update protocols for usage. Sales prior to the issued warning were at a last quarter annualized run-rate of $66.5 million as of September 2007, with an approximate 3% penetration of all echocardiograms. Immediately following the boxed warning in October 2007, sales decreased to an annualized run rate of approximately $11.2 million based on the three months ended January 2008.

        Without our requesting them to do so, physicians within the cardiology and echocardiology communities campaigned in support of DEFINITY and sent a letter signed by 161 cardiologists to the FDA stating that the benefits of the product outweighed the risks and urged that the boxed warning be removed. The FDA subsequently revised the boxed warning in May 2008 to state that only at-risk patients should be monitored for 30 minutes after use, and in July 2008 the FDA posted the update to the warning label on its website. Along with the revised boxed warning, numerous clinical studies have been published on the clinical effectiveness and safety of DEFINITY. For example, the American College of Cardiology published a paper supporting the use of contrast echocardiography ("CE"). The paper stated that the utilization of CE in technically difficult cases improves endocardial visualization and impacted cardiac diagnosis, resource utilization and patient management. Furthermore, the study reported that after using CE, the percentage of un-interpretable cases decreased from approximately 12% to under 0.5% and technically difficult cases decreased from approximately 87% to under approximately 10%.

        We initially launched DEFINITY in 2001, with the last patent in the United States currently expiring in 2016 and in numerous foreign jurisdictions in 2019. In June 2008, we relaunched DEFINITY. Since the product's relaunch, U.S. sales of DEFINITY have continued to increase, with an annual growth rate of approximately 40% in the year ended December 31, 2010. Annual revenues from worldwide sales of DEFINITY improved to $60.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. We are actively engaged in driving consensus on the clinical utility of DEFINITY and the favorable benefit/risk profile through multiple publications and aligning ourself with key societies such as the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE), International Contrast Ultrasound Society (ICUS) and Intersocietal Commission for the Accreditation of Echocardiography Laboratories (ICAEL). As of December 31, 2010, over 3.0 million patients have been administered DEFINITY since its launch in 2001. We estimate that DEFINITY has been used in approximately 2% of total echocardiograms performed in 2010. With the steps outlined above and increased acceptance by sonographers and cardiologists, we believe that penetration should continue to increase.

Cardiolite

        Cardiolite (Kit for Preparation of Technetium Tc99m Sestamibi for Injection), also known by its generic name "sestamibi", is a technetium-based radiopharmaceutical used in MPI procedures. Cardiolite is primarily used for detecting coronary artery disease using SPECT. As of December 31, 2010, Cardiolite has been used to image more than 40 million patients since its launch in 1991. Cardiolite is sold as a vial of lyophilized powder that is administered by intravenous injection for diagnostic use after reconstitution with radioactive saline in conjunction with our TechneLite generator. Compared to some alternatives, Cardiolite offers a non-invasive, more efficacious diagnostic approach with potentially less radiation exposure. Cardiolite was approved by the FDA in 1990 and its market

93


Table of Contents


exclusivity expired in July 2008. In September 2008, the first of several competing generic products was launched, and while we have faced significant pricing pressure and have experienced a loss in share, we continue to price Cardiolite at a declining premium and have been able to maintain a leading share because of strong awareness and loyalty within the cardiology community, as well as our strong relationships with various distribution partners. For the year ended December 31, 2010, Cardiolite generated total revenues of $77.4 million, and accounted for approximately 60%, 33% and 22% of our total revenues in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        Of total MPI injections for the year ended December 31, 2010, management believes we had approximately one third share of the segment ahead of Myoview (a GE Healthcare product) with an estimated 26% share, the generic products with an estimated 24% share and Thallium (an older MPI agent also sold by us, among other companies) with an estimated 18% share. In 2008, management believes that Cardiolite's share of the MPI segment was approximately one half of the segment. Cardiolite is currently priced at a declining premium relative to the generics, the first of which was launched at a substantial discount to Cardiolite. There are now at least four generic products on the market and we expect the introduction of additional generic products in the future. With continued pricing pressure from generic competitors, we also sell Cardiolite in the form of a generic sestamibi while at the same time continuing to sell branded Cardiolite throughout the MPI segment. We believe this strategy of selling branded as well as generic sestamibi allows us to maintain total segment share by having multiple sestamibi offerings that are attractive in terms of brand as well as price. We have a strong distribution network and long-term relationships with two major distributors, Cardinal and UPPI, who together accounted for what we estimate to be approximately 85% of all SPECT doses sold by radiopharmacies in the United States in 2010, based on the percentage of doses sold in the first half of 2010.

        Cardiolite grew dramatically from its launch in the United States in 1991 to peak year sales of over $400 million in the years ended December 31, 2005 through 2007. Cardiolite was a revolutionary diagnostic imaging agent at the time of its launch and required significant education of the cardiology and physician community. Adoption in the early years was dependent on informing practitioners about the enhanced images that nuclear imaging could provide and its ability to better diagnose potential disease. Over the past two decades, more than 11,000 articles have been published naming Cardiolite. New imaging agents introduced and commercialized must go through a similar education process of the benefits to healthcare professionals and their patients. We intend to apply the internal experience and expertise we developed with the launch of Cardiolite and the resulting transformation of the cardiac diagnostic imaging field to the on-going marketing of Ablavar and the launch of our other clinical and preclinical candidates.

TechneLite

        TechneLite is a technetium-based generator used by radiopharmacies to radiolabel Cardiolite and other Tc-99m radiopharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine procedures. The generator consists of a glass column with fission-produced Moly adsorbed on alumina powder within the column. The terminally sterilized and sealed column is enclosed in a lead shield which is further sealed in a cylindrical plastic container. Cardiolite and other radiopharmaceuticals are activated by combining them with technetium, a daughter product of radio-decaying Moly which has been eluted from the generator. For the year ended December 31, 2010, TechneLite generated total revenues of $122.0 million and accounted for approximately 23%, 31% and 34% of our total revenues in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        We produce 13 different sized generators under the name TechneLite. Most are sold to radiopharmacies that prepare and ship unit-doses of Cardiolite and other radiolabeled pharmaceuticals directly to hospitals. We have supply arrangements in place with the significant radiopharmacies, including GE Healthcare, Cardinal and UPPI.

94


Table of Contents

        In the United States, we currently compete primarily with Covidien for the sale of technetium-based generators. Although segment share can fluctuate depending upon the availability of Moly from suppliers and the related standing orders from the largest purchasing groups, we believe that during periods of normal global Moly supply, we have a share of approximately 50% of this segment in the United States. Where TechneLite is sold outside of the United States, our major competitors currently include Covidien, GE Healthcare and Ion Beam Applications S.A. in Europe, ANSTO in Australia and other regional manufacturers. Generally, competitors outside of North America face an economic disadvantage when shipping technetium-based generators for use in North America because of high transport costs (due to weight) and the short half-life of Moly.

        From 2005 to 2008, Covidien experienced manufacturing issues with the Tc-99m product, including safety and regulatory warning letters from the FDA and temporary shutdowns of its manufacturing facilities. As a result, we benefited from increased sales during this time. Our share returned to pre-2006 levels in early 2009. In May 2009, Canadian authorities shut down the NRU reactor in Canada, from which we receive a majority of our supply of Moly. As a result of this interruption of supply, our market share for TechneLite was reduced. The NRU reactor returned to service in August 2010 and we have seen increased sales in both Cardolite and TechneLite. However, TechneLite unit volume has not returned to pre-shortage levels. See "—Raw Materials and Supply Relationships" and "Risk Factors—The Moly supply shortage caused by the recent NRU reactor shutdown has had a negative effect on the demand for some of our products, which could continue in the future."

        TechneLite and Cardiolite both are dependent on Moly, the initial radioactive isotope created in nuclear research reactors. Nuclear research reactors are used for academic research and the production of radioisotopes used in nuclear medicine, manufacturing and agriculture, and are sometimes found on university campuses. Research reactors differ greatly from nuclear power reactors. Power reactors heat water under pressure to extremely high temperatures to produce steam, which is used to generate electricity. Research reactors are inherently safer than power reactors, as they are smaller, cooler, operate at atmospheric pressure and require several orders of magnitude less power and fuel. Research reactors also can be accessed more easily and cooled and shut down more quickly with smaller quantities of water. Both power reactors and research reactors rely on nuclear fission and create radioactive materials, the use and disposal of which must be handled with extreme care.

        In the production of Moly, nuclear research reactors run Uranium-235 targets through a nuclear fission process, and the fission products after further processing and finishing become medical isotope grade Moly. Moly is then shipped to our manufacturing facilities, where we insert the Moly into our TechneLite generator. After TechneLite and Cardiolite are separately sent to radiopharmacies, "cold" Cardiolite is activated by combining it with the nuclear material technetium produced with TechneLite, thereby making it "hot." The activated radiopharmaceuticals are generally injected intravenously into the patient's body by a healthcare professional and bind to specific tissues and organs for a period of time. While certain other imaging modalities may result in anatomical outlines, nuclear imaging illustrates the functional health of imaged organs, tissues, cells and receptors within cells.

        Moly, with a half-life of about 66 hours, requires quick processing and delivery to us so that TechneLite generators can be produced and shipped to our customers. We utilize our just-in-time business model, via commercial carriers, dedicated charter aircraft and ground courier services, to ensure products are delivered to radiopharmacies and hospitals in a timely manner. Because of the 66 hour half-life, radiopharmacies typically purchase TechneLite generators on a weekly basis. Moly that is produced further away from our facilities decays or "melts" in transit. For instance, approximately one-third of Moly that is produced outside of North America decays before it reaches our facilities. We have historically received a majority of our supply of Moly from the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Canada, allowing for less decay and lower costs to us.

95


Table of Contents

        There are six major reactors located around the world which produce large-scale amounts of Moly: NRU located in Canada; HFR located in The Netherlands; BR2 located in Belgium; OSIRIS located in France; SAFARI located in South Africa; and OPAL located in Australia. Reactor-produced Moly is then finished at one of five finishing sites: Nordion in Canada; Covidien in The Netherlands; IRE in Belgium, which also processes raw Moly for several other smaller European reactors; NTP in South Africa; and ANSTO in Australia. These reactors are taken off-line for short periods of time for periodic refueling and routine inspection and maintenance. For example, the NRU reactor is currently scheduled to be off-line for four weeks starting in May 2011 for inspection and maintenance. The reactor production and maintenance schedules are increasingly coordinated on a global basis with the assistance of a European industry organization, the Association of Imaging Producers and Equipment Suppliers.

        Historically, our largest supplier of Moly has been Nordion, which relies on the NRU reactor, owned and operated by the AECL, a Crown corporation of the Government of Canada, located in Chalk River, Ontario. From May 2009 until August 2010, this reactor was off-line on an unscheduled basis due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel and subsequent extended repairs. Additionally, from February 2010 until September 2010, the HFR main reactor in The Netherlands, another reactor that produces a large scale amount of Moly and the primary provider of Moly for Covidien, a competitor in North America, was shut down for scheduled extended repairs.

        We have taken several steps in response to the Moly supply challenges, including significantly expanding sourcing from South Africa and Belgium, and pursuing global solutions. In 2009, we entered into an agreement with NTP to supply us with Moly manufactured from the SAFARI reactor in South Africa. NTP, in turn, has partnered with IRE to co-supply us from the BR2, HFR and OSIRIS reactors. While this supply allowed us to manufacture and sell reduced numbers of technetium generators during the NRU reactor shutdown, this replacement capacity was not sufficient to replace the quantity of supply that we otherwise received from Nordion. When the NRU reactor is off-line in May 2011 for inspection and maintenance, we believe we will have sufficient replacement capacity to meet substantially all of our customer demand. We are also pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world to further augment our current supply. U.S., Canadian and international governments have encouraged the development of a number of alternative Moly production projects with existing technologies as well as new technologies and we are exploring a number of these alternatives. The Moly produced from these projects will likely not become available until 2013, or thereafter. Barring another unforeseen and unscheduled reactor shutdown, we currently believe that we have sufficient Moly to serve our customers needs.

Ablavar

        In April 2009, we purchased from EPIX, its U.S., Canadian and Australian rights to Ablavar, an MRA agent recently approved by the FDA to evaluate aortoiliac disease in adult patients with known or suspected peripheral vascular disease. We launched the product in January 2010. In June 2010, we purchased the rest of the world rights to Ablavar. Peripheral vascular disease of the lower extremities affects 8 to 12 million people in the United States. We paid an aggregate purchase price of $32.8 million for the rights, which included existing drug product and API inventory. A portion of these rights are in-licensed, including from Bayer Schering Pharma AG. For Ablavar, we hold a number of different composition of matter, use, formulation and manufacturing patents, with the last U.S. patent not expiring until 2017, and, assuming we are granted our U.S. request for regulatory extension, in the United States until 2020.

        Ablavar is a gadolinium-based contrast agent and is the first contrast agent approved for an MRA indication in the United States. Compared to other MRA contrast agents, Ablavar binds to human serum albumin, resulting in prolonged blood retention which facilitates imaging of the arteries, produces improved high-resolution images and assists in the identification of blood flow restrictions.

96


Table of Contents


Ablavar provides high resolution MRA images without painful and invasive arterial shunting required for conventional x-ray angiography. Although not approved for MRA use in the United States, other similar agents have been used in an off-label manner and often at doses that are significantly higher than specified on their respective labels for other approved indications in order to achieve optimal imaging. All of these agents contain gadolinium to facilitate the MRI, and extra-cellular gadolinium-based agents have been associated with serious skin and internal organ side effects, including NSF in a limited number of patients. As a result, in May 2007, the FDA requested that manufacturers of all contrast agents containing gadolinium add a boxed warning and a new warning section that describes the risk of NSF. Ablavar shares the boxed warning but requires a lower dose than other gadolinium-based agents to obtain a high-resolution image. In September 2010, the FDA requested that additional safety-related label changes be implemented for all gadolinium-based contrast agents to highlight the risks of NSF. Of the seven gadolinium-based contrast agents currently approved for use in the United States, three of them were required by the FDA to include certain new contraindications relating to severe kidney disease. The FDA required no substantial changes to the Ablavar prescribing information. To date, we have had no reported cases of NSF and, to our knowledge, EPIX had no reported cases of NSF with Ablavar's predecessor, Vasovist. Neither we nor EPIX has been named as a party or joined in any litigation relating to NSF. We believe that over 95,000 doses of Ablavar and Vasovist have been sold to date. We believe that the albumin-binding characteristic, which allows substantially less contrast agent to be administered to a patient in comparison to other agents containing gadolinium, along with the fact that Ablavar remains the only gadolinium-based contrast agent approved by the FDA for an MRA indication, positions the agent favorably for growth in North America and globally.

        We launched Ablavar in January 2010 and the market acceptance of the agent has been slower than we initially anticipated. While we believe that Ablavar is superior to its competitors based on both safety and efficacy, the blood pool imaging attributes of the agent require extensive customer education and training to facilitate product adoption. In addition, Ablavar faces strong competition from the six other gadolinium-based contrast agents currently approved for use in the United States for MRI. The revenue recognized relating to Ablavar for the year ended December 31, 2010 was not material to our financial statements. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $10.9 million for Ablavar finished good product that will likely expire prior to its sale to and use by customers. We determined that our inventory write-down of Ablavar finished good product in the fourth quarter of 2010 represented an event that warranted assessment of the $24.6 million Ablavar patent portfolio for its recoverability. Based on our estimate of future undiscounted cash flows associated with Ablavar, we have concluded the patent portfolio is recoverable by a narrow margin. We continue to believe that Ablavar will be a solid contributor to our long-term growth, given its attractive product attributes and our belief in its potential market demand. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Factors Affecting Our Results—Ablavar Growth."

Other Products

        Our remaining product portfolio constituted approximately 27% of our total revenues in 2010. These products are important agents in specific segments, which provide a stable base of recurring revenue and have a favorable industry position as a result of our substantial infrastructure investment, our specialized workforce, our technical know-how and our established industry position and customer relationships. In addition, these products have minimal attributable sales and marketing or patent expense.

97


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that our industry position, business model, proven results, reputation for innovation and quality, clinical development capabilities, strong physician relationships and distribution arrangements provide us with a strong platform to reach our strategic goal, which is to provide cost effective, beneficial tools to physicians to improve patient care. Our competitive strengths include:

Established Leader in the Diagnostic Medical Imaging Industry

        We are a pioneer in nuclear cardiology and a leader in the diagnostic medical imaging industry. We believe we are recognized throughout the industry for the development or commercialization of important diagnostic agents including DEFINITY, Cardiolite and TechneLite. Historically, we were the first to commercialize Thallium, the first MPI agent, in 1977. We launched Cardiolite, the best selling radiopharmaceutical in history (over $4 billion in cumulative sales) in 1991. We launched DEFINITY, the leading cardiac ultrasound agent in 2001. We pioneered the terminally sterilized TechneLite technetium-based generator, and we were the first to launch an FDA-approved MRA contrast agent in the United States—Ablavar in 2010. We believe we also have a proven track record of on-time delivery and a reputation as a high-quality and reliable provider, which we believe positions our products favorably with customers, key opinion leaders and professional societies. We have established strong sales and market share for a number of our leading products and believe that we are well-positioned to meet the changing demands of the industry.

Leading R&D Expertise and Branded Intellectual Property

        We have an experienced R&D team with a wide range of capabilities from discovery through clinical development, including Phase 4 post-marketing studies. We believe that our R&D expertise, particularly utilizing radioisotopes and nuclear materials, will enable us to continue our track record of innovation and to develop both next-generation and first-in-class products. In addition, the nature of R&D in diagnostic imaging products provides an ability to typically determine proof of concept much earlier in the development process than many other pharmaceutical products. The results of our R&D efforts are evidenced by our development pipeline of three new products. We believe that each of these products represents large market opportunities and has the potential to significantly enhance current imaging methods or to fulfill currently unmet diagnostic medical imaging needs. We own patents and patent applications for DEFINITY, TechneLite and our three pipeline products, all three of which were discovered and developed in-house. In addition, we own patent rights to Ablavar, in the United States

98


Table of Contents


and numerous foreign jurisdictions, with the last U.S. patent not expiring until 2017, and, assuming we are granted our request for regulatory extension in the United States, not until 2020. Patent protection for our leading pipeline product would not expire in the United States until 2026. Patent protection relating to one of the remaining pipeline products, if granted, would not expire until 2027 and, for another, if granted, would not expire until 2029. In aggregate, we have an extensive and valuable portfolio of 376 issued patents and 96 pending patent applications as of March 15, 2011.

Complex Manufacturing Capabilities and Skilled Personnel

        Our expertise in the design, development and validation of complex manufacturing systems and processes that our products require, as well as our track record of just-in-time manufacturing, has enabled us to become a leader in the diagnostic medical imaging industry. Regulatory requirements for the handling of nuclear materials are stringent. We have a highly experienced workforce and the technical expertise to manufacture and distribute radioactive products both safely and reliably.

Part of the Healthcare Solution

        We believe that diagnostic medical imaging should play an important role in the ongoing transformation of the U.S. healthcare system, and that our products should be part of the solution to the dual challenges of improved outcomes and reduced costs. By improving the diagnosis of disease, we believe our products allow healthcare providers to make more informed and better therapeutic decisions for their patients. Consequently, we believe more patients will receive more appropriate levels of care, potentially improving outcomes, reducing patient risk and decreasing costs for payors and the entire healthcare system. We are engaged in extensive outreach and education efforts with political decision makers and policy experts to advocate this message.

Favorable Industry Trends

        The diagnostic medical imaging industry continues to grow as a result of favorable demographic trends. According to GIA, sales of diagnostic medical imaging agents in North America were estimated to have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 9.5% from 2005 to 2010, and are projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 7.3% from 2010 to 2015. Several demographic trends drive an increasing demand for diagnostic medical imaging procedures, including the aging of the population and the increased incidence and prevalence of obesity and cardiovascular disease. Heart disease is currently the leading cause of death for both women and men in the United States, and according to Frost & Sullivan, from 2009 to 2012, the U.S. population with coronary artery disease is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 5.3%. The need for early detection and effective treatment drives the demand for diagnostic services, which we believe will drive volume growth for our products.

Diversified Moly Supply Chain

        In response to the recent global Moly supply shortage, we have diversified our global supply chain, including significantly expanding sourcing from South Africa and Belgium, and pursuing additional global solutions. In 2009, we entered into an agreement with NTP in South Africa to supply us with Moly manufactured from the SAFARI reactor in South Africa. NTP, in turn, has partnered with IRE in Belgium to co-supply us from the Belgian Reactor 2 ("BR2"), the high flux reactor ("HFR") located in The Netherlands and the OSIRIS reactor located in France, and more recently ANSTO in Australia. This diversified supply improves our ability to continue to manufacture and sell technetium generators during periods when a particular reactor may be shut down. In an effort to continue diversifying our Moly supply chain, we are pursuing additional sourcing arrangements from potential new producers around the world.

        We do not believe that recent events occurring at nuclear power reactors in Japan will have any impact on our Moly supply because the reactors that produce Moly are not nuclear power reactors, but nuclear research reactors which are smaller, cooler and inherently safer. However, we cannot assure

99


Table of Contents

you that there will not be an unanticipated impact on our Moly suppliers. See "Risk Factors—The global supply of Moly is fragile and not stable. Our dependence on a limited number of third party suppliers for Moly could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues."

Strong Generator of Free Cash Flow

        Historically, we have generated strong free cash flow, which is driven primarily by our significant operating margins, minimal maintenance capital expenditure requirements and favorable working capital dynamics. This has allowed us to repay a significant portion of our debt obligations prior to their maturity dates and provided us with the available liquidity to pursue key business development initiatives. On May 10, 2010, we completed a private offering of $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our existing 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, and with the proceeds, among other things, retired the balance of the loan that was used to finance the Acquisition. In addition, on March 21, 2011, we completed a private offering of $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Restricted Notes. Since the Acquisition, we have funded an expansive clinical development program, repaid the $296.5 million acquisition loan, redeemed approximately $160 million of Preferred Stock and paid for the $32.8 million acquisition of Ablavar patents and related assets with a combination of approximately equal amounts of cash from operations and new external debt. We ended 2010 with $75.5 million of liquidity, including $42.5 million of capacity under our revolving credit facility and $33.0 million of cash. The strength of our product portfolio, as evidenced by our leading position across most diagnostic modalities in which we participate, has contributed to our strong historical financial performance. We have historically and will continue to rely on our arrangements with leading distributors of radiopharmaceuticals for sales of our radiopharmaceutical products, providing cash flow stability and availability for deleveraging or funding of other future growth initiatives.

Stable, Experienced Management Team

        Our senior management team has an average of approximately 25 years of healthcare industry experience and consists of industry leaders with significant expertise in product development and commercialization. Our management team is led by Don Kiepert, Chief Executive Officer and President, who has more than 35 years of healthcare industry experience. In addition, several top executives have been with us and our predecessors for more than 20 years. We believe that the strength of our management team demonstrates our expertise within the diagnostic medical imaging industry and our ability to operate in a highly regulated environment.

Research and Development; Product Pipeline

        For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, we invested $34.7 million, $44.6 million and $45.1 million, respectively, in R&D to provide our R&D organization with the resources to continue discovering and developing new diagnostic medical imaging agents. We maintain full R&D capabilities from discovery through clinical development, including Phase 4 post-marketing studies. In addition, our R&D team includes our medical affairs and medical information functions, which educate physicians on the scientific aspects of our commercial products and the approved indications, labeling and the costs of monitoring adverse events. Our disciplined approach has created a strong product pipeline of three products which were discovered and developed in-house and are protected by patents and patent applications we own in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. We believe that each of these products represents large market opportunities and has the potential to significantly enhance current imaging methods or to fulfill currently unmet diagnostic medical imaging needs:

100


Table of Contents

Flurpiridaz F18—PPA—Myocardial Perfusion

        We are currently developing an internally discovered compound that, we believe, has the potential to become a leading next-generation myocardial perfusion agent to work with PET technology. The application of PET in MPI represents a broad, emerging application for a technology typically associated with oncology and neurology, and we believe there is great potential for PPA as we believe PET adoption will increase significantly in the future. Flurpiridaz F-18 is a fluorine-18-labeled compound that binds to the mitochondrial complex 1 (MC-1). Perfusion imaging using PET is an important advance because it may potentially be the most accurate method of diagnosing coronary artery disease. MRI and CT scans show the structure of the heart, but use of PET can allow the detection of changes in myocardial perfusion. Also, unlike echocardiograms or SPECT, PET imaging allows quantification of the flow of blood through the heart.

        We completed our Phase 2 program and our analysis of Phase 2 results suggests favorable safety and efficacy. We had our End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in December 2010 and we received a Special Protocol Assessment ("SPA") for our Phase 3 trial design from the FDA in February 2011. We expect to commence our Phase 3 trials in the second quarter of 2011. A patent for this product currently expires in the United States in 2026, in the absence of regulatory extension.

18F LMI1195—Cardiac Neuronal Imaging Agent

        We are currently developing an imaging compound which evaluates the status of the sympathetic nervous system in the heart. The cardiac sympathetic nervous system ("CSNS") is involved in the regulation of normal cardiac function and changes in the CSNS may indicate underlying heart disease and the potential of serious cardiac arrhythmias. We are investigating the possibility that this agent may be able to more accurately identify patients who are at high risk of adverse outcomes and may therefore benefit from devices such as implantable cardiac defibrillators.

        Implants of ICDs in heart failure patients have been shown to provide clinical benefits but at a financial cost. Several studies have demonstrated that implants of ICDs in heart failure patients decrease the risk of SCD, which claims as many as 450,000 lives every year in the United States. Myocardial infarction patients have a four to six times higher risk of SCD, while chronic heart failure patients have a six to nine times higher risk of SCD. The cost of an ICD procedure, at $56,000 to $102,000 per procedure, is expensive and approximately 14 implants are needed over a five-year period to save one life. As a result, we believe patients and the healthcare system will both benefit from the ability to more accurately identify patients who will benefit from an ICD placement.

BMS 753951—Vascular Remodeling

        We are currently developing an agent to identify patients at risk of SCD due to coronary plaque rupture. This method is non-invasive and images the arterial vessel wall allowing direct detection of plaques (in contrast to angiography that images the lumen or open space within the artery). According to the American Heart Association, 309,000 deaths per year occur outside the hospital due to coronary artery disease, and a majority of the deaths occur in people with undiagnosed coronary artery disease because of the limitations of current diagnostic techniques.

101


Table of Contents

Possible Partnering

        Given the cost and complexity associated with conducting later stage clinical trials, we are currently considering seeking one or more development and commercialization partners to assist us with our PPA. We may also consider partnering or outlicensing other pipeline products in the future. Depending upon the terms that we can negotiate with one or more prospective partners, the development of our pipeline candidates could be delayed by the timing of the consummation of such transactions as well as factors specific to the partners involved. To the extent that we enter into a development and commercialization arrangement for one or more of our clinical candidates and are successful obtaining regulatory and reimbursement approval for such candidate or candidates, we will likely have to share some of the economic benefits that those products generate with our partner or partners. If we cannot find a development and commercial partner on satisfactory terms to us, we will pay such costs out of our free cash flow or from proceeds from our revolver.

Distribution; Marketing and Sales

        We distribute our products in the United States and internationally through radiopharmacies, distributor relationships and our direct sales force. In the United States, the majority of radiopharmacies are controlled by or associated with three entities.

        Cardiolite, and similar products, can also be sold directly to hospitals and clinics. This is a small portion of our overall sales (approximately 6%), as the majority of hospitals and clinics do not maintain the in-house radiopharmaceutical capabilities and operations that are necessary to activate Cardiolite.

        We have a strong distribution network and have long-term relationships with Cardinal and UPPI, who together account for what we estimate to be approximately 85% of SPECT doses sold by radiopharmacies in the United States in 2010, based on the percentage of doses sold in the first half of 2010. We have multi-year relationships with Cardinal and UPPI for the distribution of Cardiolite and TechneLite and with GE Healthcare for the distribution of TechneLite. Internationally, we utilize distributor relationships in Europe, Asia and Latin America to distribute our products. In July 2010, we announced a new distribution arrangement for DEFINITY in India, a market which we believe has strong growth potential. Our distribution arrangements with our major U.S. radiopharmacy customers are pursuant to multi-year contracts.

102


Table of Contents

        We currently have two agreements with Cardinal for the distribution of Cardiolite (the "Cardinal Cardiolite Agreement") and TechneLite generators (the "Cardinal TechneLite Agreement"). Both agreements contain minimum purchase requirements and expire on December 31, 2012. The agreements also contain provisions allowing for early termination by either party. Specifically, the Cardinal Cardiolite Agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach of a material provision of the agreement by either party, Cardinal terminating its business operations in the nuclear medicine industry, Cardinal's failure to submit required reports, Cardinal's failure to follow trademark usage guidelines and force majeure events. The Cardinal TechneLite Agreement allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach of a provision of the agreement by either party, force majeure events and certain circumstances involving the assignment of the agreement by either party.

        We currently have an agreement with UPPI for the distribution of both Cardiolite and TechneLite products to pharmacies or families of pharmacies within the UPPI cooperative purchasing group, which agreement expires on December 31, 2012. The agreement provides favorable pricing for pharmacies which enter into separate agreements with us in which they commit to specific product purchasing levels. We can terminate the UPPI agreement upon 60 days written notice.

        We currently have one agreement with GE for the distribution of TechneLite and other products, which expires on December 31, 2014, but automatically renews for successive three-year periods unless either party elects not to renew with three years written notice by us or six months written notice by GE. The agreement provides that GE will purchase TechneLite generators as well as certain other products in the United States or Canada from us. The agreement allows for termination by either party on three years' notice for TechneLite and six months notice for other products. It also allows for termination upon the occurrence of specified events, including a material breach by either party, bankruptcy by either party and force majeure events.

        In Canada, we own five radiopharmacies and have our own sales force, which allows us to control the marketing, distribution and sale of our nuclear products and not rely on large radiopharmacy intermediaries to distribute these products. Similarly, in both Australia and Puerto Rico, we own two radiopharmacies each and have our own sales force, allowing us to control the marketing, distribution and sale of our nuclear products. However, in the rest of the world, we have no additional radiopharmacies or sales force, and therefore rely on distributors to market, distribute and sell our products, either on a country-by-country basis or on a multi-country regional basis.

        Marketing and sales efforts by diagnostic medical imaging companies are continually undergoing adjustments to comply with the increasingly restrictive regulatory environment. Increasingly, decision making is shifting to healthcare executives who evaluate treatment approaches from the perspective of treating large populations, attempting to minimize treatment errors and achieve greater predictability of patient outcomes and cost. This shift from the traditional approach, which placed greater emphasis on a physician's preferences, demands a comprehensive understanding of how our products deliver value to the healthcare system. We recently redesigned our sales and marketing organization in order to communicate more effectively the full value of our products to a more diverse and business oriented set of medical professionals.

Customers

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our largest customers were Cardinal, UPPI and GE Healthcare, accounting for approximately 27%, 15% and 12%, respectively, of our global net sales.

Competition

        We compete primarily on the ability of our products to capture market share and generate free cash flow through their proven efficacy, reliability and safety, as well as our efficient manufacturing

103


Table of Contents


processes, distribution network, customer service and field sales organization. We believe that these product characteristics and core competencies distinguish us from our competitors.

        The market for diagnostic medical imaging agents is highly competitive and continually evolving. Our principal competitors in existing diagnostic modalities include large, global companies with substantial financial, manufacturing, sales and marketing, and logistics resources and that are more diversified than us, such as Covidien, GE Healthcare, Bayer Schering Pharma AG and Bracco, as well as other competitors. We cannot anticipate their competitive actions, such as price reductions on products that are comparable to our own, development of new products that are more cost-effective or have superior performance than our current products, and the introduction of generic versions when our proprietary products lose their patent protection. Our current or future products could be rendered obsolete or uneconomical as a result of this competition.

        Generic competition has eroded our share for Cardiolite from September 2008, when the first generic product was launched, through December 31, 2010 and will likely continue to do so. We are currently aware of four separate generic offerings of sestamibi, Cardiolite's generic name. While we have faced significant pricing pressure from the generic offerings, we continue to price Cardiolite at a declining premium. We also sell Cardiolite in the form of a generic sestamibi while at the same time continuing to sell branded Cardiolite throughout the MPI segment. To the extent these generic competitors further reduce their prices, we may be forced to further reduce the price of our Cardiolite products.

Raw Materials and Supply Relationships

        As discussed above, there are six major reactors located around the world which produce large scale amounts of Moly, the critical active pharmaceutical ingredient in our TechneLite generators. Historically, our largest supplier of Moly has been Nordion which has relied on the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. This reactor was off-line from May 2009 until August 2010 due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel. We have taken several steps in response to the global Moly shortage, including expanding sourcing from South Africa and Belgium, and pursuing additional global solutions. In 2009, we entered into an agreement with NTP to supply us with Moly from the SAFARI reactor in South Africa. NTP, in turn, has partnered with IRE to co-supply us from the Belgian BR2 reactor. We are also pursuing additional sources of Moly from potential new producers around the world to further augment our current supply. In addition, we are exploring a number of alternative Moly projects with existing reactors and technologies as well as new technologies.

        With the general instability in the global supply of Moly and recent supply shortages, we faced substantial increases in the cost of Moly in 2010 in comparison to historical costs. We are generally able to pass these Moly cost increases on to our customers in our customer contracts. Additionally, the instability in the global supply of Moly has resulted in Moly producers requiring, in exchange for fixed Moly prices, supply minimums in the form of take-or-pay obligations. The Moly supply shortage also had an incremental negative effect on the use of other technetium generator-based diagnostic imaging agents, including Cardiolite. With less Moly, we could manufacture fewer generators for radiopharmacies and hospitals to make up unit doses of Cardiolite, resulting in decreased share of Cardiolite in favor of Thallium, an older medical isotope that does not require Moly, and other diagnostic modalities. With the return to service of the NRU reactor in August 2010, we have seen increased sales in both Cardiolite and TechneLite. However, TechneLite unit volume has not returned to pre-shortage levels for, we believe, a number of reasons, including: (i) continued heightened demand for Thallium, which has decreased but not yet to pre-shortage levels; (ii) changing staffing and utilization practices in radiopharmacies, which have resulted in an increased number of unit-doses of technetium-based radiopharmaceuticals being made from available amounts of technetium; and (iii) shifts to alternative diagnostic imaging modalities during the Moly supply shortage which have not yet returned to technetium-based procedures. We are currently not certain when, if ever, the relative demand for Thallium and TechneLite will return to pre-shortage levels. See "Risk Factors—Our

104


Table of Contents


dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues."

        We currently have agreements with Nordion (the "Nordion Agreement") and NTP (the "NTP Agreement") for the supply of Moly. Our agreement with NTP includes their consortium partner, IRE, together with, more recently, ANSTO. The Nordion Agreement expires on December 31, 2013 and contains minimum purchase requirements. It allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure to comply with material obligations by either party, failure by us to purchase the minimum amount of Moly per week, bankruptcy by the either party and force majeure events. The NTP Agreement expires on December 31, 2013 and contains minimum purchase requirements. It allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including failure by NTP to provide our required amount of Moly, material breach of any provision by either party, bankruptcy by the either party and force majeure events. Additionally, we have the ability to terminate the NTP Agreement with six months written notice prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement.

        We have additional supply arrangements for active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, packaging materials and other materials and components, none of which are exclusive (but a number of which are sole source) and all of which we believe are in good standing.

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, our largest suppliers of raw materials and supplies were Nordion and NTP, accounting for approximately 13% and 15% of our total purchases, respectively.

Manufacturing

        We maintain third party manufacturing relationships. In order to ensure the quality of the products that are manufactured by third parties, all raw materials are sent to our facilities in North Billerica, Massachusetts and tested by us prior to use. Furthermore, the final product is sent back to us for final quality control testing prior to shipment. We have expertise in the design, development and validation of complex manufacturing systems and processes, and our strong execution and quality control culture supports our just-in-time manufacturing model.

        We obtain a substantial portion of our products from third party suppliers. We rely on sole source manufacturing for DEFINITY at BVL and Ablavar at Covidien. We also rely on BVL for a majority of our Cardiolite supply and certain TechneLite accessories. In addition, for reasons of quality assurance or cost effectiveness, we purchase certain components and raw materials from sole suppliers. At our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility, we manufacture TechneLite on a relatively new, highly automated production line as well as Thallium and Gallium using our older cyclotron technology. We have had a long standing relationship with our primary third party manufacturer BVL. We executed an agreement with BVL on August 1, 2008 for the manufacturing of DEFINITY, Cardiolite and Neurolite, which expires in August 2013, with automatic renewals for successive five-year terms unless either party terminates with 24 months notice. The agreement requires us to purchase from BVL and BVL to supply to us minimum percentages of our requirements for DEFINITY, Cardiolite and Neurolite. The agreement can be terminated by either party without cause with 24 months notice. It also allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events such as a material breach or default by either party, bankruptcy by the either party and force majeure events. BVL is the sole source for manufacturing DEFINITY and provides a majority of our Cardiolite supply and certain TechneLite accessories.

        In July 2010, BVL temporarily shut down the facility where it manufactures DEFINITY, Cardiolite and other products in order to upgrade the facility to meet certain EMEA requirements. BVL has planned for the shutdown to run through March 2011. In anticipation, BVL manufactured additional inventory of these products to meet our expected needs during this period. We do not believe the planned BVL shutdown will have any material impact on our financial statements, as we expect to be able to acquire the inventory in sufficient quantities to meet our expected demand. In addition, we do not anticipate any obsolescence issues related to this inventory as the shelf life of this inventory ranges

105


Table of Contents


from 15 to 24 months and, in light of the sales trend, we believe the product will be utilized prior to expiry. Following the completion of BVL's shutdown, we expect BVL to resume production of Lantheus' products in April 2011. There can, however, be no assurance that BVL's facility will return to service as scheduled or that the inventory supplied will be sufficient to meet demand for our products during the shutdown period.

        For Ablavar, we currently have an agreement with Covidien to manufacture and supply Ablavar, which expires on September 30, 2012. The agreement requires us to purchase a minimum amount of Ablavar and can be amended or terminated by mutual written agreement at any time. The agreement also allows for termination upon the occurrence of certain events such as a material breach or default by either party, or bankruptcy by either party. Because the market acceptance of Ablavar has been slower than we initially anticipated and because of the magnitude of the required purchase minimums originally contained in the Covidien agreement, we entered into an amendment to the agreement in August 2010 to reduce certain minimum purchase requirements. In addition, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we recorded an inventory write-down of approximately $10.9 million for Ablavar finished good product that has already been manufactured by Covidien that will likely expire prior to its sale to and use by customers. We are continuing to review with Covidien our manufacturing arrangements for Ablavar. If we negotiate a further amendment to the agreement with Covidien or otherwise modify our relationship in order to further reduce or eliminate the remaining purchase minimums, or if we agree to a consensual termination of the agreement, we could incur additional costs, the magnitude of which we cannot currently estimate.

        In addition to our existing manufacturing relationships, we are also pursuing new manufacturing relationships to establish and secure additional or alternative supplies of each of DEFINITY and Ablavar. See "Risk Factors—Our dependence upon third parties for the manufacture and supply of a substantial portion of our products could prevent us from delivering our products to our customers in the required quantities, within the required timeframe, or at all, which could result in order cancellations and decreased revenues."

Intellectual Property

        Patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights are very important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, manufacturing know-how, technological innovations and licensing agreements to maintain and improve our competitive position. We review third party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, in an effort to develop an effective intellectual property strategy, avoid infringement of third party proprietary rights, identify licensing opportunities and monitor the intellectual property owned by others. Our ability to enforce and protect our intellectual property rights may be limited in certain countries outside the United States, which could make it easier for competitors to capture market position in such countries by utilizing technologies that are similar to those developed or licensed by us. Competitors also may harm our sales by designing products that mirror the capabilities of our products or technology without infringing our intellectual property rights. If we do not obtain sufficient protection for our intellectual property, or if we are unable to effectively enforce our intellectual property rights, our competitiveness could be impaired, which would limit our growth and future revenue.

Trademarks, Service Marks and Trade Names

        We own various trademarks, service marks and trade names, including DEFINITY, Cardiolite, TechneLite, Ablavar, Neurolite and Lantheus Medical Imaging. We have registered these six trademarks, as well as others, in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions.

Patents

        We actively seek to protect the proprietary technology that we consider important to our business, including chemical species, compositions and formulations, their methods of use and processes for their

106


Table of Contents


manufacture, as new intellectual property is developed. In addition to seeking patent protection in the United States, we file patent applications in numerous foreign countries in order to further protect the inventions that we consider important to the development of our foreign business. We also rely upon trade secrets and contracts to protect our proprietary information. As of March 15, 2011, our patent portfolio included a total of approximately 60 issued U.S. patents, 316 issued foreign patents, 15 pending patent applications in the United States and 81 pending foreign applications including claims covering the composition of matter and methods of use for all of our preclinical and clinical-stage candidates.

        Our patents cover most of our commercial products, and our patent protection is generally in the United States, Canada, Mexico, most of Western Europe and Scandinavia (including Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Great Britain, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Switzerland and Sweden), and markets in Asia (including China, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore and South Korea) and Latin America (including Argentina and Brazil). For DEFINITY, we hold a number of different composition of matter, use, formulation and manufacturing patents, with the last U.S. patent not expiring until 2016 as well as regulatory extensions in Europe until 2019. For Ablavar, we hold a number of different composition of matter, use, formulation and manufacturing patents, with the last U.S. patent not expiring until 2017, and, assuming we are granted our U.S. request for regulatory extension, in the United States until 2020. Cardiolite is no longer covered by patent protection in either the United States or the rest of the world, and Neurolite has limited patent protection in the United States until 2012. TechneLite has limited patent protection on certain component technology outside of the United States which expires in 2011, and we are pursuing additional patent protection in the United States and other countries on component technology, which, if granted, will expire in 2029. Thallium, Gallium and Xenon are all generic radiopharmaceuticals. We have patents and patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use, formulation and manufacturing of flurpiridaz F-18 with a composition patent in the United States expiring in 2026 in the absence of any regulatory extension. We also have patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use, and synthesis of our cardiac neuronal imaging agent candidate, some of which, if granted, will expire in 2027 and some in 2031 in the absence of any patent term adjustment or regulatory extensions. Additionally, we have patent applications in numerous jurisdictions covering composition, use and synthesis of our vascular remodeling compound, some of which if granted, will expire in 2029 and some in 2030 in the absence of any patent term adjustment or regulatory extensions.

        In addition to patents, we rely where necessary upon unpatented trade secrets and know-how, proprietary information, and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our collaborators, employees, consultants and other third parties and invention assignment agreements with our employees. These confidentiality agreements may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, and we cannot assure you that an employee or an outside party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our trade secrets, other technical know-how or proprietary information. We may not have adequate remedies for any unauthorized disclosure. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making such unauthorized disclosures. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

        In addition, we license a limited number of third party technologies and other intellectual property rights that are incorporated into some elements of our drug discovery and development efforts. These licenses are not material to our business, and the technologies can be obtained from multiple sources. We are currently party to separate royalty-free, non-exclusive, cross-licenses with each of Bracco, GE

107


Table of Contents


Healthcare and Imcor Pharmaceutical Company which give us freedom to operate in connection with contrast-enhanced ultrasound imaging technology. We also in-license certain freedom to operate rights for Ablavar from, among others, Bayer Schering Pharma AG.

Regulatory Matters

Food and Drug Laws

        The development, manufacture, sale and distribution of our products are subject to comprehensive governmental regulation both within and outside the United States. A number of factors substantially increase the time, difficulty and costs incurred in obtaining and maintaining the approval to market newly developed and existing products. These factors include governmental regulation, such as detailed inspection of and controls over research and laboratory procedures, clinical investigations, manufacturing, narcotic licensing, marketing, sampling, distribution, import and export, record keeping and storage and disposal practices, together with various post-marketing requirements. Governmental regulatory actions can result in the seizure or recall of products, suspension or revocation of the authority necessary for their production and sale as well as other civil or criminal sanctions.

        Our activities in the development, manufacture, packaging or repackaging of our pharmaceutical and medical device products subjects us to a wide variety of laws and regulations. We are required to register for permits and/or licenses with, seek approvals from and comply with operating and security standards of the FDA, the NRC, the DEA, the HHS, Health Canada, the EMEA and various state and provincial boards of pharmacy, state and provincial controlled substance agencies, state and provincial health departments and/or comparable state and provincial agencies as well as foreign agencies, and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

        The FDA and various state regulatory authorities regulate the research, testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, premarket approval, marketing, advertising and promotion, import and export and sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products in the United States. Prior to marketing a pharmaceutical product, we must first receive FDA approval. Specifically, in the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act ("FDCA") and the Public Health Service Act, and implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and compliance with appropriate federal, state, local, and foreign statutes and regulations require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. The process required by the FDA before a drug product may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

        The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and we cannot be certain that any approvals for our product candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Once a pharmaceutical product candidate is identified for development, it enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity, formulation,

108


Table of Contents

and stability, as well as animal studies to assess its potential safety and efficacy. This testing culminates in the submission of the IND to the FDA. Once the IND becomes effective, the clinical trial program may begin. Human clinical studies are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

        Sponsors may request an SPA from the FDA. The FDA's SPA process creates a written agreement between the sponsoring company and the FDA regarding the clinical trial design and other clinical trial issues that can be used to support approval of a candidate product. The SPA is intended to provide assurance that if the agreed-upon clinical trial protocols are followed and the trial endpoints are achieved, the data may serve as the primary basis for an efficacy claim in support of an NDA. However, the SPA agreement is not a guarantee of an approval of a product or any permissible claims about the product. In particular, the SPA is not binding on the FDA if public health concerns become evident that are unrecognized at the time that the SPA agreement is entered into, other new scientific concerns regarding product safety or efficacy arise, or if the sponsor company fails to comply with the agreed upon trial protocols.

        Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical studies must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events. Submissions must also be made to inform the FDA of certain changes to the clinical trial protocol. Federal law also requires the sponsor to register the trials on public databases when they are initiated, and to disclose the results of the trials on public databases upon completion. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 testing may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical study at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an institutional review board ("IRB"), can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical study at its institution if the clinical study is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the drug product has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

        Concurrent with clinical studies, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

        The results of product development, preclinical studies, and clinical studies, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the drug product, proposed labeling, and other relevant information, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA for a new drug, requesting

109


Table of Contents


approval to market the product. The submission of an NDA is subject to the payment of a substantial user fee. A waiver of such fee may be obtained under certain limited circumstances. The approval process is lengthy and difficult and the FDA may refuse to approve an NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied or may require additional clinical data or other data and information. Even if such data and information is submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical studies are not always conclusive, and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

        If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. In addition, the FDA may require Phase 4 testing which involves clinical studies designed to further assess a drug product's safety and effectiveness after NDA approval and may require testing and surveillance programs or other risk management measures to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.

        Any drug products for which we receive FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse experiences with the product, providing the FDA with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, complying with certain electronic records and signature requirements, and complying with FDA promotion and advertising requirements. The FDA strictly regulates labeling, advertising, promotion, and other types of information on products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label and promotional claims must be appropriately balanced with important safety information and otherwise be adequately substantiated. Further, manufacturers of drugs must continue to comply with cGMP requirements, which are extensive and require considerable time, resources, and ongoing investment to ensure compliance. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented, and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

        Drug product manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacturing and distribution of approved drugs products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain other agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. The cGMP requirements apply to all stages of the manufacturing process, including the production, processing, sterilization, packaging, labeling, storage and shipment of the drug product. Manufacturers must establish validated systems to ensure that products meet specifications and regulatory standards, and test each product batch or lot prior to its release. Starting in December 2011, the FDA will begin to require that manufacturers of commercial PET products, including radiopharmacies, hospitals and academic medical centers, register with the FDA as drug manufacturers.

        The FDA also regulates the preclinical and clinical testing, design, manufacture, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, sales and distribution, postmarket adverse event reporting, import/export and advertising and promotion of any medical devices that we distribute pursuant to the FDCA and FDA's implementing regulations. The Federal Trade Commission shares jurisdiction with the FDA over the promotion and advertising of certain medical devices. The FDA can also impose restrictions on the sale, distribution or use of devices at the time of their clearance or approval, or subsequent to marketing. Currently, two medical devices, both of which are manufactured by third parties who hold the product clearances, comprise only a small portion of our total revenue.

110


Table of Contents

        The FDA may withdraw a pharmaceutical or medical device product approval if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Further, the failure to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements may result in administrative or judicial actions, such as fines, warning letters, holds on clinical studies, product recalls or seizures, product detention or refusal to permit the import or export of products, refusal to approve pending applications or supplements, restrictions on marketing or manufacturing, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties.

        Because our operations include nuclear pharmacies and related businesses, such as cyclotron facilities used to produce PET products used in diagnostic medical imaging, we are subject to regulation by the NRC or the departments of health of each state in which we operate and the applicable state boards of pharmacy. In addition, the FDA is also involved in the regulation of cyclotron facilities where PET products are produced.

        Drug laws also are in effect in many of the non-U.S. markets in which we conduct business. These laws range from comprehensive drug approval requirements to requests for product data or certifications. In addition, inspection of and controls over manufacturing, as well as monitoring of adverse events, are components of most of these regulatory systems. Most of our business is subject to varying degrees of governmental regulation in the countries in which we operate, and the general trend is toward increasingly stringent regulation. The exercise of broad regulatory powers by the FDA continues to result in increases in the amount of testing and documentation required for approval or clearance of new drugs and devices, all of which add to the expense of product introduction. Similar trends also are evident in major non-U.S. markets, including Canada, the European Union, Australia and Japan.

        To assess and facilitate compliance with applicable FDA, NRC and other state, federal and foreign regulatory requirements, we regularly review our quality systems to assess their effectiveness and identify areas for improvement. As part of our quality review, we perform assessments of our suppliers of the raw materials that are incorporated into products and conduct quality management reviews designed to inform management of key issues that may affect the quality of our products. From time to time, we may determine that products we manufactured or marketed do not meet our specifications, published standards, such as those issued by the International Standards Organization, or regulatory requirements. When a quality or regulatory issue is identified, we investigate the issue and take appropriate corrective action, such as withdrawal of the product from the market, correction of the product at the customer location, notice to the customer of revised labeling and other actions.

Healthcare Reform Act

        In March 2010, the President signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades. The Healthcare Reform Act substantially changes the way healthcare will be financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts the pharmaceutical industry. The comprehensive $940 billion dollar overhaul is expected to extend coverage to approximately 32 million previously uninsured Americans.

        A significant portion of our patient volume is derived from U.S. government healthcare programs, principally Medicare, which are highly regulated and subject to frequent and substantial changes. We anticipate the Healthcare Reform Act will significantly affect how the healthcare industry operates in relation to Medicare, Medicaid and the insurance industry. The Healthcare Reform Act contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse, which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs, including Medicare payment for

111


Table of Contents


performance initiatives and improvements to the physician quality reporting system and feedback program.

        Among other things, the Healthcare Reform Act amended the federal self-referral laws, requiring referring physicians to inform patients under certain circumstances that they may obtain certain diagnostic imaging services from a provider other than that physician, his or her group practice, or another physician in his or her group practice. The referring physician must provide each patient with a written list of other suppliers who furnish such services in the area in which the patient resides. This new information provision could have the effect of shifting where certain diagnostic medical imaging procedures are performed.

        For 2010, CMS reduced the per procedure medical imaging reimbursement in the physician office and free-standing imaging facility setting by increasing imaging equipment utilization rate assumptions from 50% to 90% for diagnostic services using imaging equipment that cost in excess of $1 million, excluding radiation therapy and other therapeutic equipment. CMS intended to transition this change over four years, such that for 2010, 75% of the practice expense calculation is based on the prior 50% utilization rate, and 25% is based on the newly implemented 90% utilization rate. The Healthcare Reform Act superseded CMS's 90% utilization rate to a presumed utilization rate of 75%, for dates of service on or after January 1, 2011.

        The Healthcare Reform Act also establishes an Independent Payment Advisory Board ("IPAB") to reduce the per capita rate of growth in Medicare spending. Beginning in 2014, IPAB is mandated to propose changes in Medicare payments if it is determined that the rate of growth of Medicare expenditures exceeds target growth rates. The IPAB has broad discretion to propose policies to reduce expenditures, which may have a negative impact on payment rates for services, including imaging services. A proposal made by the IPAB is required to be implemented by CMS unless Congress adopts a proposal with savings greater than those proposed by the IPAB. IPAB proposals may impact payments for physician and free-standing services beginning in 2015 and for hospital services beginning in 2020.

        Additionally, the Healthcare Reform Act:

Healthcare Fraud and Abuse Laws

        We are subject to various federal, state and local laws targeting fraud and abuse in the healthcare industry, including anti-kickback and false claims laws. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The definition of "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payments of cash and waivers of payment. The recently enacted Healthcare Reform Act, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Act provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a

112


Table of Contents


violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

        The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General ("OIG") to issue a series of regulations, known as "safe harbors." These safe harbors set forth requirements that, if met in their entirety, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal, or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG. Many states have adopted laws similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any payor, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and do not contain identical safe harbors. Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on marketing of healthcare services and products, among other activities, and have brought cases against numerous pharmaceutical and medical device companies, as well as sales and marketing personnel for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

        Another development affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal civil False Claims Act and, in particular, actions brought pursuant to the False Claims Act's "whistleblower" or "qui tam" provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claim laws analogous to the False Claims Act. Many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third party payor and not merely a federal healthcare program. When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of $5,500 to $11,000 for each separate false claim. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The False Claims Act has been used to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals, improper promotion of off-label uses (i.e., uses not expressly approved by FDA in a drug's label), and allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. Our future activities relating to the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. We are unable to predict whether we would be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could adversely affect our financial performance.

        State requirements, such as the Massachusetts Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Manufacturer Conduct regulations, impose additional obligations with respect to fraud and abuse compliance. Specifically, we are required to comply with a state code of conduct, disclose marketing payments made to healthcare practitioners, and report compliance information to the state authorities. In addition, the Healthcare Reform Act also imposes new reporting and disclosure requirements on device and drug manufacturers for any "transfer of value" made or distributed to prescribers and other healthcare providers, effective March 30, 2013. Such information will be made publicly available in a searchable

113


Table of Contents


format beginning September 30, 2013. In addition, device and drug manufacturers will also be required to report and disclose any investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members during the preceding calendar year. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to $150,000 per year (and up to $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests not reported in an annual submission. Finally, under the Healthcare Reform Act, effective April 1, 2012, pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors must provide the HHS with an annual report on the drug samples they provide to physicians. Violations of these federal and state fraud and abuse-related laws are punishable by criminal or civil sanctions, including substantial fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Violation of international fraud and abuse laws could result in similar penalties, including exclusion from participation in health programs outside the United States.

Other Healthcare Laws

        Our operations may be affected by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA"), and its implementing regulations, which established uniform standards for certain "covered entities" (healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, commonly referred to as the economic stimulus package, included the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act ("HITECH"), which became effective on February 17, 2010 and expands HIPAA's privacy and security standards. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA's privacy and security standards directly applicable to "business associates", independent contractors of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on their behalf. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Although we believe that we are neither a "covered entity" nor a "business associate" under the new legislation, we cannot assure you that regulatory authorities would agree with our assessment. In addition, HIPAA and HITECH may affect our interactions with customers who are covered entities or their business associates.

Laws Relating to Foreign Trade

        We are also subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws in non-U.S. jurisdictions which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. Our operations reach many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents.

Health and Safety Laws

        We are also subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and recommendations, both in the United States and abroad, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices and the use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances.

114


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

        We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and regulation relating to the protection of the environment, human health and safety in the United States and in other jurisdictions where we operate. Our operations, like those of other medical product companies, involve the transport, use, handling, storage, exposure to and disposal of materials and wastes regulated under environmental laws, including hazardous and radioactive materials and wastes. We cannot assure you that we have been or will be in compliance with environmental and health and safety laws at all times. If we violate these laws and regulations, we could be fined, criminally charged or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We believe that our operations currently comply in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

        Certain environmental laws and regulations assess liability on current or previous owners or operators of real property for the cost of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous materials or wastes at such formerly owned or operated properties or at third-party properties at which they have disposed of hazardous materials or wastes. In addition to cleanup actions brought by governmental authorities, private parties could bring personal injury, property damage or other claims due to the presence of, or exposure to, hazardous materials or wastes. We currently are not party to any claims or any obligations to investigate or remediate contamination at any of our facilities.

        We are required to maintain a number of environmental permits and nuclear licenses for our North Billerica facility, which is our primary manufacturing, packaging and distribution facility. In particular, we must maintain a nuclear byproducts materials license issued by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This license requires that we provide financial assurance demonstrating our ability to cover the cost of decommissioning and decontaminating ("D&D") the Billerica site at the end of its use as a nuclear facility. We currently estimate the D&D cost at the Billerica site to be approximately $28 million. We currently provide this financial assurance in the form of surety bonds. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of wastes generated by our operations. Prior to disposal, we store any low level radioactive waste at our facilities until the materials are no longer considered radioactive, as allowed by our licenses and permits.

        Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have become more stringent over time. While we have budgeted for future capital and operating expenditures to maintain compliance with these laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that our costs of complying with current or future environmental protection, health and safety laws and regulations will not exceed our estimates or adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Further, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to additional environmental claims for personal injury or cleanup in the future based on our past, present or future business activities. While it is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending environmental matters, it is reasonably probable that there will be a need for future provisions for environmental costs that, in management's opinion, are not likely to have a material effect on our financial condition, but could be material to the results of operations in any one accounting period.

Ratings

        As of March 16, 2011, the ratings of the notes with Standard & Poor's Ratings Services and Moody's Investors Service were B+ (14th highest of 22 classifications), stable outlook, and B3 (16th highest of 21 classifications), stable outlook, respectively.

115


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. In addition, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to investigations by regulatory authorities which expose us to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory or other proceedings, as a result of which we could be required to pay significant fines or penalties. The outcome of litigation, regulatory or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and some lawsuits, claims, actions or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to us. In addition, intellectual property disputes often have a risk of injunctive relief which, if imposed against us, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

        On December 16, 2010, we filed suit against one of our insurance carriers seeking to recover business interruption losses associated with the NRU reactor shutdown and the ensuing global Moly supply challenge (Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Plaintiff v. Zurich American Insurance Company, Defendant, United States District Court, Southern District of New York, Case No. 10 Civ 9371 (LTS)). The claim is the result of the shut-down of the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. The NRU reactor was off-line from May 2009 until August 2010 due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel. Historically, our largest supplier of Moly has been Nordion which has relied on the NRU reactor. The business interruption claim is based on an estimate of losses of, in the aggregate, more than $70 million, including increases in the cost of obtaining limited amounts of Moly from alternate, more distant, suppliers, and substantial decreases in sales revenue as a result of significantly curtailed manufacturing of TechneLite generators and our decreased ability to sell other Moly-based medical imaging products, including Cardiolite, in comparison to our forecasted results. The defendant answered our complaint on January 21, 2011, denying substantially all of our allegations, presenting certain defenses and requesting dismissal of the case with costs and disbursements. Because we can not be certain what amount, if any, or when, if ever, we will be able to recover business interruption losses related to this matter, we have not included any amount related to this claim in our results of operations.

        Except as noted above, as of December 31, 2010, we had no material ongoing litigation, regulatory or other proceeding and had no knowledge of any investigations by governmental or regulatory authorities in which we are a target that could have a material adverse effect on our current business.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2010, we had 648 employees, of which 518 were located in the United States and 130 were located outside the United States, and approximately 59 contractors. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining unit, and we believe that our relationship with our employees is excellent.

Properties

        Our executive offices and primary manufacturing facilities are located at our North Billerica, Massachusetts facility, which we own. As of December 31, 2010, we leased an additional seven facilities in Canada, two in Australia and two in Puerto Rico. Our owned facilities consist of approximately 578,000 square feet of manufacturing, laboratory, mixed use and office space, and our leased facilities consist of approximately 67,436 square feet. We believe all of these facilities are well-maintained and suitable for the office, radiopharmacy, manufacturing or warehouse operations conducted in them.

116


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes information regarding our significant leased and owned properties, as of December 31, 2010:

Location
  Square footage   Owned/Leased

United States

         
 

North Billerica, Massachusetts

    578,000   Owned

Canada

         
 

Montreal

    8,729   Leased
 

Mississauga

    13,747   Leased
 

Dorval

    13,079   Leased
 

Quebec

    6,261   Leased
 

Hamilton

    5,300   Leased
 

Vancouver

    3,000   Leased

Australia

         
 

Melbourne

    2,911   Leased
 

Adelaide

    3,929   Leased

Puerto Rico

         
 

San Juan

    9,200   Leased
 

Ponce

    1,280   Leased

117


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the executive officers and directors of Holdings and other key employees of Lantheus, as of March 21, 2011. Holdings is our ultimate parent company, and the Board of Directors of Holdings is the primary board that takes action with respect to our business and strategic planning.

Name
  Age   Position
Larry Pickering     68   Director and Chairman
Donald R. Kiepert     63   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Robert P. Gaffey     63   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Peter Card     61   Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development
William Dawes     39   Vice President, Manufacturing and Operations
Michael Duffy     50   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Phillip Lockwood     62   Vice President, Human Resources
Simon Robinson     51   Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development
Robert Spurr     49   Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Mary Taylor     52   Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality
Cyrille Villeneuve     59   Vice President and General Manager, International
Dana Washburn     49   Vice President, Clinical Development & Medical Affairs
David Burgstahler     42   Director
Patrick O'Neill     61   Director
Sriram Venkataraman     38   Director

        Set forth below is a description of the business experience of the foregoing persons.

        Larry Pickering is the Chairman of Holdings' and our Board of Directors, a position he has held since January 2008. During the period of January 2008 through January 2010 Mr. Pickering also served as our Executive Chairman. He is also a founding Partner of Avista, a position he has held since 2005. Previously, he served as Chairman of DLJMB Global Healthcare Partners. He began his career in healthcare with Johnson & Johnson where he served as President of Ortho Dermatology, President of Janssen Pharmaceuticals and Chairman of Janssen North America, Company Group Chairman, Worldwide OTC, Chairman of Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation and a Corporate Officer. Mr. Pickering retired from Johnson & Johnson in 2005, after serving 32 years. He holds a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Missouri. He currently serves as Director of Navilyst Medical, Inc. and Chairman of OptiNose, Inc. He previously served on the boards of BioReliance Holdings, Inc., Accellent Inc., BioPartners GmbH and Point Therapeutics Inc. (now known as Dara BioSciences Inc.). Mr. Pickering was chosen as Chairman of Holdings' and our Board of Directors because of his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical industry in senior positions. His prior leadership roles at pharmaceutical companies provides him with key experience in the pharmaceutical industry and contributes to his ability to make strategic decisions with respect to our business. In addition, his prior role as our Executive Chairman enabled him to acquire personal knowledge of the day-to-day business issues we face, which provides valuable insight to our Board of Directors.

        Don Kiepert is our President and Chief Executive Officer, a position he has held since January 2008. He is also our Director and a Director of Holdings, serving since January 2008. Previously, Mr. Kiepert was a consultant for Avista and Point Therapeutics Inc. (now known as Dara BioSciences Inc.) from July 2007 to January 2008, the founder and former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Point Therapeutics, from 1996 to July 2007, and the President and Chief Executive Officer of Chartwell Home Therapies from 1989 to 1996. Prior to 1989, he held various management positions at Baxter Travenol, Inc. He holds a Master of Science in Clinical Pharmacy and

118


Table of Contents


a Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy from Purdue University. He previously served on the board of Point Therapeutics Inc. Mr. Kiepert was chosen to serve as a Director because of his extensive experience in the healthcare industry in senior and entrepreneurial positions. As our President and Chief Executive Officer and the only management representative on our Board of Directors, Mr. Kiepert has significant knowledge of our products and market, and provides valuable insight into a variety of business issues and challenges we face.

        Robert Gaffey was promoted to Chief Financial Offer in January of 2011. He was our Vice President, Finance and Information Technology, and Treasurer from January 2008 through December 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Gaffey held multiple positions with us since 1987, including Vice President Finance, Operations and General Manager Billerica Site, and most recently, Vice President Finance and Operations. He began his career with E.I. DuPont de Nemours. Mr. Gaffey holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Bentley College and a Master of Business Administration from Widener University.

        Peter Card is our Vice President, Strategy and Corporate Development, a position he has held since January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Card has held multiple positions with us in the past 24 years, including Vice President, U.S. Marketing and Business Development, and most recently, Vice President, Strategy and Business Development. Mr. Card holds a Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from Ohio State University and completed additional post-doctoral work at Harvard University.

        William Dawes is our Vice President, Manufacturing and Operations since November 2010. Mr. Dawes held the position of Vice President, Manufacturing & Supply Chain from January 2008 to November 2010. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Dawes served as General Manager, Medical Imaging Technical Operations, Interim General Manager, Medical Imaging Technical Operations, and Director, Engineering and Maintenance for BMSMI. Mr. Dawes began his career with DuPont Merck Pharmaceuticals. He holds a bachelor's degree in Engineering from Hofstra University.

        Michael Duffy is our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, a position he has held since January 2008. From 2002 to 2008, he served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Point Therapeutics, Inc., a Boston-based biopharmaceutical company. Between 1999 and 2001, Mr. Duffy served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Digital Broadband Communications, Inc., a competitive local exchange carrier which filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in December 2000. After the filing, Mr. Duffy served as the court-appointed liquidating trustee of the bankruptcy estate. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Duffy served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ETC w/tci, a sub-portfolio of TCI Ventures, Inc./Liberty Media Corporation. Mr. Duffy began his legal career with the law firm Ropes & Gray and holds law degrees from the University of Pennsylvania and Oxford University and a bachelor's degree from Harvard College.

        Philip Lockwood is our Vice President, Human Resources, a position he has held since February 2008. Prior to that, he served as Vice President, HR, for Indevus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and from 2003 through 2007, he held a senior HR position at EMD Serono and its predecessor, Serono Inc. Mr. Lockwood holds a Bachelor of Arts from Siena College.

        Simon Robinson is our Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development, a position he has held since February 2010. Dr. Robinson was our Senior Director Discovery Research from 2008 to 2010 and our Director Discovery Biology and Veterinary Sciences from 2001 to 2008. Prior to joining us, he held research positions at BMS, Sphinx Pharmaceuticals, BASF and Dupont Pharmaceuticals. He holds a Ph.D. and B.Sc. in Pharmacology from the University of Leeds, England and did post-doctoral training at the University of Wisconsin Clinical Cancer Center.

        Robert Spurr is our Vice President, Sales and Marketing, a position he has held since January 2010. From 2003 to 2010, he served as Vice President Sales and Marketing, Institutional Franchise and Vice

119


Table of Contents


President Strategic Business Group, North America, at Ortho-McNeil, a pharmaceuticals division of Johnson and Johnson, and previously held multiple positions at Aventis Pharmaceuticals and Novartis Pharmaceuticals. Mr. Spurr holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Keene State College and a Master of Business Administration from Rutgers.

        Mary Taylor is our Vice President, Regulatory Affairs & Quality since November 2010. Ms. Tayor was our Vice President, Global Regulatory Affairs from January 2009 to November 2010. From February 2008 to December 2008, she was a vice president at Tolerx. From December 2003 to January 2008, she was a senior vice president at Curagen. She holds a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry from Michigan State University and a Master of Public Health from the University of Michigan.

        Cyrille Villeneuve is our Vice President and General Manager, International, a position he has held since November 2008. Prior to joining us in 1985, Mr. Villeneuve held positions at the Montreal Heart Institute and Hospital Hotel-Dieu Montreal. He holds a Bachelor of Arts from Montreal University and a Master of Public Administration from the Ecole Nationale Administration Publique.

        Dana Washburn is our Vice President, Clinical Development & Medical Affairs, a position he has held since April 2010. From 2002 to 2010, Dr. Washburn held positions of increasing responsibility at Boston Scientific Corporation, most recently as Vice President, Clinical Trials and Safety, Medical Safety Officer. A board-certified nuclear cardiologist, Dr. Washburn practiced medicine in both an academic and private setting prior to joining us. Dr. Washburn holds a Bachelor of Arts from Dartmouth College and a Doctor of Medicine from the University of Massachusetts Medical School.

        David Burgstahler is a Director and the Chairman of our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee, serving on our and Holdings' board of directors since January 2008. He is a founding partner of Avista since 2005 and since 2009, has been President of Avista. Prior to forming Avista, he was a partner of DLJMB. He was at DLJ Investment Banking from 1995 to 1997 and at DLJMB from 1997 through 2005. Prior to that, he worked at Anderson Consulting (now known as Accenture) and McDonnell Douglas (now known as Boeing). He holds a Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering from the University of Kansas and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. He currently serves as a Director of Armored AutoGroup Inc., BioReliance Holdings, Inc., Cidron Healthcare Limited (ConvaTec), INC Research Holdings, Inc., Navilyst Medical, Inc., Visant Corporation and WideOpenWest, LLC. He previously served as a Director of Haights Cross Communications, Inc., Warner Chilcott plc and WRC Media Inc. Mr. Burgstahler was chosen as a Director of Holdings because of his strong finance and management background, with over 15 years in banking and private equity finance. He has extensive experience serving as a director for a diverse group of private and public companies.

        Dr. Patrick O'Neill is a Director, serving on Holdings' board of directors since February 2008. He is also an industry advisor for Avista, a position he has held since 2008. Prior to joining Avista, he was at Johnson & Johnson from 1976 to 2006, holding Research and Development and New Business Development leadership positions in Johnson & Johnson's pharmaceutical business, their Medical Devices and Diagnostics Group, and the surgical and interventional cardiology/radiology business units until he retired in February 2006. He served as Executive in Residence at New Enterprise Associates from March 2006 through 2007. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy and Ph.D. in Pharmacology from The Ohio State University. He currently serves as Director of Navilyst Medical, Inc., BioReliance Holdings, Inc. and Optinose, Inc. Dr. O'Neill was chosen as a Director of Holdings because of his experience in the pharmaceutical industry. He has participated directly in the development of pharmaceutical products for other companies, which provides valuable insight into strategic business decisions.

        Sriram Venkataraman is a Director, serving on Holdings' board of directors since November 2010. He is also a Partner of Avista, having joined in May 2007. Prior to joining Avista, Mr. Venkataraman was a Vice President in the Healthcare Investment Banking group at Credit Suisse Group AG from

120


Table of Contents


2001 to 2007. Previously, he worked at GE Healthcare (formerly known as GE Medical Systems) from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Venkataraman holds a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign and a Master of Business Administration with Honors from The Wharton School. He currently serves as a Director of Navilyst Medical, Inc. and OptiNose Inc. Mr. Venkataraman was chosen as a Director of Holdings because of his experience in the healthcare industry and his strong finance and management background. He also has experience serving as a director of private companies.

Board of Directors

        The Board of Directors of Holdings is responsible for the management of our business. The Board of Directors of Holdings is comprised of five directors. Directors who are elected to an annual meeting of stockholders serve in their position until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified. Pursuant to the management and employee shareholders agreements described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreements," Avista has designation rights with respect to the composition of the Holdings board of directors and Avista is entitled to majority representation on any committee that the board creates. Messrs. Pickering, Kiepert, Burgstahler, O'Neill and Venkataraman were appointed pursuant to these agreements.

        Although not formally considered by the Board of Directors of Holdings because our securities are not registered or traded on any national securities exchange, we do not believe that any of our directors would be considered independent for either Board of Directors or Audit Committee purposes based upon the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We believe none of our directors would be considered independent because of their relationships with Avista, which, through certain entities, owns approximately 99.5% of Holdings' issued and outstanding capital stock, as described further under "Principal Stockholders," and other relationships with us, as described further under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Board Committees

        The Audit Committee of Holdings is composed of Messrs. Burgstahler and Venkataraman. In light of our status as a closely held company and the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, the Board of Directors of Holdings has not designated any member of the Audit Committee as an "audit committee financial expert." The Compensation Committee of Holdings is composed of Messrs. Burgstahler and Pickering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2010, the members of our compensation committee were Messrs. Burgstahler and Pickering. Mr. Burgstahler is the President of Avista. Mr. Pickering is a Partner of Avista and used to be our Executive Chairman, a role he relinquished effective January 8, 2010. Avista provides us with advisory services pursuant to an advisory services and monitoring agreement and has entered into other transactions with us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Advisory and Monitoring Services Agreement."

121


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        The Compensation Committee is generally charged with the oversight of our executive compensation program. The Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Burgstahler and Pickering. Responsibilities of the Compensation Committee include the review and approval of the following items:

        In addition, the Compensation Committee considers the proper alignment of executive pay with our values and strategy by overseeing executive compensation policies, measuring and assessing corporate performance and taking into account our Chief Executive Officer's performance assessment of our company. While the Compensation Committee has not historically used the services of independent compensation consultants, it may retain such services in the future to assist in the strategic review of programs and arrangements relating to executive compensation and performance.

        The following executive compensation discussion and analysis describes the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions including material elements of compensation for our named executive officers. Our named executive officers for 2010 were:


(1)
Effective January 8, 2010, Mr. Pickering relinquished his executive role of direct oversight of our Research and Development organizations to Mr. Kiepert. Mr. Pickering continues to serve as the non-executive Chairman of the Board of Directors.

        As discussed in more detail below, the material elements and structure of our executive compensation program were negotiated and determined in connection with the Acquisition.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

        The core philosophy of our executive compensation program is to support our primary objective of providing innovative medical imaging solutions to improve the treatment of human disease while enhancing our long-term value to our stockholders.

122


Table of Contents

        Specifically, the Compensation Committee believes the most effective executive compensation program for all executives, including named executive officers:

        The Compensation Committee considers the following factors when determining compensation for our executive officers, including our named executive officers:

        The weighting of these and other relevant factors is determined on an individual basis for each executive upon consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances.

        The Compensation Committee is committed to a strong, positive link between our objectives and our compensation practices. Our compensation philosophy also allows for flexibility in establishing executive compensation based on an evaluation of information prepared by management or other advisors and other objective and subjective considerations deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee, subject to any contractual agreements with our executives. This flexibility is important to ensure our compensation programs are competitive and that our compensation decisions appropriately reflect the unique contributions and characteristics of our executive officers.

Compensation Benchmarking

        The Compensation Committee ensures executives' pay levels are materially consistent with our compensation philosophy and objectives described above by conducting annual assessments of competitive executive compensation. We utilize data from publicly traded, similarly-sized pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and other life science companies as our primary source for competitive pay levels. However, the Compensation Committee does not support rigid adherence to benchmarks or compensatory formulas and strives to make compensation decisions which effectively support our compensation objectives and reflect the unique attributes of our company and each executive.

        For 2010 compensation for our executive officers, including our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee reviewed executive compensation data provided by Radford Life Sciences Survey, a nationally recognized survey source. The Compensation Committee looked at compensation data for life sciences companies with 500 or fewer employees, the closest approximation to our size, and, to the extent possible, comparable position matches and compensation components.

        For 2010 compensation for our President and Chief Executive Officer, data were also collected from a review of the following industry peers: Abaxis Inc., Akorn Incorporated, Alexion

123


Table of Contents


Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Alkermes, Inc., AMAG Pharmaceutical, Inc., Auxilium Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Cepheid, Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Gen-Probe Incorporated, Genomic Health, Inc., IDEXX Laboratories, Inc., Immucor, Inc., Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. (now known as Alere Inc.), The Medicines Company, Meridian Bioscience, Inc., Molecular Insight Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Myriad Genetics, Inc., Nektar Therapeutics, OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Quidel Corporation and TECHNE Corporation. The data used was from 2008, adjusted for time by increasing the amounts by approximately 3%. This peer group had mean revenue of $211.3 million and headcount of 383. This peer group selection included 22 life science and specialty pharmaceutical companies. It was selected to best reflect similar sized companies in our industry with mature products, full field sales operations and a balance of both private and public companies.

Employment Agreements

        In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert. Our other named executive officers are not subject to employment agreements.

        Among other things, these agreements set the executives' compensation terms, their rights upon a termination of employment and restrictive covenants relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, and confidentiality. See "—Potential Payment Upon Termination or Change of Control—Employment Agreements and Arrangements."

Elements of Compensation

        Our compensation program is heavily weighted towards performance based compensation, reflecting our philosophy of increasing our long-term value and supporting strategic imperatives, as discussed above. Total compensation and other benefits consist of the following elements:

        We do not offer a defined benefit pension plan. The Compensation Committee supports a competitive employee benefit package, but does not support executive perquisites or other supplemental programs targeted to executives.

Base Salary

        Base salaries are intended to provide reasonable and competitive fixed compensation for regular job duties. In April of 2010, the Compensation Committee approved merit salary actions for our named executive officers comparable with competitive market practice. The average increase awarded was 2.8% of base salary.

        Corresponding to Mr. Pickering's transition from Executive Chairman to Chairman in January of 2010, his annual salary was reduced from $400,000 to $200,000.

        Our general practice with respect to cash compensation is that executive base salaries and annual cash incentive compensation values should generally position total annual cash compensation between the 25th and 75th percentiles of similarly-sized life science companies. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Benchmarking." Cash compensation is generally below the median for those who were awarded larger option awards and more competitively aligned for recent hires.

        In 2010, the base salaries of Messrs. Pickering, Kiepert, Gaffey and Spurr, and Drs. Washburn and Robinson were $200,000, $412,000, $260,000, $295,000, $305,000 and $235,000, respectively.

124


Table of Contents

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation

        Our 2010 Executive Leadership Team Incentive Bonus Plan (the "Bonus Plan") is intended to reward executive officers, including our named executive officers, for annual financial performance, performance of other corporate goals that may be long-term in nature and meeting or exceeding certain short-term objectives.

        Cash incentive compensation under the Bonus Plan is subject to the achievement of a certain EBITDA target. EBITDA is defined in the Bonus Plan as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. The Bonus Plan provides for adjustments to the EBITDA targets by the Compensation Committee for extraordinary and unforeseen events.

        The Compensation Committee chose to structure annual incentives on EBITDA for a number of reasons:

        These EBITDA targets should not be understood as management's predictions of future performance or other guidance and investors should not apply these in any other context. EBITDA targets were linked to our short-term and long-term business objectives to ensure incentives are provided for appropriate performance. The Compensation Committee believes our cash incentive compensation structure is consistent with competitive practice.

        The potential bonus payouts under various scenarios in 2010 for our named executive officers were as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  Threshold Bonus(1)
(as % of Base Salary)
  Target Bonus
(as % of Base Salary)
  Above Target Bonus
(as % of Base Salary)

Larry Pickering(2)

  N/A   N/A   N/A

Don Kiepert

  50%   100%   200%

Robert Gaffey

  15%   30%   60%

Robert Spurr

  15%   30%   60%

Dana Washburn

  15%   30%   60%

Simon Robinson

  15%   30%   60%

(1)
Assuming that named executive achieved his/her department and individual performance goals.

(2)
Mr. Pickering, in his new role as Chairman, no longer participates in the Bonus Plan.

        For Mr. Kiepert, pursuant to his employment agreement, payout of the target level bonus is tied to the achievement of the EBITDA target and other corporate performance goals established by the Compensation Committee within the first three months of a given year. Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, for our other named executive officers, payout of the target level bonus is tied to the achievement of the EBITDA target and the achievement of certain department performance and individual performance goals. The achievement of the EBITDA target accounts for 50% of the total bonus award while the achievement of department performance and individual performance goals accounts for 30% and 20%, respectively. Department performance goals are recommended and approved by our Chief

125


Table of Contents


Executive Officer at the start of each year. Achievement of individual performance goals are assessed by our Chief Executive Officer at the end of each year. These targets were intended to provide a meaningful incentive for executives to achieve or exceed performance goals.

        If we did not meet the EBITDA target, but we met a level equal to at least 90% of the EBITDA target, then pursuant to the Bonus Plan, the Compensation Committee has discretion to award any percentage of the target bonus, calculated relative to the achievement of the named executive officer's performance goals, including department, individual and corporate performance goals. For example, if we did meet 90% of the EBITDA target and the executive achieved his or her department and individual performance goals, the executive would receive a threshold bonus equal to 50% of his or her bonus target. If we did not meet at least 90% of the EBITDA target, then no bonus is awarded.

        If our EBITDA is above the EBITDA target, the Bonus Plan specifies a formula that would create a pool (the "Bonus Pool") not to exceed $500,000 for discretionary allocation among the participants of the Bonus Plan, including our named executive officers. The Bonus Pool amount is set at 4.548% of our incremental EBITDA for such year in excess of the EBITDA target. The maximum potential payout from the Bonus Pool for each participant, including our named executive officers, is 100% of their respective target bonus amount. As such, total bonus awarded for above EBITDA target achievement would be double the target bonus amount of each participant, including our named executive officers.

        Our EBITDA target relative to the Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 was established at $96.2 million. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, our EBITDA was $85.2 million. Because we did not meet our EBITDA target the Compensation Committee determined that no bonuses were earned in 2010 under the Plan. For Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert in 2010, performance goals included, in addition to our EBITDA goal: revenue goals for select products; driving Flupiridaz F-18 through a successful completion of Phase 2 clinical trials and initiating Phase 3; advancing our cardiac neuronal imaging agent to Phase 2, filing a sNDA for DEFINITY relative to a stress echo indication; completing a recapitalization of debt; increasing supply and diversification for Molybdenum, strengthening the organization by recruiting new senior managers to head Sales & Marketing and Clinical Development; finalizing our Strategic Operating Plan; completing the in-license, acquisition, co-promotion or other business venture of one additional product, finalizing our PPA distribution plan for Europe; and initiatives towards a more entrepreneurial action-oriented culture.

        For Mr. Gaffey, performance goals included delivering established 2010 financial plans with a focus on managing expenses, meeting all bank reporting and debt requirements; leading the capital restructuring; completing the strategic operating plan; completing a strategic roadmap of our information technologies; implementing increases in specific organizational capabilities within assigned functions; improved compliance and controls; and developing plan to be fully Sarbanes-Oxley compliant in 2011.

        For Mr. Spurr, performance goals included achieving United States sales targets; increasing accountability and organizational capabilities within Sales & Marketing; establishing comprehensive marketing plans; delivering cross-functional communication and analytics; and advancing organizational capabilities relative to the economics of healthcare and product life cycle planning.

        For Dr. Washburn, performance goals included completing our Phase 2 clinical program for Flupiridaz F-18 and initiating Phase 3, completing Phase 1 of our cardiac neuronal imaging agent and starting Phase 2; filing a sNDA for DEFINITY; and implementing increases in specific organizational capabilities within assigned functions.

        For Dr. Robinson, performance goals included driving chemistry, manufacture and control development of Flupiridaz F-18 consistent with project timelines; advancing development of our cardiac neuronal imaging consistent with project timelines; meeting milestones in preclinical development of

126


Table of Contents


our vascular remodeling imaging agent; and leading other initiatives to expand product applications and advance other early stage research.

        While the Compensation Committee reviewed each executive's performance relative to the non-EBITDA goals set forth above and recognized significant achievements, the Compensation Committee concluded that no bonuses should be paid out because we did not meet our EBITDA target.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

        In connection with the Acquisition, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2008 Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2008 Equity Plan"), which allows grants of equity awards and options for shares of Holdings. The purpose of the 2008 Equity Plan is to:

        Although we look at competitive long-term equity incentive award values when assessing our compensation programs, as described above under "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Compensation Benchmarking," we do not make annual executive option grants because, following the Acquisition, we issued large upfront stock option grants that vest over time and with the achievement of certain performance goals in lieu of annual grants. The Compensation Committee believes these stock option grants establish performance objectives and incentives and help align our executives' interests with the interests of the stockholders in fostering long-term value. They also motivate sustained increases in our financial performance and help ensure that the investors have received an appropriate return on their invested capital before executive officers receive significant value from these options.

        In 2008, the Compensation Committee approved grants of options to Messrs. Pickering, Kiepert, Gaffey and Robinson under the 2008 Equity Plan. The terms of these grants were consistent with the grants granted after the Acquisition. During 2010, the Committee approved grants of options to Mr. Spurr and Dr. Washburn in conjunction with offers of employment. Also in 2010, Dr. Robinson was awarded a grant of options to purchase shares of Holdings in recognition of his promotion to Vice President, Research and Pharmaceutical Development.

        The options have an exercise price equivalent to fair market value on the date of grant. Since our common stock is not currently traded on a national securities exchange, fair market value is determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors.

        These options have a ten-year term and are generally issued either as time based options (the "Time Vesting Options") or EBITDA-based performance options (the "Performance Vesting Options"). The combination of time and performance based vesting of these awards is designed to compensate our executive officers, including our named executive officers, for their long-term commitment to us. They are also designed to motivate sustained increases in our financial performance and help ensure that the investors have received an appropriate return on their invested capital before executive officers receive significant value from these options.

        EBITDA is defined in the award agreements as the sum of net income (or loss) of the business or entity for such period; plus interest expense, income taxes, depreciation expenses, amortization

127


Table of Contents


expenses, all fees paid by us or any of our subsidiaries pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreements with Avista, dated as of January 8, 2008, non-recurring expenses for executive severance, relocation, recruiting and one-time compensation, the aggregate amount of all other non-cash charges reducing net income including stock-based compensation expense, retention bonuses paid in fiscal year 2008; all extraordinary losses; less all extraordinary gains in each case determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

        The Time Vesting Options are granted to aid in retention. Consistent with this goal, the Time Vesting Options granted to Messrs. Kiepert and Gaffey and Dr. Robinson in 2008, and to Mr. Spurr and Drs. Washburn and Robinson in 2010, vest ratably on the grant date over the following five years. To recognize Mr. Pickering's role with Avista Capital in leading the acquisition, options granted to Mr. Pickering in 2008 vest 40% on the first year and ratably on the grant date over the following three years.

        The Performance Vesting Options are intended to motivate financial performance in line with investors' outlook for performance during our first five years. We chose EBITDA as the performance metric since it is a key driver of our valuation and for the reasons described above in "Annual Cash Incentive Compensation." The Performance Vesting Options granted to Messrs. Kiepert and Gaffey and Dr. Robinson in 2008, and to Mr. Spurr and Drs. Washburn and Robinson in 2010, are eligible to vest ratably in five equal installments if certain annual EBITDA targets are achieved. To recognize Mr. Pickering's role with Avista Capital in leading the acquisition, options granted to Mr. Pickering in 2008 vest 40% in the first year and ratably in three equal installments if certain annual EBITDA targets are achieved. The EBITDA targets were established at the time of the Acquisition and can be adjusted by the Board of Directors in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer as described below.

        On April 8, 2009, Mr. Pickering received a supplemental grant of 50,000 options to purchase shares of Holdings in recognition of his contributions in connection with the Acquisition, pursuing an extension of the marketing exclusivity of Cardiolite and exceeding the EBITDA targets established for 2008. Anticipating Mr. Pickering's current executive role to evolve to a non-employee director in the future, Mr. Pickering's award was granted in the form of 100% time-based options, vesting ratably in four equal installments.

        Due to the number of events that can occur within our industry in any given year that are beyond the control of management but may significantly impact EBITDA and our financial performance, such as significant fluctuations in the cost of raw materials and unit sales volume, and regulatory and reimbursement changes, we have incorporated certain vesting provisions into each stock option grant agreement that allow such Performance Vesting Options to vest later than the date specified. Performance Vesting Options that were eligible to vest but failed to vest due to our failure to achieve an EBITDA target in any given year may vest if we exceed the annual EBITDA target in a subsequent year.

        Consistent with the EBITDA targets under the Bonus Plan, pursuant to the terms of the 2008 Equity Plan and the individual Stock Option Agreements governing each option grant, the Board of Directors, in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, has the ability to adjust the EBITDA targets for significant events, changes in accounting rules and other customary adjustment events. We believe these adjustments may be necessary in order to effectuate the intents and purposes of our compensation plans and to avoid unintended consequences that are inconsistent with these intents and purposes.

128


Table of Contents

        If our EBITDA is below the EBITDA target but is equal to at least 90% of the EBITDA target, then a percentage of the Performance Vesting Options vests in that year, calculated as follows:

(10% of possible
vested Performance
Vesting Options)
  ×   (Incremental EBITDA over
90% of EBITDA target)

(EBITDA target—90% of
EBITDA target)
  +   (90% of possible
vested Performance
Vesting Options)

        Our EBITDA target relative to performance vesting of options in 2010 was $105.5 million. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, our actual EBITDA was $85.2 million. As a result, none of the Performance Vesting Options vested in 2010 out of a possible 20%.

        We set our future EBITDA targets to reflect our expected annual EBITDA which progressively increases as we approach the expected launch dates of pipeline products. Thus, while designed to be attainable, EBITDA targets for these years require strong performance with our existing and acquired marketed products, as well as the execution of our clinical pipeline program and cost control.

        For additional information concerning the options awarded in 2008, 2009 and 2010, see "—2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards" and "—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End."

Other Benefits

Retirement Plans

        We offer a 401(k) qualified defined contribution retirement plan for U.S.-based employees, including named executive officers, with a 4.5% company match.

Personal Benefits

        Mr. Pickering's employment agreement specifies a per diem allowance of $200 per day while in Billerica, Massachusetts, in lieu of lodging expense reimbursement. Except as otherwise discussed herein, other welfare and employee-benefit programs are the same for all of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers. Our other named executive officers do not receive additional benefits outside of those offered to our other employees.

        As part of his employment offer, Mr. Spurr was provided with a relocation package with direct payment or reimbursement for usual, reasonable and customary relocation expenses including but are not limited to: real estate closing expenses on his home sale and home purchase, real estate commissions on closing, household goods move, family transportations, two house hunting trips and tax gross-up on taxable relocation expenses.

Ownership Guidelines

        In the event of exercise of an option grant, the resulting shares are subject to the provisions of the Employee Shareholder Agreement which restricts transfer and voting rights to ensure alignment with the initial investors. We do not maintain formal ownership guidelines.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

        As noted above, Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert have entered into employment agreements which detail, among other things, each executive's rights upon a termination of employment in exchange for non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality covenants. See "—Potential Payment Upon Termination or Change in Control."

129


Table of Contents

        Messrs. Gaffey and Spurr and Drs. Washburn and Robinson are covered under Lantheus' Severance Plan or the terms of their employment offer for six months for salary continuation if involuntarily terminated by us other than for cause.

        We believe that reasonable severance benefits are appropriate in order to be competitive in our executive retention efforts. These benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for such executives to find comparable employment within a short period of time. We also believe formalized severance arrangements are at times a competitive requirement to attract the required talent for the role.

Recoupment of Compensation

        Information regarding our policy with respect to the recovery of incentive compensation is provided under "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation."

Tax and Accounting Implications

        We were not subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended in 2010. For 2011 and beyond, the Compensation Committee will consider the impact of Section 162(m) in the design of its compensation strategies. Under Section 162(m), compensation paid to executive officers in excess of $1,000,000 cannot be taken by us as a tax deduction unless the compensation qualifies as performance-based compensation. We have determined, however, that we will not necessarily seek to limit executive compensation to amounts deductible under Section 162(m) if such limitation is not in the best interests of our stockholders. While considering the tax implications of its compensation decisions, the Compensation Committee believes its primary focus should be to attract, retain and motivate executives and to align the executives' interests with those of our stockholders.

        The Compensation Committee operates its compensation programs with the good faith intention of complying with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. We account for stock based payments with respect to our long-term equity incentive award programs in accordance with the requirements of ASC 718.

Compensation Risk Assessment

        In consultation with the Compensation Committee, members of Human Resources, Legal and Finance groups conducted an annual assessment of whether our compensation policies and practices encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking by our employees, including employees other than our named executive officers. This assessment included a review of the risk characteristics of our business and the design of our incentive plans and policies. Although a significant portion of our executive compensation program is performance-based, the Compensation Committee has focused on aligning our compensation policies with our long-term interests and avoiding rewards or incentive structures that could create unnecessary risks to us.

        Management reported its findings to the Compensation Committee, which agreed with management's assessment that our plans and policies do not encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking and determined such policies or practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

130


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to compensation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 earned by or paid to our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(5)
  Option
Awards
($)(6)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(7)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(8)
  Total
($)
 

Larry Pickering(1)

    2010   $ 204,370                   $ 204,370  
 

Chairman

    2009   $ 401,154   $ 50,000   $ 155,000   $ 200,000   $ 1,950   $ 808,104  

Donald Kiepert

   
2010
 
$

401,308
   
   
   
 
$

15,049
 
$

416,357
 
 

President and Chief

    2009   $ 400,000   $ 50,000       $ 200,000   $ 12,346   $ 662,346  
 

Executive Officer

                                           

Robert Gaffey

   
2010
 
$

252,692
   
   
   
 
$

11,039
 
$

263,731
 
 

Vice President, Chief

    2009   $ 250,000   $ 37,500       $ 37,500   $ 9,361   $ 334,361  
 

Financial Officer

                                           

Robert Spurr(2)

   
2010
 
$

273,308
   
 
$

679,500
   
 
$

65,638
 
$

1,018,446
 
 

Vice President, Sales and

    2009                          
 

Marketing

                                           

Dana Washburn, M.D.(3)

   
2010
 
$

211,149
   
 
$

443,000
   
 
$

1,793
 
$

655,942
 
 

Vice President Clinical

    2009                          
 

Development and Medical Affairs

                                           

Simon Robinson.(4)

   
2010
 
$

228,278
   
 
$

135,900
   
 
$

10,273
 
$

374,451
 
 

Vice President Research

    2009   $ 218,643   $ 22,670       $ 27,330   $ 8,325   $ 276,968  
 

and Pharmaceutical Development

                                           

(1)
Mr. Pickering served as Executive Chairman until January 8, 2010, at which time he relinquished his executive duties to our Chief Executive Officer and retained his role of non-executive Chairman of the Board. In 2010 and 2009, Mr. Pickering did not receive any additional compensation for his position as a director. In connection with his change of role in 2010, Mr. Pickering's salary was renegotiated to $200,000 per year.

(2)
Mr. Spurr joined us on January 18, 2010. The amounts shown in "Salary" reflect his base salary earned in 2010.

(3)
Dr. Washburn joined us on April 12, 2010. The amounts shown in "Salary" reflect his base salary earned in 2010.

(4)
Mr. Robinson was promoted to Vice President in February of 2010.

(5)
The amounts reflect the cash incentive compensation awarded above the threshold bonus target by the Compensation Committee. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation."

(6)
Includes the grant date fair value of the stock option awards granted during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, in accordance with ASC 718 with respect to options to purchase shares of our common stock awarded to the named executive officers in 2010 and 2009 under our 2008 Equity Plan. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."

131


Table of Contents

(7)
For 2010, no bonuses were earned under the Bonus Plan. For 2009, the amounts reflect the cash incentive compensation earned for the year ended December 31, 2009 under the 2009 Executive Leadership Team Incentive Bonus Plan, which were paid in the first quarter of 2010.

(8)
For Messrs. Kiepert, Gaffey and Spurr and Drs. Washburn and Robinson, the amounts reflect matching contributions to our defined contribution retirement plans in 2010 of $15,049, $11,039, $6,127, $1,793 and $10,273, respectively. For Messrs. Kiepert and Gaffey and Dr. Robinson in 2009, the amounts reflect matching contributions to our defined contribution retirement plans of $12,346, $9,361 and $8,325, respectively. Mr. Pickering does not participate in our 401(k) plan. For Mr. Pickering, the amount for 2009 reflects the total per diem allowance he received for lodging. In 2010, Mr. Spurr also received $59,511 in taxable relocation assistance.

2010 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2010 with respect to the named executive officers.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
   
 
 
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
 
Name
  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)(1)
  Target
($)(2)
  Maximum
($)(3)
  Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
  Maximum
(#)
 

Larry Pickering(4)

                                     

Donald Kiepert

      $ 206,000   $ 412,000   $ 824,000                      

Robert Gaffey

      $ 39,000   $ 78,000   $ 156,000                      

Robert Spurr(5)

      $ 44,250   $ 88,500   $ 177,000                      

    3/8/10                 13,500     75,000     75,000     75,000   $ 10.26  

Dana Washburn M.D.(6)

      $ 45,750   $ 91,500   $ 183,000                      

    4/12/10                 9,000     50,000     50,000     50,000   $ 10.26  

Simon Robinson.(7)

      $ 35,250   $ 70,500   $ 141,000                      

    3/8/10                 2,700     15,000     15,000     15,000   $ 10.26  

(1)
The amounts shown in the "Threshold" column reflect the threshold payment, which is 50% of the amount shown in the "Target" column. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation."

(2)
The amount show in the "Target" column is the potential cash incentive award given to our named executive officers if the EBITDA target is hit in 2010. For Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert, that amount is 100% of their respective 2010 base salaries. For Messrs. Gaffey and Spurr and Drs. Washburn and Robinson, that amount is 30% of their respective 2010 base salaries. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation."

(3)
The amount shown in the "Maximum" column is 200% of the amount shown in the "Target" column. Pursuant to the Bonus Plan, if we achieve an EBITDA that is greater than the EBITDA target, the Bonus Plan specified a formula that would create a pool not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for discretionary allocation among the eligible participants of the Bonus Plan. The maximum payment from the Bonus Pool for Mr. Kiepert is 200% of his base salary. The maximum for all other participants, including our other named executive officers, is 60% of their respective base salaries. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Annual Cash Incentive Compensation."

(4)
Mr. Pickering, in his new role as Chairman, no longer participates in the Bonus Plan.

(5)
Mr. Spurr was granted 150,000 stock options with a ten-year term in conjunction with an offer of employment. 75,000 of these options are Time Vesting Options and 75,000 are Performance Vesting Options. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards."

(6)
Dr. Washburn was granted 100,000 stock options with a ten-year term in conjunction with an offer of employment. 50,000 of these options are Time Vesting Options and 50,000 are Performance Vesting Options. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards."

132


Table of Contents

(7)
Dr. Robinson was granted an additional 30,000 stock options with a ten-year term in recognition of his promotion to Vice President. 15,000 of these options are Time Vesting Options and 15,000 are Performance Vesting Options. See "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards."

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table includes certain information with respect to options held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2010.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Securities of
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Larry Pickering:

                               
 

Stock Options(1)

    445,462     150,240     155,498   $ 2.00     3/3/18  
 

Stock Options(2)

    12,500     37,500       $ 6.84     4/19/19  

Don Kiepert:

                               
 

Stock Options(3)

    492,036     375,600     384,364   $ 2.00     2/24/18  

Robert Gaffey:

                               
 

Stock Options(3)

    137,550     105,000     107,450   $ 2.00     4/3/18  

Robert Spurr:

                               
 

Stock Options(4)

        75,000     75,000   $ 10.26     3/7/20  

Dana Washburn M.D:

                               
 

Stock Options(4)

        50,000     50,000   $ 10.26     4/11/20  

Simon Robinson:

                               
 

Stock Options(3)

    7,860     6,000     6,140   $ 2.00     4/3/18  
 

Stock Options(4)

        30,000     30,000   $ 10.26     3/7/20  

(1)
40% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 1, 2009 and 40% of the Performance Vesting Options vested on April 16, 2009 upon the Compensation Committee's determination that we achieved the 2008 EBITDA performance targets. 20% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 1, 2010. The remaining shares subject to the Time Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next two years and will vest in full as of January 1, 2012. We did not meet our EBITDA targets in 2010, and as such, none of the Performance Vesting Options vested in 2010. Assuming the EBITDA targets are met in each applicable fiscal year, the remaining shares subject to the Performance Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next two years.

(2)
20% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 1, 2010. The remaining shares subject to the Time Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next three years and will vest in full as of April 20, 2013.

(3)
20% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 1, 2009 and 20% of the Performance Vesting Options vested on April 16, 2009 upon the Compensation Committee's determination that we achieved the 2008 EBITDA performance targets. 20% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 1, 2010. The remaining shares subject to the Time Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next two years and will vest in full as of January 1, 2013. We did not meet our EBITDA targets in 2010, and as such, none of the Performance Vesting Options vested in 2010. Assuming the EBITDA targets are met in each applicable fiscal year, the remaining shares subject to the Performance Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next three years.

133


Table of Contents

(4)
The shares subject to the Time Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next five years and will vest in full as of March 8, 2015 for Mr. Spurr and Dr. Robinson and on April 12, 2015 for Dr. Washburn. Assuming the EBITDA targets are met in each applicable fiscal year, the remaining shares subject to the Performance Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next five.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2010

        The named executive officers did not exercise any options during 2010. We do not offer any stock awards, other than stock options, from which vesting would occur.

2010 Pension Benefits

        We do not offer our executives or others a pension plan. Retirement benefits are limited to participation in our 401(k) plan with a 4.5% employer match and a corresponding international plan.

Potential Payment Upon Termination or Change in Control

        The information below describes and quantifies certain compensation that would become payable under certain named executive officer's employment agreements if, as of December 31, 2010, his employment had terminated or there was a change in control. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any benefits provided upon the events discussed below, any actual amounts paid or distributed may be different. Factors that could affect these amounts include the timing during the year of any such event.

Employment Agreements and Arrangements

        The only named executive officers for which we have employment agreements are Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert.

Larry Pickering

        On March 4, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Pickering, our chairman of the Board of Directors, which was subsequently amended on October 19, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009, and also amended on January 4, 2010. Pursuant to the terms of his amended employment agreement, Mr. Pickering currently receives $200,000 in annual base salary. Mr. Pickering's employment can be terminated at any time and for any reason, and he shall not be entitled to any severance or termination benefits.

Don Kiepert

        On January 8, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Don Kiepert, our President and Chief Executive Officer. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Kiepert currently receives $412,000 in annual base salary, subject to any increases in base salary as may be determined from time to time in the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, the employment agreement allows Mr. Kiepert to be eligible to receive an annual bonus award of up to 100% of his base salary based upon the achievement of certain performance targets. Mr. Kiepert is also eligible to participate in our health, life and disability insurance, and retirement and fringe employee benefit plans on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other executives.

134


Table of Contents

        If we terminate Mr. Kiepert with cause or Mr. Kiepert resigns without good reason, then he is entitled to receive his base salary through the date of termination and reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Mr. Kiepert prior to his termination or resignation, provided that these claims are submitted within 30 days of termination. In the event of Mr. Kiepert's resignation without good reason, he is also entitled to such vested or accrued employee benefits as to which he is entitled under our employee benefit plans.

        If Mr. Kiepert's employment terminates as a result of his death or if we terminate Mr. Kiepert due to his physical or mental illness, injury or infirmity which is reasonably like to prevent or prevents him from performing his essential job functions for 90 consecutive calendar days or an aggregate of 120 calendar days out of any consecutive twelve month period, then Mr. Kiepert or his estate is entitled to receive: (a) his base salary through the date of termination; (b) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred; (c) any vested or accrued employee benefits as to which he is entitled under our employee benefit plans; and (d) a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus amount in the year he was terminated, based upon the percentage of the fiscal year that has elapsed through the date of his termination, contingent upon an effective release of claims against us and payable at such time as the annual bonus would have otherwise been payable had he not been terminated.

        If we terminate Mr. Kiepert without cause or Mr. Kiepert resigns with good reason, then he is entitled to receive: (a) his base salary through the date of termination; (b) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred; (c) any vested or accrued employee benefits as to which he is entitled under our employee benefit plans; (d) a pro rata portion of his target annual bonus amount in the year he was terminated, based upon the percentage of the fiscal year that has elapsed through the date of his termination, contingent upon an effective release of claims against us and payable at such time as the annual bonus would have otherwise been payable had he not been terminated; (e) subject to Mr. Kiepert's continued compliance with the non-competition and confidentiality clauses within his employment agreement and his effective release of claims against us, continued payment of his base salary in accordance with our normal payroll practices for twelve months after the date of termination, provided that any such payment is reduced by the present value of any other cash severance or termination benefits payable to Mr. Kiepert under any other plans, arrangements or programs; and (f) for twelve months after the date of termination, continued life insurance and group medical coverage for Mr. Kiepert and his eligible dependents upon the same terms as provided to our other senior executive officers and at the same coverage levels, provided that such coverage shall cease upon Mr. Kiepert becoming employed by another employer and eligible for life insurance and/or medical coverage with such other employer.

        If we terminated Mr. Kiepert without cause or Mr. Kiepert resigned with good reason on December 31, 2010, he would have been entitled to receive an aggregate of $870,192 ($412,000 for salary, $412,000 for bonus, $21,631 for benefits and $24,562 for accrued vacation), payable as described above, plus any accrued and unpaid base salary and bonus and unreimbursed business expenses.

2008 Equity Plan

        The 2008 Equity Plan and each individual Stock Option Agreement provides for accelerated vesting of both Time Vesting Options and Performance Vesting Options granted under the 2008 Equity Plan upon a change of control if net cumulative cash proceeds received by our investors exceed certain multiples of their initial investment. If such a change in control occurred on December 31, 2010, each named executive officer's unvested Time Vesting Options and Performance Vesting Options would

135


Table of Contents


immediately vest and become exercisable. The aggregate dollar value of unvested stock options held by such named executive officer on December 31, 2010 is as follows:

Name
  Aggregate Dollar
Value(1)
 

Larry Pickering

  $ 2,653,646  

Don Kiepert

  $ 6,277,303  

Robert Gaffey

  $ 1,754,837  

Robert Spurr

     

Dana Washburn

     

Simon Robinson

  $ 100,276  

(1)
The aggregate dollar value is the difference between the fair market value of shares of common stock on December 31, 2010 based upon an internal valuation model and the per share exercise price of each option, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the unvested option.

Director Compensation

        The compensation paid to Messrs. Pickering and Kiepert, the Chairman of our Board of Directors and a Director, respectively, is reported in the Summary Plan Compensation Table as they were paid only as named executive officers in their capacities as Executive Chairman and President and Chief Executive Officer, respectively, during 2010.

        Mr. Burgstahler is a Principal of Avista and does not receive any direct compensation for his service as a Director. We pay Avista a management fee of $1,000,000 annually pursuant to the Advisory Services and Management Agreement, dated as of January 8, 2008. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Advisory and Monitoring Services Agreement."

        Dr. Patrick O'Neill is compensated with an annual retainer for his services on the Board of Director of $50,000, paid quarterly. Dr. O'Neill received a grant of 50,000 stock options in Holdings in 2008. These options have a ten-year term and are Time Vesting Options. 20% of the shares subject to the Time Vesting Options vested on January 8, 2009 and 20% on January 8, 2010. The remaining shares subject to the Time Vesting Options will vest ratably over the next three years and will vest in full on January 8, 2013.

        We do not compensate our board members with per meeting fees. Our directors are reimbursed for any expenses incurred in connection with their service.

136


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        Holdings indirectly owns all of our issued and outstanding capital stock through its direct subsidiary and our direct parent, Lantheus Intermediate. Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P. and ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC (together, the "Avista Entities") collectively own approximately 99.5% of Holdings' issued and outstanding capital stock. Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P. and ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC. Voting and disposition decisions at Avista Capital Partners GP, LLC with respect to such shares are made by an investment committee, the members of which are Thompson Dean, Steven Webster, David Burgstahler, David Durkin, OhSang Kwon, Robert Cabes and Newton Aguiar. In connection with the Acquisition, certain members of management purchased shares of Holdings' common stock equaling approximately 0.5% of Holdings' issued and outstanding capital stock.

137


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The Board of Directors has the responsibility to review and approve all transactions or series of related financial transactions, arrangements or relationships between us and any related party if the amount involved exceeds $120,000. We do not otherwise have any policies or procedures for the review, approval or ratification of such transactions.

Shareholders Agreements

        In connection with the Acquisition, Holdings entered into (i) a Shareholders Agreement with the Avista Entities and Don Kiepert, as Management Shareholder, dated January 8, 2008 and subsequently amended on February 26, 2008 (the "Management Shareholders Agreement") and (ii) an Employee Shareholders Agreement with the Avista Entities and certain employee shareholders named therein, dated as of May 30, 2008 (the "Employee Shareholders Agreement" and, collectively with the Management Shareholders Agreement, the "Shareholders Agreements"). The Shareholders Agreements governs the parties' respective rights, duties and obligations with respect to the ownership of the Holdings securities. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreements, Avista has designation rights with respect to the composition of the Holdings board of directors and Avista is entitled to majority representation on any committee that the board creates. In addition, the Management Shareholder and the employee shareholders must vote their shares in such a manner that is consistent with the composition of the board designed by the Avista Entities.

Advisory and Monitoring Services Agreement

        In connection with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into an advisory services and monitoring agreement with Avista Capital Holdings, L.P. ("Avista Capital Holdings"), dated as of January 8, 2008 (the "Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement"), pursuant to which ACP Lantern Acquisition, Inc. (a corporation which was merged into us as part of the Acquisition), paid Avista Capital Holdings a one time fee equal to $10 million for the consulting and advisory and monitoring services to us, our subsidiaries and our parent companies, in connection with the Acquisition. In addition, the agreement provides for the payment of an annual fee equal to $1 million as consideration for ongoing advisory services. To the extent of any future transaction entered into by us or our affiliates, Avista Capital Holdings will receive an additional fee that is reasonable and customary for the services it provides in connection with such future transaction. In addition, we will pay directly, or reimburse Avista Capital Holdings for, its out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its performance of services under the Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement.

Quintiles Master Services Agreement

        Effective as of June 30, 2009, we entered into a Master Services Agreement with Quintiles Commercial US, Inc. ("Quintiles") (formerly known as Innovex Inc.) to provide a contract sales force in connection with the launch and promotion of Ablavar. As of December 31, 2010, we have incurred costs associated with this contract of approximately $4.3 million. The Statement of Work under the Master Services Agreement relating to the contract sales force was extended on June 11, 2010 and will terminate on December 31, 2010. John Pickering, a son of Larry Pickering, our Chairman of the Board, was a Director of Business Development for Quintiles during part of the term of the agreement. He left Quintiles in June 2010 prior to the Statement of Work extension.

McGladrey Engagement

        In March 2010, we engaged RSM McGladrey, Inc. ("McGladrey") (formerly known as Caturano & Company), a tax and financial services consulting firm, to advise us about compliance requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As of December 31, 2010, we have incurred costs associated with this engagement of approximately $176,000. Dan Gaffey, a son of Robert Gaffey, our Chief Financial Officer, is a Vice President of McGladrey but has no other relationship with us and will not be working on the engagement in any capacity.

138


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

        The following is a summary of provisions relating to our indebtedness other than the notes offered hereby.

Revolving Credit Facility

        We have a revolving credit facility, which was amended on March 21, 2011, with Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"), Harris N.A., as collateral agent, each of the lenders party thereto (in such capacity, the "Lenders") and Lantheus Intermediate and Lantheus Real Estate, each as guarantors in respect thereto.

        Under the terms of the Facility, the Lenders have extended credit to us consisting of a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $42.5 million at any time outstanding. The Facility includes a subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit ("Letters of Credit"). We have a right to request an increase of the Facility in an aggregate amount of up to $15 million.

        The letters of credit and the borrowings under the Facility are expected to be used for working capital and for other general corporate purposes. The Facility matures on May 10, 2014.

        In connection with Facility, we have entered into several other agreements including, but not limited to, a pledge and security agreement, a guaranty and a mortgage.

Interest Rates and Fees

        Borrowings under the Facility bear interest at a rate per year equal to (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (i) the rate of interest announced by the Administrative Agent as its prime commercial rate or similar rate, and (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, plus the applicable margin of 2.75%, or (b) a LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin of 3.75% in the case of LIBOR Rate loans. The LIBOR rate is subject to a minimum or "floor" of 1.00% and the Reference Rate is subject to a minimum or "floor" of 2.00%.

        We paid certain fees to Bank of Montreal and Natixis (each in its capacity as lead arranger), the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the Facility. In addition, under the Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Facility, which shall accrue at a rate per year 0.75% on the excess, if any, of the total revolving credit commitment over the sum of the average principal amount of all borrowings outstanding under the Facility and Letters of Credit, payable quarterly in arrears. We are obligated to pay a fee for each issued Letter of Credit, equal to 4% per year of the daily balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit, payable in arrears each quarter.

Optional Prepayments

        We are permitted to voluntarily prepay the Facility, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty.

Mandatory Prepayments

        There is no requirement to make prepayments of the Facility.

Guarantee and Security

        The Facility is guaranteed by Lantheus Intermediate and Lantheus Real Estate, and obligations under the Facility are secured by all the property and assets and all interests of the loan parties, then owned or thereafter acquired, as provided for under the pledge and security agreement and the mortgage entered into in connection with the Facility and subject to express limitations contained therein.

139


Table of Contents

Covenants

        The Facility contains a number of affirmative, negative, reporting and financial covenants, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds. The affirmative covenants include, among other things, and subject to certain exceptions, requirements with respect to compliance with law; payment of taxes; maintenance of insurance; additional guarantees and security and after acquired property; preservation of existence, keeping records and maintaining property. The negative covenants restrict or limit, among other things, and subject to certain exceptions, grants of liens; incurrence of additional debt; changes in the nature of the business; transactions with affiliates; mergers with others; assets sales; certain investments and restricted payments; payment of dividends and other distributions to equity holders; prepayments of certain debt; capital expenditures; and grants of negative pledges. The reporting covenants include, among other things, requirements to provide the Lenders with notice of events of default; delivery of annual and quarterly financial statements; delivery of budgets, forecasts and management reports; providing information with respect to material litigation, breaches of material contracts, and termination events under our Employee Plan. The Facility requires us to comply with a maximum net total leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio, and limits our total annual capital expenditures. The maximum net total leverage ratio and the minimum interest coverage ratio were modified in connection with the March 2011 issuance to accommodate the increase in total debt to $400.0 million and the increase in semi-annual debt service to $39.0 million per year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Sources of Liquidity."

Events of Default

        The Facility contains events of default, including, among other things, in each case subject to certain exceptions and materiality thresholds, failure to pay principal, interest and other payments when due; any representation or warranty incorrect in any material respect when made; default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or security document related to the Facility beyond the applicable grace period; default in payment of an aggregate amount in excess of $10 million of principal or interest on any debt other than under the Facility; commencement by or against us, Holdings or any of its subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, relief of it or its debt under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of relief of debtors, that remains undismissed, or unstayed for a period of 60 days; final payment judgments rendered against us or any of our Parent or our subsidiaries in excess of $10 million in aggregate principal amount and either (i) an enforcement proceeding shall have been commenced with respect thereto or (ii) there shall be a period of 45 consecutive days after entry thereof during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment shall not be in effect, or (iii) at any time during a stay of enforcement of such judgment, such judgment is not bonded in the full amount, unless the amount of such judgment is covered by a valid insurance and the claim thereunder has not been disputed; certain events leading to an Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA") withdrawal liability or termination event in excess of $10 million; and a change of control as defined under the Revolving Credit Facility.

        Upon an event of default, the Administrative Agent has the right to declare the loans and other obligations outstanding immediately due and payable, and the Administrative Agent may, after such events of default, require us to make deposits with respect to any outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the greatest amount for which such Letter of Credit may be drawn.

Existing Notes

        On May 10, 2010, we issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017. The new notes will be treated as a single series with the existing notes and have the same terms as those of the existing notes. As of the date hereof, after giving effect to the March 2011 issuance, we have $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 outstanding.

140


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

General

        Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as Issuer, previously issued the existing notes under an indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010 (as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2011, the "Indenture"), among the Issuer, the Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The Restricted Notes were issued and the Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture. Except as set forth herein, the terms of notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA"). The term "notes" refers to the existing notes, the Restricted Notes, the Exchange Notes and any other notes issued under the Indenture. To the extent provided therein, the Indenture is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act.

        The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the notes, the Indenture and the registration rights agreement. The following summary does not purport to be a complete description of the notes or such agreements and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Indenture and the registration rights agreement. You can find definitions of certain terms used in this description under the heading "—Certain Definitions." For purposes of this summary, the term "Issuer" refers only to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., and not to any of its Subsidiaries.

Brief Description of the Notes and the Related Guarantees

The Notes

        The notes are:

The Guarantees

        The notes are guaranteed by Parent and all wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Issuer (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries).

        Each related Guarantee will be:

141


Table of Contents

        As of the issue date of the Restricted Notes, all of the Issuer's subsidiaries were "Restricted Subsidiaries." However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments," the Issuer will be permitted to designate certain of its Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted Subsidiaries." The Issuer's Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture. The Issuer's Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

        The Issuer issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Restricted Notes in the March 2011 issuance as additional notes under the Indenture. The notes will mature on May 15, 2017. The Issuer may issue other additional notes from time to time under the Indenture ("Additional Notes"). Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to the covenants described below under the caption "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock." The existing notes, the Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture are treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to "notes" for all purposes of the Indenture and this "Description of the Exchange Notes" include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. The notes were issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

        Interest on the notes will accrue at the rate of 9.750% per annum and are payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing, with respect to the Exchange Notes, on May 15, 2011, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 and November 1. Interest on the notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, for any Additional Notes other than the Exchange Notes, from the date of issuance of such notes. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

        All references in the Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest pursuant to the registration rights agreement.

Payments

        Principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, with respect to notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer's office or agency will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

Ranking

        The Indebtedness evidenced by the notes and the Guarantees are senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, and rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be. The

142


Table of Contents


notes are effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness, including any Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness. The Indebtedness evidenced by the notes and the Guarantees are senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be. As of December 31, 2010, after giving effect to the March 2011 issuance and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Issuer had $400.0 million of senior indebtedness, including $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of existing notes outstanding and $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Restricted Notes, no indebtedness senior in right of payment to the new notes and no indebtedness junior in right of payment to the notes.

        Not all of our Subsidiaries guaranteed the notes. Unless the Subsidiary is a Guarantor, claims of creditors on such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Issuer, including the Holders of the notes. The notes, therefore, are structurally subordinated to holders of Indebtedness and other creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are not Guarantors.

        Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such additional Indebtedness could be substantial. See "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Certain Covenants—Liens."

Guarantees

        The Issuer's obligations under the notes and the Indenture are jointly and severally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis (the "Guarantees") by each Guarantor, including Parent. Not all of our Subsidiaries guaranteed the notes. Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Foreign Subsidiaries will not be Guarantors. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of these non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, these non-Guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debts and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to us. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our non-Guarantor Subsidiaries accounted for approximately 21.5% of our total revenues. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, our non-Guarantor Subsidiaries held approximately 11.2% of our consolidated assets and had approximately 4.5% of liabilities (including trade payables), to which the notes and Guarantees would have been structurally subordinated.

        As of the date of the Indenture, all of our Subsidiaries were "Restricted Subsidiaries." However, under the circumstances described below under the subheading "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments," the Issuer is permitted to designate some of our Subsidiaries as "Unrestricted Subsidiaries." The effect of designating a Subsidiary as an "Unrestricted Subsidiary" is as follows:

        The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee is limited to the maximum amount as will result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law. See "Risk Factors—A court could deem the obligations evidenced by the notes and the related guarantees to be a fraudulent conveyance."

143


Table of Contents

        The Note Guarantee of any Guarantor other than Parent is automatically and unconditionally released upon the occurrence of any of the following:

        Any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer may guarantee the notes on or after the Issue Date, but no value should be assigned to such guarantee, and such guarantor will not be subject to the covenants of the Indenture and such guarantee may be released at any time. Upon issuance thereof, the notes will be unconditionally guaranteed by Parent. Parent will not be subject to the covenants in the Indenture and you should not assign any value to such guarantee.

Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases

        Except to the extent that the Issuer may be required to offer to purchase the notes as set forth below under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the notes. The Issuer may from time to time purchase notes in the open market or otherwise.

144


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

        Except as described below, the notes are not redeemable at the Issuer's option until May 15, 2014. From and after May 15, 2014 the Issuer may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice by first class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on May 15, 2014 of each of the years indicated below:

Year
  Percentage  

2014

    104.875 %

2015

    102.438 %

2016 and thereafter

    100.000 %

        In addition, prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 109.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent such net proceeds are contributed to the capital of the Issuer; provided that at least 65% of the sum of the existing notes, the new notes and any other Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date (in each case excluding notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided, further, that each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

        At any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder's registered address, with a copy to the Trustee, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        The Trustee shall select the notes to be purchased in the manner described under "—Repurchase at the Option of Holders—Selection and Notice."

        Notice of redemption upon any Equity Offering or in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) that constitute a Change of Control may, at the Issuer's option and discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering or Change of Control, as the case may be.

Repurchase at the Option of Holders

Change of Control

        If a Change of Control occurs, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at a price in cash (the "Change of Control Payment") equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first

145


Table of Contents


class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information:

        While the notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the notes through the facilities of DTC, subject to its rules and regulations.

        We will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by us and purchases all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under the caption "—Optional Redemption," unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

146


Table of Contents

        On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law,

        The paying agent will promptly deliver to each Holder of the notes the Change of Control Payment for each such Holder's notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder a new note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of notes surrendered by each such Holder, if any; provided that each such new note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

        The Credit Agreement provides (subject to limited exceptions), and future agreements relating to senior Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Issuer is prohibited from purchasing the notes, the Issuer could seek the consent of its lenders to permit the purchase of the notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Issuer does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Issuer will remain prohibited from purchasing the notes and such default could result in amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement being declared due and payable. In such case, the Issuer's failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

        The Change of Control purchase feature of the notes may in certain circumstances make more difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management. The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the initial purchasers of the notes and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" and "—Certain Covenants—Liens." Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the notes protection in a highly levered transaction.

        The definition of "Change of Control" includes a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer to certain Persons. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of "all or substantially all" of the assets of the Issuer. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether a Holder of notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the notes as described above.

147


Table of Contents

        The existence of a Holder's right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Holder's notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control may deter a third party from seeking to acquire the Issuer in a transaction that would constitute a Change of Control.

        The provisions under the Indenture relative to our obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding.

Asset Sales

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, cause, make or suffer to exist an Asset Sale, unless:

        Within 365 days after the Issuer's or a Restricted Subsidiary's receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

        Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." In the case of clause (3) above, a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that the Issuer, or such other Restricted Subsidiary, enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such binding commitment (an "Acceptable Commitment"); provided, further, that in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then such Net Proceeds will be deemed to be Excess Proceeds. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Issuer shall make one or more Asset Sale Offers to the Holders of the notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, the holders of Other Pari Passu Obligations) to purchase

148


Table of Contents


notes (and such Other Pari Passu Obligations), pursuant to and subject to the conditions and procedures contained in the Indenture, in a minimum denomination of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 30 days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of notes and such Other Pari Passu Obligations tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of notes or the Other Pari Passu Obligations surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the notes and such Other Pari Passu Obligations will be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as needed so that no notes in unauthorized denominations are purchased in part) based on the accreted value or principal amount of the notes or such Other Pari Passu Obligations tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

        For purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents:

        Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

        The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.

149


Table of Contents

Selection and Notice

        If less than all of the notes or such Other Pari Passu Obligations are to be redeemed at any time, selection of such notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such notes are listed, or, if such notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis unless otherwise required by law or depositary requirements; provided that no notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased or redeemed in part.

        Notices of purchase or redemption shall be mailed by the Issuer by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of notes to be purchased or redeemed at such Holder's registered address with a copy to the Trustee. If any note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

        A new note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased or unredeemed portion of any note purchased or redeemed in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after the purchase or redemption date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the purchase or redemption price, interest shall cease to accrue on notes or portions thereof purchased or called for redemption.

Certain Covenants

Limitation on Restricted Payments

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

150


Table of Contents

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

151


Table of Contents

        The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:

152


Table of Contents

153


Table of Contents

154


Table of Contents

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (9), (14) and (16), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

        As of the time of issuance of the Restricted Notes, all of the Issuer's Subsidiaries were Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary." For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of "Investment." Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant or under clause (8) or (9) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the definition of "Permitted Investments," and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries are not subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture.

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, "incur" and collectively, an "incurrence") with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock

155


Table of Contents


or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

        The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

156


Table of Contents

157


Table of Contents

158


Table of Contents

        For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (22) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and the Issuer may divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second paragraphs above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement outstanding on the Issue Date will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the second paragraph of this covenant. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case (other than with respect to the notes), that the amount of such accrual, accretion or payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Issuer as accrued.

159


Table of Contents

        For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. Dollar denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced.

        The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes or such Guarantor's guarantee to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to other Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Guarantor as the case may be.

        The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

Liens

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the notes and related Guarantees, as applicable, are equally and ratably secured with the obligations so secured and, if such Lien secures subordinated Indebtedness, the notes are secured by a Lien on the same assets which is senior to such Lien securing such subordinated Indebtedness to the same extent as the notes are senior to such subordinated Indebtedness, in each case, until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien.

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

        The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

160


Table of Contents

        The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture and the notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (3) and (4),

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, each Guarantor will not, and the Issuer will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person unless:

161


Table of Contents

        Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor's Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer.

Transactions with Affiliates

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction") involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $1.0 million, unless:

        The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

162


Table of Contents

163


Table of Contents

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

164


Table of Contents

Additional Note Guarantees

        If the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary after the date of the Indenture, then that newly acquired or created Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture within 30 days of the date on which it was acquired or created.

        The Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the notes by such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the notes, then the guarantee of such other Indebtedness must be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed.

Business Activities

        The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than Similar Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Reports and Other Information

        Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Issuer will furnish to the Holders or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders (or file with the Commission for public availability), within the time periods specified in the Commission's rules and regulations:

165


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement or a shelf registration statement contemplated by the registration rights agreement, (i) such requirements, with regard to the applicable periods, shall be deemed satisfied by the filing with the Commission of an exchange offer registration statement or a shelf registration statement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial and other information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, and the information requirements of this covenant within the time periods and in accordance with the other provisions of the registration rights agreement, and (ii) such requirements with respect to quarterly and annual reports, with regard to the applicable periods, shall be deemed satisfied by furnishing to the Holders within 15 days of the date the Issuer would have been required to file annual and interim reports with the Commission, the financial information (including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section) that would be required to be included in such reports (and with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Issuer's certified independent accountants), subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any certifications required by Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

        Except as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, all such reports will be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. In addition, following the consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the registration rights agreement, the Issuer will file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and will post the reports on its website within those time periods. The Issuer will at all times comply with TIA §314(a).

        If, at any time after consummation of the exchange offer contemplated by the registration rights agreement, the Issuer is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Issuer will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this covenant with the Commission within the time periods specified above unless the Commission will not accept such a filing. The Issuer will not take any action for the purpose of causing the Commission not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Issuer's filings for any reason, the Issuer will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Issuer were required to file those reports with the Commission.

        If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraphs will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as Parent, or any direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer, is a Guarantor of the notes, the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and provided as described hereunder may, at the Issuer's option, be filed by and be those of Parent or such other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer rather than the Issuer and

166


Table of Contents


(b) in the event that Parent or such other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer conducts any business or holds any significant assets other than the capital stock of the Issuer at the time of filing and providing any such report, information or other document containing financial statements of Parent or such other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer, Parent or such other direct or indirect parent holding company of the Issuer shall include in such report, information or other document summarized financial information (as defined in Rule 1-02(bb) of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission) with respect to the Issuer.

        In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any notes remain outstanding, if at any time they are not required to file with the Commission the reports required by the preceding paragraphs, they will furnish to the Holders of notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Events of Default and Remedies

        The following events constitute "Events of Default" under the Indenture:

167


Table of Contents

        If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, and interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture to be due and payable immediately.

        Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this section, all outstanding notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the notes if the Trustee reasonably determines that acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of such notes.

        The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued thereunder by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of such notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any such note held by a non-consenting Holder. In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of the acceleration of the notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required, within five Business Days, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default or any default under any document, instrument or agreement representing Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

        No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason

168


Table of Contents


of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

        The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full of all of the notes issued under the Indenture. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture and have each Guarantor's obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee ("Legal Defeasance") and cure all then existing Events of Default except for:

        In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and those of each Guarantor released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under "—Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

        In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the notes issued under the Indenture:

169


Table of Contents

Satisfaction and Discharge

        The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when either:

170


Table of Contents

        In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes

        The Indenture provides that the Issuer will maintain one or more paying agents for the notes. The initial paying agent for the notes is the Trustee.

        The Issuer will also maintain a registrar. The initial registrar is the Trustee. The registrar maintains a register reflecting ownership of the notes outstanding from time to time and will make payments on and facilitate transfer of notes on behalf of the Issuer.

        The Issuer may change the paying agents or the registrars without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary may act as a paying agent or registrar.

Transfer and Exchange

        A Holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days before a selection of notes to be redeemed.

        The registered Holder of a note will be treated as the owner of the note for all purposes.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

        Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any related Guarantee and the notes issued thereunder may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding and issued under the Indenture, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the notes issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the Indenture, other than notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for notes).

171


Table of Contents

        The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any notes issued under the Indenture and held by a non-consenting Holder:

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, any Guarantee, or the notes:

172


Table of Contents

        The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

Notices

        Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

Concerning the Trustee

        The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.

        The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes issued thereunder will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

173


Table of Contents

Governing Law

        The Indenture, the notes and the related Guarantees are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Certain Definitions

        Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. For purposes of the Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term "consolidated" with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

        "Acquired Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person,

        "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

        "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

        "Asset Sale" means

174


Table of Contents

175


Table of Contents

        "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a legal holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a legal holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

        "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

176


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

        "Change of Control" means:

        "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        "Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense" means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including any amortization of deferred financing fees and amortization in relation to terminated Hedging Obligations, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

177


Table of Contents

        "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

        "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

178


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" only (other than clause (c)(4) thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (c)(4) thereof.

        "Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio" means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens on assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Securities less the amount of any cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of restricted cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, to (2) the Issuer's EBITDA for such period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

        "Consolidated Total Indebtedness" means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all preferred stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and preferred stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. For purposes hereof, the "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock as if such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based

179


Table of Contents


upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Issuer.

        "Contingent Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness ("primary obligations") of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

        "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer who:

        "Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, and as amended on March 21, 2011, by and among the Issuer as borrower, the Guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Harris N.A. as collateral agent, Bank of Montreal as administrative agent and together with Natixis Securities North America Inc., or an affiliate thereof, joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, Natixis Securities North America Inc., or an affiliate thereof, as syndication agent, and Jefferies & Company, Inc., or an affiliate thereof, as documentation agent, including any related notes, guarantees collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time.

        "Credit Facilities" means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities, receivables facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced in any manner (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

        "Default" means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

        "Designated Noncash Consideration" means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers' Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less

180


Table of Contents


the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.

        "Designated Preferred Stock" means preferred stock of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments" covenant.

        "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the notes and the date the notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock in the event of a change of control or asset sale will not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption is permitted under the terms of the Indenture.

        "Domestic Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

        "EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (without duplication):

181


Table of Contents

        "EMU" means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

        "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

        "Equity Offering" means any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

        "euro" means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

        "Excluded Contribution" means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers' Certificate executed by a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments."

182


Table of Contents

        "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, plus interest accruing thereon, until such amounts are repaid.

        "Fair Market Value" means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary with respect to valuations not in excess of $10.0 million or determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary with respect to valuations equal to or in excess of $10.0 million, as applicable, which determination will be conclusive (unless otherwise provided in the Indenture).

        "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than reductions in amounts outstanding under revolving facilities unless accompanied by a corresponding termination of commitment) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneous with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made (or committed to be made pursuant to a definitive agreement) by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

        For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (including pro forma expense and cost reductions, regardless of whether these cost savings could then be reflected in pro forma financial statements in accordance with Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or any other regulation or policy of the Commission related thereto).

        If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance

183


Table of Contents


of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

        "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

        "Foreign Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

        "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date.

        "Government Securities" means securities that are

which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

        "guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

        "Guarantee" means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer's Indenture Obligations.

        "Guarantors" means Parent and any Subsidiary of Parent that executes a Note Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

        "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under

184


Table of Contents

        "Holder" means a holder of the notes.

        "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person,

        For the avoidance of doubt, (a) customer advances made in the ordinary course of business and (b) obligations that constitute Contingent Obligations in accordance with the definition thereof shall not constitute "Indebtedness" of any Person.

        "Independent Financial Advisor" means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

        "Investment Grade Securities" means marketable securities of a Person (other than the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, an Affiliate of joint venture of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary), acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business that are rated, at the time of acquisition, BBB- (or the equivalent) or higher by S&P and Baa3 (or the equivalent) or higher by Moody's.

        "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, deposits, commission, travel, moving, payroll and similar advances to officers, directors and employees, in each case made in the

185


Table of Contents


ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and the covenant described under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,"

        "Issue Date" means May 10, 2010.

        "Issuer" means Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

        "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

        "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of any payments required to be made to any Person holding a Lien on the assets subject to such Asset Sale, the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Noncash Consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

        "Obligations" means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable

186


Table of Contents


state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker's acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

        "Officer" means the Chairman of the board of directors, the President, chief executive officer, chief financial officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.

        "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer that meets the requirements set forth in the Indenture.

        "Other Pari Passu Obligations" means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness ranking pari passu in right of payment with the notes.

        "Parent" means Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        "Permitted Asset Swap" means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the "Asset Sales" covenant.

        "Permitted Holder" means (i) the Sponsor, (ii) any limited partner of the Sponsor and (iii) the members of management of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and its subsidiaries who are investors, directly or indirectly, in the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Sponsor and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies.

        "Permitted Investments" means

187


Table of Contents

188


Table of Contents

        "Permitted Liens" means, with respect to any Person:

189


Table of Contents

190


Table of Contents

191


Table of Contents

        For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Permitted Liens need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described above but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens described above, the Issuer may, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such item of Permitted Liens (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and the Issuer may divide and classify a Lien in more than one of the types of Permitted Liens in one of the above clauses.

        "Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

        "preferred stock" means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

        "Qualified Proceeds" means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the Fair Market Value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the board of directors in good faith.

        "Related Business Assets" means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

        "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

        "Restricted Subsidiary" means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of "Restricted Subsidiary."

        "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

        "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.

        "Similar Business" means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

        "Sponsor" means Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P. and their respective Affiliates (but not including, however, any operating portfolio companies of the foregoing).

192


Table of Contents

        "Subordinated Indebtedness" means:

        "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person,

        "Total Assets" means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

        "Total Assets of Foreign Subsidiaries" means the total assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries of the Issuer, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Foreign Subsidiaries for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which any calculation of Total Assets of Foreign Subsidiaries is being made, with such pro forma adjustments for transactions consummated on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of the calculation as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

        "Treasury Rate" means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to May 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

        "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means:

193


Table of Contents

        The board of directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

        The board of directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Issuer could either (1) incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described in the first sentence under "—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock" or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the board resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

        "Voting Stock" of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

        "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing

        "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

194


Table of Contents

Additional Information

        Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and the registration rights agreement without charge by writing to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., 331 Treble Cove Rd., Building 600, N. Billerica, Massachusetts 01862, Attention: General Counsel.

Book-entry, Settlement and Clearance

        The notes were offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A ("Rule 144A Notes"). The notes were also offered and sold to persons other than U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S ("Regulation S Notes"). All of the notes were issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. New notes were issued at the closing of this offering only against payment in immediately available funds.

        Rule 144A Notes initially were represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, "Rule 144A Global Notes"). Regulation S Notes initially were represented by one or more temporary notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, "Regulation S Temporary Global Notes").

        The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes were deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. Through and including the 40th day after the later of the commencement of this offering and the closing of this offering (the "Distribution Compliance Period"), beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes may be held only through the Euroclear System ("Euroclear") and Clearstream Banking, S.A. ("Clearstream") (as indirect participants in DTC), unless transferred to a person that takes delivery through a Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with the certification requirements described below. Within a reasonable time period after the expiration of the Restricted Period, the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes were exchanged for one or more permanent new notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the "Regulation S Permanent Global Notes" and, together with the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes, the "Regulation S Global Notes"; the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes collectively being the "Global Notes") upon delivery to DTC of certification of compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the new notes and pursuant to Regulation S as provided in the Indenture. Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes at any time in the limited circumstances described below. See "—Exchanges Between Regulation S Notes and Rule 144A Notes."

        Except as set forth below, Global Notes may be transferred only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee, in whole and not in part. Except in the limited circumstances described below, beneficial interests in Global Notes may not be exchanged for new notes in certificated form and owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of new notes in certificated form. See "—Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes." In addition, beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes or vice versa except in accordance with the transfer and certification requirements described below. See "—Exchanges Between Regulation S Notes and Rule 144A Notes."

        Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes (including beneficial interests in the new notes they represent) are subject to certain restrictions on transfer and bear restrictive legends. In addition, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream (as indirect participants in DTC)), which may change from time to time.

195


Table of Contents

Depository Procedures

        The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream is provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We take no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urge investors to contact the system or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

        DTC has advised us that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the "Indirect Participants"). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.

        DTC has also advised us that, pursuant to procedures established by it:

        Investors in 144A Global Notes who are Participants in DTC's system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in 144A Global Notes who are not Participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) that are Participants in DTC. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Investors in Regulation S Global Notes must initially hold their interests therein through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in those systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period (but not earlier), investors may also hold interests in Regulation S Global Notes through Participants in the DTC system other than Euroclear and Clearstream. Euroclear and Clearstream will hold interests in Regulation S Global Notes on behalf of their participants through customers' securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositories, which are Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A., as operator of Clearstream which in turn hold such interests in customers' securities accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Interests in a Global Note held through Euroclear or Clearstream may be subject to the procedures and requirements of those systems (as well as to the procedures and requirements of DTC). The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own and the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to Persons that are subject to those requirements will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge those interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions

196


Table of Contents

in respect of those interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing those interests.

        Except as described below, owners of an interest in Global Notes will not have new notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of definitive new notes in registered certificated form ("Certificated Notes") and will not be considered the registered owners or "Holders" thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.

        Payments in respect of the principal of and premium, and interest on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names new notes, including Global Notes, are registered as the owners of such new notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

        DTC has advised us that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the new notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on that payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of new notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee, any paying agent or the Issuer. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any paying agent will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of any new notes, and the Issuer, the Trustee and any paying agent may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

        Transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC's procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

        Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the new notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the Participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC's rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note from DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

197


Table of Contents

        DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of the new notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of the portion of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes as to which that Participant or those Participants has or have given the relevant direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the new notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended new notes in certificated form, and to distribute those new notes to its Participants.

        Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in Global Notes among Participants, they are under no obligation to perform those procedures, and may discontinue or change those procedures at any time. Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream or their respective Participants or Indirect Participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

        A Global Note is exchangeable for a Certificated Note if:

        In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in a Global Note will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend, unless that legend is not required by applicable law.

Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes

        If Certificated Notes are issued in the future, they will not be exchangeable for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that the transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to the new notes being transferred.

Exchanges Between Regulation S Notes and Rule 144A Notes

        Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note (whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period) only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that the transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144.

        Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note may be made to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in

198


Table of Contents


the Rule 144A Global Note; provided that a written certification (in the form provided in the Indenture) is delivered to the Trustee to the effect that such transfer is being made to a Person who is reasonably believed to be a QIB acquiring for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction complying with Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of the states of the United States and other jurisdictions. After the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, this certification requirement will no longer apply to such transfers.

        Transfers involving exchanges of beneficial interests between a Regulation S Global Note and a Rule 144A Global Note will be effected in DTC by means of an instruction originated by the DTC participant through the DTC Deposit/Withdraw at Custodian system. Accordingly, in connection with any such transfer, appropriate adjustments will be made to reflect the changes in the principal amounts of the Regulation S Global Note and the Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the other Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in the original Global Note and will become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interest in the other Global Note.

Certifications by Holders of the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes

        A holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Notes must provide Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, with a certificate in the form required by the Indenture certifying that the beneficial owner of the interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note is either a non-U.S. person or a U.S. person that has purchased such interest in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, and Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, must provide to the Trustee (or the paying agent if other than the Trustee) a certificate in the form required by the Indenture, prior to any exchange of such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes.

Same Day Settlement and Payment

        We will make payments in respect of new notes represented by Global Notes, including payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the DTC or its nominee. We will make all payments of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders of the Certificated Notes or, if no account is specified, by mailing a check to each Holder's registered address. See "—Principal, Maturity and Interest." New notes represented by Global Notes are expected to be eligible to trade in DTC's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in new notes represented by Global Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant purchasing an interest in a Global Note from a Participant will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a Business Day for Euroclear and Clearstream) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. DTC has advised us that cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream as a result of sales of interests in a Global Note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream participant to a Participant will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account only as of the Business Day for Euroclear or Clearstream following DTC's settlement date.

199


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes in the exchange offer for its own account must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of such Exchange Notes. Broker-dealers who acquired the Restricted Notes directly from us in the initial offering must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resales of the Exchange Notes and cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Commission enunciated in the Exxon Capital no-action letter. In addition, broker-dealers who acquired Restricted Notes directly from us in the initial offering cannot use this prospectus in connection with resales of the Exchange Notes. We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for, or to offer Exchange Notes for, any Restricted Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the expiration of the exchange offer pursuant to this prospectus or otherwise and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Restricted Notes in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, including broker-dealers in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, where such Exchange Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and may be used by us to purchase any Restricted Notes outstanding after expiration of the exchange offer. We have agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is completed, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                , 2011, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

        We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers in the exchange offer for their own account may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it in the exchange offer for its own account and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of such Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

        For a period of up to 180 days from the date on which the exchange offer is completed, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify holders of the Notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

200


Table of Contents


CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer. It does not contain a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to the exchange. This summary is limited to holders of Restricted Notes that hold the Restricted Notes as "capital assets" (in general, assets held for investment). Special situations, such as the following, are not addressed:

        The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, existing and proposed Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings, judicial decisions and administrative interpretations thereunder, as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

Consequences of Tendering Notes

        The exchange of the Restricted Notes for the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer will not constitute a taxable exchange. As a result, you will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of such exchange, the holding period of the Exchange Notes you receive will include the holding period of the Restricted Notes you exchange and the adjusted tax basis of the Exchange Notes you receive will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the Restricted Notes you exchange.

        The preceding discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, each investor is urged to consult its own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to it of exchanging Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes, including the applicability and effect of any U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

201


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP has passed upon the validity of the Exchange Notes and the related guarantees on behalf of the issuer.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We are currently subject to the periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, file reports and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC's home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

        So long as we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we and the guarantors are required to make available to the trustee and the holders of the notes the information required to be filed with the SEC. Regardless of whether we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we have agreed that for as long as any of the notes remain outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee and holders of the notes certain information that would otherwise be required to be filed with the SEC under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

        This prospectus contains summaries of certain agreements that we have entered into in connection with the March 2011 issuance and the exchange offer, such as the indenture and agreements described under "Summary—Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." The descriptions contained in this prospectus of these agreements do not purport to be complete and are subject to, or qualified in their entirety by reference to, the definitive agreements.

202


Table of Contents


Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
  Page

LANTHEUS MI INTERMEDIATE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 
F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc.
North Billerica, Massachusetts

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 7, 2011 (April 1, 2011 as to Note 22)

F-2


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
  December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009  
 
  (in thousands except share data)
 

Assets

             
 

Current assets

             
   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 33,006   $ 31,480  
   

Accounts receivable, net

    50,452     42,951  
   

Inventory

    20,117     19,611  
   

Deferred tax assets

    4,266     1,167  
   

Other current assets

    3,158     2,905  
           
     

Total current assets

    110,999     98,114  
 

Property, plant and equipment, net

    120,684     122,760  
 

Capitalized software development costs

    3,896     4,802  
 

Intangibles, net

    124,689     147,011  
 

Goodwill

    15,714     16,818  
 

Deferred tax assets

    78,312     79,099  
 

Deferred financing costs

    9,425     3,038  
 

Other long-term assets

    32,162     20,901  
           
     

Total assets

  $ 495,881   $ 492,543  
           

Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity

             
 

Current liabilities

             
   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $   $ 30,000  
   

Accounts payable

    24,528     19,710  
   

Accrued expenses

    18,605     18,645  
   

Income tax payable

    128     1,453  
   

Deferred revenue

    7,261     4,750  
           
     

Total current liabilities

    50,522     74,558  
 

Asset retirement obligation

    4,372     3,746  
 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    250,000     63,649  
 

Deferred tax liability

    1,853     2,199  
 

Deferred revenue

    2,668     5,335  
 

Other long-term liabilities

    33,032     32,477  
           
     

Total liabilities

    342,447     181,964  
           

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 15 and 17)

         

Stockholder's equity

             
 

Common stock ($0.001 par value, 10,000 shares authorized; 1 share issued and outstanding)

         
 

Additional paid-in capital

    150,316     247,883  
 

Retained earnings

    2,410     63,138  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    708     (442 )
           
     

Total stockholder's equity

    153,434     310,579  
           
     

Total liabilities and stockholder's equity

  $ 495,881   $ 492,543  
           

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

                   
 

Net product revenues

  $ 345,747   $ 352,303   $ 531,740  
 

License and other revenues

    8,209     7,908     5,104  
               
   

Total revenues

    353,956     360,211     536,844  

Cost of goods sold

    204,006     184,844     244,496  
               
   

Gross profit

    149,950     175,367     292,348  
               

Operating expenses

                   
 

General and administrative expenses

    30,042     35,430     64,909  
 

Sales and marketing expenses

    45,384     42,337     45,730  
 

Research and development expenses

    45,130     44,631     34,682  
 

In-process research and development

            28,240  
               
   

Total operating expenses

    120,556     122,398     173,561  
               
   

Operating income

    29,394     52,969     118,787  

Interest expense

    (20,395 )   (13,458 )   (31,038 )

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    (3,057 )        

Interest income

    179     73     693  

Other income, net

    1,314     2,720     2,950  
               
   

Income before income taxes

    7,435     42,304     91,392  

Provision for income taxes

    (2,465 )   (21,952 )   (48,606 )
               
   

Net income

  $ 4,970   $ 20,352   $ 42,786  
               

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Total
Stockholder's
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount  
 
  (in thousands, except share data)
 

Balance at January 1, 2008

        $—   $   $   $   $  

Issuance of common stock in connection with acquisition

   
1
   
   
245,400
   
   
   
245,400
 

Comprehensive income

                                     
 

Net income

                42,786       $ 42,786  
 

Foreign currency translation

                    (1,745 )   (1,745 )
                                     
   

Total other comprehensive income

                                $ 41,041  

Stock-based compensation

            1,368             1,368  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

   
1
   
   
246,768
   
42,786
   
(1,745

)
 
287,809
 

Comprehensive income

                                     
 

Net income

                20,352       $ 20,352  
 

Foreign currency translation

                    1,303     1,303  
                                     
   

Total other comprehensive income

                                $ 21,655  

Stock-based compensation

            1,115             1,115  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

    1         247,883     63,138     (442 )   310,579  

Dividend paid to LMI Holdings (see Note 11)

   
   
   
(98,078

)
 
(65,698

)
 
   
(163,776

)

Comprehensive income

                                     
 

Net income

                4,970       $ 4,970  
 

Foreign currency translation

                    1,150     1,150  
                                     
   

Total other comprehensive income

                                $ 6,120  

Stock-based compensation

            511             511  
                           

Balance at December 31, 2010

    1     $—   $ 150,316   $ 2,410   $ 708   $ 153,434  
                           

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash flow from operating activities

                   

Net income

  $ 4,970   $ 20,352   $ 42,786  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flow from operating activities

                   
 

Depreciation

    11,377     10,865     10,096  
 

Amortization

    23,824     30,842     63,084  
 

Amortization of deferred financing charges

    1,812     2,626     6,021  
 

Write-off of deferred financing charges

    2,278          
 

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

    13,814     4,125     5,791  
 

Stock-based compensation

    1,634     1,209     1,368  
 

Deferred income taxes

    (1,549 )   10,826     (4,447 )
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            28,240  
 

Accretion of asset retirement obligation

    435     378     355  
 

Loss on disposal of long-lived assets

    270          
 

Long-term income tax receivable

    1,519     (942 )   (2,475 )
 

Long-term income tax payable

    556     3,325     2,475  
 

Non-cash earnings

            (3,325 )

Increase (decrease) in cash from operating assets and liabilities

                   
 

Accounts receivable, net

    (7,564 )   28,023     72  
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (237 )   5,480     (1,761 )
 

Inventory

    (27,209 )   (10,595 )   5,294  
 

Deferred revenue

    (151 )   6,036     4,079  
 

Accounts payable

    3,227     (3,171 )   5,066  
 

Income tax payable

    (1,325 )   1,453     (5,950 )
 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    (1,364 )   (15,049 )   21,676  
               
   

Cash provided by operating activities

    26,317     95,783     178,445  
               

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Capital expenditures

    (8,335 )   (8,856 )   (12,175 )

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

            (518,657 )

Acquisition of intangibles

    (215 )   (29,495 )    
               
   

Cash used in investing activities

    (8,550 )   (38,351 )   (530,832 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities

                   
 

Proceeds from issuance of debt

    250,000          
 

Proceeds from issuance of term loan

            296,500  
 

Payment of term loan

    (93,649 )   (49,102 )   (153,749 )
 

Debt issuance costs

    (10,125 )       (11,685 )
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

            245,400  
 

Proceeds from line of credit

        28,000      
 

Payment of dividend

    (163,776 )        
 

Payment of line of credit

        (28,000 )    
               
   

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (17,550 )   (49,102 )   376,466  
               

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

   
1,309
   
2,114
   
(3,043

)
               

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

   
1,526
   
10,444
   
21,036
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    31,480     21,036      
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 33,006   $ 31,480   $ 21,036  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   
 

Interest paid

  $ 15,246   $ 10,693   $ 23,755  
 

Income taxes paid / (refunded), net

  $ (1,854 ) $ (2,318 ) $ 56,351  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

Separation from Bristol-Myers Squibb

        On January 8, 2008, Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. ("LMI Holdings") acquired the medical imaging business from Bristol-Myers Squibb ("BMS") for an aggregate purchase price of $518.7 million, including transaction costs of $14.7 million. The business, now known as Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Lantheus"), including Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., was purchased through a stock and asset purchase agreement, in which LMI Holdings purchased the stock at approximately $487.9 million and certain assets and liabilities for $30.8 million. The acquisition included employees in the United States and other countries dedicated to the Company, related product patent and developed technology and certain other assets, including the manufacturing facilities located in North Billerica, Massachusetts. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of LMI Holdings.

        For the purpose of convenience, the Company has assumed an effective date of January 1, 2008 for the acquisition. The Company determined the results of operations between the effective date and the acquisition date are not material and these results have been included with the Company's results of operations. In the accompanying 2008 consolidated statement of income, the Company included net revenues of approximately $12.0 million, gross profit of approximately $8.3 million, operating income of approximately $5.4 million and net income of $3.3 million relating to the period from January 1, 2008 through January 7, 2008. The net income effect of this period of $3.3 million has been included as Non-cash earnings within operating activities on the consolidated statement of cash flows and as goodwill on the consolidated balance sheets.

        The Company manufactures, markets, sells and distributes medical imaging products globally with operations in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada and Australia and distribution relationships in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. The Company provides medical imaging products, primarily focused on cardiovascular diagnostic imaging, to nuclear physicians, cardiologists, radiologists, internal medicine physicians, independent delivery networks, group purchasing organizations and technologists/sonographers working in a variety of clinical settings.

        The Company's principal products include:

        In the U.S., the Company's products are marketed through an internal sales force and sold through distributors to radiopharmacies and end-users. Radiopharmacies reconstitute certain of the products into patient specific unit dose syringes which are then sold directly to hospitals and clinics. Internationally, the Company's products are marketed through an internal sales force and sold through Company-owned radiopharmacies in certain countries and elsewhere through distributors.

F-7


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

        The financial statements have been prepared in United States dollars, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements include certain judgments regarding revenue recognition, goodwill and intangible asset valuation, inventory valuation, asset retirement obligations, income tax liabilities, deferred tax assets and liabilities, accrued expenses and stock-based compensation. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates or assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, title has passed, substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the customer, the selling price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. For transactions for which revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the respective amounts are recorded as deferred revenue until such point in time the criteria are met and revenue can be recognized. Revenue is recognized net of reserves, which consist of allowances for returns, sales rebates, and chargebacks.

        Revenue arrangements with multiple elements are divided into separate units of accounting if certain criteria are met, including whether the delivered element has stand-alone value to the customer and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered items. Supply or service transactions may involve the charge of a nonrefundable initial fee with subsequent periodic payments for future products or services. The up-front fees, even if nonrefundable, are earned (and revenue is recognized) as the products and/or services are delivered and performed over the term of the arrangement.

        On January 1, 2009, the Company executed an amendment to a license and supply agreement (the "Agreement") with one of its customers, granting non-exclusive U.S. license and supply rights to the customer for the period from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2012. Under the terms of the Agreement, the customer paid the Company $10 million in license fees; $8 million of which was received upon execution of the agreement and $2 million of which was received in June 2009 upon delivery of a special license as defined in the Agreement. The Company's product sales under the Agreement are recognized in the same manner as its normal product sales. The Company is recognizing the license fees as revenue on a straight line basis over the term of the four-year Agreement. The Company recognized $2.5 million in license fee revenue in both 2010 and 2009, and had deferred revenue of $5.0 and $7.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to the Agreement. The $5.0 million of deferred revenue as of December 31, 2010 will be recognized as revenue at a rate of $2.5 million per year in 2011 through 2012.

F-8


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In addition, the Company had other revenue of $5.7 million, $5.4 million and $5.1 million in fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Other revenue represents contract manufacturing services related to one of the Company's products for one customer. The related costs are included in cost of goods sold.

        In January 2010, the Company launched a new medical imaging product, Ablavar, which was acquired by the Company in April 2009. Because the Company was not assured that the price was fixed and determinable and due to the inability to reasonably estimate product returns, the Company has deferred recognition of $2.6 million of revenue relating to Ablavar shipments, associated with a distributor arrangement. The corresponding cost has been recorded in inventory as of December 31, 2010. The Company is recognizing revenue associated with this arrangement on the sell-through method.

Product Returns

        The Company provides a reserve for its estimate of sales recorded for which the related products are expected to be returned. The Company does not typically accept product returns unless an over shipment or non-conforming shipment was provided to the customer, or if the product was defective. The Company adjusts its estimate of product returns if it becomes aware of other factors that it believes could significantly impact its expected returns. These factors include its estimate of actual and historical return rates for non-conforming product and open return requests.

Distributor Relationships

        Revenue for product sold to distributors is recognized at shipment, unless revenue recognition criteria have not been met. In such instances where collectibility cannot be determined or the selling price cannot be reasonably estimated until the distributor has sold through the goods, the Company defers such revenue until such time as the goods have been sold through to the end-user customer, or the selling price can be reasonably estimated based on history of transactions with such distributor.

Rebates, Discounts and Chargebacks

        The Company records a reduction to revenue for estimates of rebates, discounts and chargebacks that are based on its estimated mix of sales to various customers, which are entitled contractually to either discounts or rebates from the Company's listed prices of its products. In the event that the sales mix is different from its estimates, the Company may be required to pay higher or lower total price adjustments and/or chargebacks than it has estimated. Since the Company only offers discounts to end-user customers under federally mandated programs, chargebacks have not been significant to the Company.

        Sales rebates and other accruals were approximately $910,000 and $427,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase resulted principally from the addition of rebate contracts in 2010. These accruals were established in the same period the related revenue was recognized, resulting in a reduction to sales and the establishment of a liability for amounts already paid by the customer and are included in accrued expense and other in the accompanying balance sheets.

F-9


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax attributes are expected to be recovered or paid, and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted.

        Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. The assessment of whether or not a valuation allowance is required often requires significant judgment including the forecast of future taxable income and the evaluation of tax planning initiatives. Adjustments to the deferred tax valuation allowances are made in the period when such assessments are made.

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions using a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements are recorded as adjustments to income taxes payable or receivable, or adjustments to deferred taxes, or both. The Company provides disclosure at the end of each annual reporting period of a tabular reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits. The Company classifies interest and penalties within the provision for income taxes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents include savings deposits, certificates of deposit and money market funds that have maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts billed and currently due from customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. In determining the allowance, consideration includes the probability of recoverability based on past experience and general economic factors. Certain accounts receivable may be fully reserved when specific collection issues are known to exist, such as pending bankruptcy. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had allowances for doubtful accounts of approximately $796,000 and $738,000, respectively.

Concentration of Risks and Limited Suppliers

        Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. The Company periodically reviews its accounts receivable for collectibility and provides for an allowance for doubtful accounts to the extent that amounts are not expected to be collected. The Company sells primarily to large national distributors, which in turn, may resell the Company's products. There were three customers that represented greater than 10% of the total accounts receivable balance and net revenue, the majority of which is included in our U.S. segment.

F-10


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 
  Accounts Receivable
as of
December 31,
  Revenue
for the year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2010   2009   2010   2009  

Company A

    23 %   21 %   27 %   30 %

Company B

    13 %   10 %   15 %   13 %

Company C

    9 %   9 %   12 %   10 %

        The Company's cash and cash equivalents are maintained with various financial institutions.

        The Company relies on certain materials used in its development and manufacturing processes, some of which are procured from only one or a few sources. The failure of one of these suppliers to deliver on schedule could delay or interrupt the manufacturing or commercialization process and thereby adversely affect the Company's operating results. In addition, a disruption in the commercial supply of, or a significant increase in, the cost of one of the Company's materials from these sources could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial position and results of operations. In May 2009 until August 2010, Nordion, the Company's largest supplier of molybdenum-99 ("moly"), a key raw material in the Company's TechneLite® product, was affected by a nuclear reactor shutdown. The Company was not fully able to replace all of the quantity of supply it previously received from Nordion, which had a negative impact on the Company's results of operations.

        Cardiolite® and TechneLite®, accounted for approximately 22% and 35%, respectively, of net product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2010, 34% and 32%, respectively, of net product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 60% and 23% respectively for the year ended December 31, 2008. In July 2008, the Company's market exclusivity for Cardiolite® expired, and in September 2008, the first of several competing generic products to Cardiolite were launched.

Inventory

        Inventory includes material, direct labor and related manufacturing overhead, and is stated at the lower of cost or market on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory to determine whether adjustments for impairment are required. Inventory that is in excess of future requirements is written down to its estimated net realizable value based upon forecasted demand for its products. If actual demand is less favorable than what has been forecasted by management, additional inventory write-down may be required.

        In January 2010, the Company commercially launched its Ablavar product. Based on the current expected market penetration and management's current estimates of projected sales, the Company performed an analysis of its expected utilization of Ablavar inventory on hand and the amount of inventory the Company will be obligated to purchase under an existing purchase arrangement, and recorded an inventory write-down of finished product of $10.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. See Note 6 for further discussion.

Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Replacements of major units of property are capitalized and replaced properties are retired. Replacements of minor components of property and repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is generally computed

F-11


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


on a straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful lives of the major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

Buildings   50 years
Land improvements   40 years
Machinery and equipment   3-20 years
Furniture and fixtures   15 years
Leasehold improvements   Lesser of lease term or 15 years

        Upon retirement or other disposal of property, plant and equipment, the cost and related amount of accumulated depreciation are removed from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts, respectively. The difference, if any, between the net asset value and the proceeds is included in operating income.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

        Certain costs to obtain internal use software for significant systems projects are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software, which ranges from 3 to 5 years. Costs to obtain software for projects that are not significant are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, was $3.9 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Amortization expense related to the capitalized software was $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $531,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Goodwill, Intangibles and Long-Lived Assets

        Goodwill is not amortized but the carrying value is tested annually for impairment at October 31 as well as whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company performs this test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit containing goodwill to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the Company would calculate the potential impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying value of the goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, then an impairment charge would be recorded. The Company calculates the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach which utilizes discounted forecasted future cash flows and the market approach which utilizes fair value multiples of comparable publicly traded companies. The discounted cash flows are based on the Company's most recent long-term financial projections and are discounted using a risk adjusted rate of return which is determined using estimates of market participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital and reflects the risks associated with achieving future cash flows. The market approach is calculated using the guideline company method, where the Company uses market multiples derived from stock prices of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business. A combination of the two methods is utilized to derive the fair value of the business in order to decrease the inherent risk associated with each model if used independently. If the fair value were to decline, the Company may be required to incur material charges relating to the impairment of goodwill. The Company did not identify any impairment in goodwill in 2010, 2009 or 2008.

F-12


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company performs impairment testing for intangible and long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an asset or group of assets may not be recoverable. The Company measures the recoverability of assets to be held and used by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment equals the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Any impairments are recorded as permanent reductions in the carrying amount of the assets.

        Intangible assets, consisting of patents, trademarks and customer relationships related to the Company's products are amortized in a method equivalent to the estimated utilization of the economic benefit of the asset, with weighted average useful lives ranging from 6 to 19 years. Tradenames and patents are amortized on a straight line basis and customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis.

        The Company determined that its write down of Ablavar inventory in the fourth quarter of 2010 (see Note 6) represented an event that warranted assessment of the $24.6 million Ablavar patent portfolio for its recoverability. Based on the Company's estimate of future undiscounted cash flows associated with the Ablavar product, the Company has concluded the patent portfolio is recoverable by a narrow margin. The Company's estimate of undiscounted cash flows assumes it is granted its U.S. request for regulatory extension of its Ablavar patent portfolio until 2020. Currently the Company's patent rights to Ablavar expire as late as 2017. In the event the Company does not meet its sales expectations or its costs and expenses exceed the costs and expenses incorporated into its projection model, an impairment of the Ablavar patent portfolio may be required.

Deferred Financing Charges

        Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the unamortized deferred financing fees were $9.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The expense associated with the deferred financing fees was $1.8 million, $2.6 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was included in interest expense. In connection with the Company's refinancing in the second quarter of 2010, a write-off of existing deferred financing charges of $2.3 million was recorded.

Contingencies

        In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to loss contingencies, such as legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business, that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, product and environmental liability. The Company records accruals for such loss contingencies when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company does not recognize gain contingencies until realized.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, including its cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate the carrying values of these instruments due to their short term nature. The estimated fair value of the debt, based on

F-13


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


borrowing rates available to the Company at December 31, 2010 for similar debt, was $257.9 million compared to the carrying value of $250.0 million.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        The Company typically does not charge customers for shipping and handling costs. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold and were $16.6 million, $16.6 million and $16.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

        Advertising and promotion costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $4.2 million, $4.1 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and are included in sales and marketing expenses.

Research and Development

        Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and relate primarily to the development of new products to add to the Company's portfolio and cost related to its medical affairs and medical information functions. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred and recognized as an expense as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The statements of income of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. The net assets of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using the end of period exchange rates. The impact from translating the net assets of these subsidiaries at changing rates are recorded in the foreign currency translation adjustment account, which is included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

        For the year ended December 31, 2010, losses arising from foreign currency transactions totaled approximately $209,000. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, gains arising from foreign currency transactions totaled approximately $794,000 and $832,000, respectively. Transaction gains and losses are reported as a component of other income, net.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company's stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date of the stock-based award based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, and includes an estimate of the awards that will be forfeited. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The fair value of stock option awards is affected by the valuation assumptions, including the expected volatility based on comparable market participants, expected term of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. When a contingent cash settlement of vested options becomes probable, the Company reclassifies its vested awards to a liability and accounts for any incremental compensation cost in the period in which the settlement becomes probable.

F-14


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income, plus all changes in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including any foreign currency translation adjustments. These changes in equity are recorded as adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Company's consolidated balance sheet. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Asset Retirement Obligations

        The Company's compliance with federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations may require it to remove or mitigate the effects of the disposal or release of chemical substances in jurisdictions where it does business or maintains properties. The Company establishes accruals when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Accrual amounts are estimated based on currently available information, regulatory requirements, remediation strategies, historical experience, our relative shares of the total remediation costs and a relevant discount rate, when the time periods of estimated costs can be reasonably predicted. Changes in these assumptions could impact the Company's future reported results. The amount recorded for asset retirement obligations in the accompanying balance sheet at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $4.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Recent Accounting Standards

        In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-17, Revenue Recognition — Milestone Method (ASU 2010-017). ASU 2010-017 provides guidance in applying the milestone method of revenue recognition to research or development arrangements. Under this guidance management may recognize revenue contingent upon the achievement of a milestone in its entirety, in the period in which the milestone is achieved, only if the milestone meets all the criteria within the guidance to be considered substantive. This ASU is effective on a prospective basis for research and development milestones achieved in fiscal years, beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted; however, the Company has elected to implement ASU 2010-17 prospectively, and as a result, the effect of this guidance will be limited to future transactions. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

        In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-027, Fees Paid to the Federal Government by Pharmaceutical Manufacturers (ASU 2010-027). ASU 2010-027 provides guidance concerning the recognition and classification of the new annual fee payable by branded prescription drug manufactures and importers on branded prescription drugs which was mandated under the health care reform legislation enacted in the U.S. in March 2010. Under this new accounting standard, the annual fee would be presented as a component of operating expenses and recognized over the calendar year such fees are payable using a straight-line method of allocation unless another method better allocates the fee over the calendar year. This ASU is effective for calendar years beginning on or after December 31, 2010, when the fee initially becomes effective. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this accounting standard will have an impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

F-15


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Acquisition

Lantheus

        On January 8, 2008, the stock and asset purchase agreement (the "Agreement") between ACP Lantern Holdings, Inc. (now known as LMI Holdings), ACP Lantern Acquisition, Inc. and BMS to acquire Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, subsequently known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, was completed for an aggregate purchase price of $518.7 million, including transaction costs of $14.7 million. The acquisition included employees in the United States and other countries dedicated to the Company, related product patent and developed technology and certain other assets, including the manufacturing facilities located in North Billerica, Massachusetts. The acquisition allows for the Company to focus on growing its market in the medical imaging industry.

        The following table summarizes the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

 
  (in thousands)  

Assets acquired:

       
 

Accounts receivable

  $ 70,226  
 

Inventory

    26,838  
 

Other current assets

    1,780  
 

Property, plant and equipment

    129,064  
 

Customer relationships

    113,480  
 

In-process research and development

    28,240  
 

Tradenames

    53,390  
 

Patents

    42,780  
 

Goodwill

    13,493  
 

Long-term deferred tax asset

    88,316  
 

Other current assets

    222  
 

Other long-term assets

    17,484  

Liabilities assumed:

       
 

Accounts payable

    (11,907 )
 

Accrued liabilities

    (8,324 )
 

Accrued rebates and other

    (9,672 )
 

Deferred taxes

    (5,698 )
 

Asset retirement obligations

    (2,928 )
 

Other current liabilities

    (1,450 )
 

Other long-term liabilities

    (26,677 )
       

Cash paid, including transaction costs

  $ 518,657  
       

        The acquisition of the Company was accounted for as a purchase. As discussed in Note 1, the Company, for the purpose of convenience, included operating results for the period from January 1, 2008 through January 7, 2008 in its 2008 consolidated statement of income. The operating results for this period were not material to the 2008 consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. The Company has recorded goodwill of $16.8 million which consists of goodwill related to the acquisition of $13.5 million and the effect of the operating results of $3.3 million for the Convenience Period. The goodwill is not deductible for income tax purposes. The remaining intangible assets with definite lives have a weighted-average useful life of approximately 15 years, consisting of weighted-average useful

F-16


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Acquisition (Continued)


lives of trademarks (16 years), patents (2 years) and customer relationships (19 years). The amounts allocated to these intangible assets were determined through a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach. The projected cash flows were discounted to determine the present value of the assets at the dates of acquisition. The values assigned to these intangibles were determined using patent and tradename lives, expected future earnings benefit and potential revenue generated.

        The amount allocated to IPR&D of $28.2 million was determined through a discounted cash flow analysis using the income approach. Net cash flows attributable to the project were discounted to their present value at a rate commensurate with the perceived risk, which for this project was 20%. The value assigned to IPR&D was determined by estimating costs to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable product, the phase the project is in and its potential revenue generated from the project. The estimated fair value of in-process research and development related to Positron Emission Tomography ("PET") perfusion agents. Immediately following the closing of the acquisition, the amount allocated to IPR&D was charged to expense.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In order to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, financial instruments are categorized based on a hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels, which are described below:

        Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

        Level 2—Inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (i.e., interest rates, yield curves, etc.) and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).

        Level 3—Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The Company develops these inputs based on the best information available, including its own data.

        At December 31, 2010, the Company's financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are comprised of money market securities and are classified as cash equivalents. The Company invests excess cash from its operating cash accounts in overnight investments and reflects these amounts in cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheet using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1).

F-17


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

 
  Total fair
value at
December 31,
2010
  Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Money Market

  $ 22,883   $ 22,883          
                   

  $ 22,883   $ 22,883   $   $  
                   

 

 
  Total fair
value at
December 31,
2009
  Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
  Significant other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Money Market

  $ 23,939   $ 23,939   $   $  
                   

  $ 23,939   $ 23,939   $   $  
                   

        In addition, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had approximately $10.1 million and $7.5 million, respectively, of cash on hand.

        The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate the carrying values of these instruments due to their short term nature.

5. Income Taxes

        The components of income before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were:

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

United States

  $ 2,316   $ 41,125   $ 110,590  

International

    5,119     1,179     (19,198 )
               

  $ 7,435   $ 42,304   $ 91,392  
               

F-18


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The provision (benefit) for income taxes:

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Current

                   
 

Federal

  $ 768   $ 5,140   $ 44,642  
 

State

    1,649     3,981     7,884  
 

International

    1,602     2,005     527  
               

  $ 4,019   $ 11,126   $ 53,053  
               

Deferred

                   
 

Federal

  $ (184 ) $ 9,396   $ (2,475 )
 

State

    (1,270 )   4,244     (1,080 )
 

International

    (100 )   (2,814 )   (892 )
               

  $ (1,554 ) $ 10,826   $ (4,447 )
               

  $ 2,465   $ 21,952   $ 48,606  
               

        The Company's provision for income taxes in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was different from the amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. Federal income tax rate to income from operations before income taxes, as a result of the following:

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

U.S. statutory rate

  $ 2,602     35.0 % $ 14,806     35.0 % $ 31,987     35.0 %

In-process research and development

                    9,884     10.8 %

Permanent differences

    277     3.7 %                

Losses not benefited

            155     0.4 %   5,535     6.1 %

U.S manufacturing deduction

            (281 )   (0.7 )%   (3,230 )   (3.5 )%

Uncertain tax positions

    2,685     36.1 %   2,505     5.9 %   2,475     2.7 %

Research credits

    (666 )   (9.0 )%                

State and local taxes

    53     0.7 %   631     1.5 %   2,008     2.2 %

Impact of rate change on deferred taxes

    (308 )   (4.1 )%   3,956     9.3 %        

Utilization of net operating losses

    (339 )   (4.6 )%   (1,407 )   (3.3 )%        

True-up of prior year tax

    (1,311 )   (17.6 )%   1,592     3.8 %        

Foreign tax rate differential

    (528 )   (7.1 )%                

Other

            (5 )   0.0 %   (53 )   (0.1 )%
                                 

  $ 2,465     33.1 % $ 21,952     51.9 % $ 48,606     53.2 %
                                 

F-19


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The components of deferred income tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 were:

 
  2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred Tax Assets

             

Federal benefit of state taxes payable

  $ 9,670   $ 10,621  

Reserves, accruals and other

    12,383     2,600  

Amortization of intangibles other than goodwill

    81,836     94,919  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    384     339  
           
 

Deferred tax assets

    104,273     108,479  
           

Deferred Tax Liabilities

             

Customer lists

    (17,361 )   (22,646 )

Depreciation

    (6,187 )   (7,427 )
           
 

Deferred tax liability

    (23,548 )   (30,073 )

Less: Valuation allowance

        (339 )
           

  $ 80,725   $ 78,067  
           

 

 
  2010   2009  

Recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as:

             
 

Current deferred tax assets

  $ 4,266   $ 1,167  
 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets

    78,312     79,099  
 

Current deferred tax liability

         
 

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

    (1,853 )   (2,199 )
           
   

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 80,725   $ 78,067  
           

        In 2010, the Company determined that, at the time of the acquisition, a deferred tax benefit related to the asset retirement obligation had not been recorded. Accordingly, in the current year it has recorded such deferred tax asset. The offset for this item has been recorded as a reduction in goodwill.

        The Company files separate federal income tax returns for Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. For state tax purposes, the Company files combined tax returns with Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. For income tax provision purposes, the Company uses the separate return method in calculating its state tax provision. As of December 31, 2010, the Company reflects an amount payable to Lantheus MI Holdings of $69,000 for the tax benefit of losses incurred by Lantheus MI Holdings.

        The Company is not currently subject to any income tax audit in the countries in which it operates. Tax years 2008-2010 remain open in all jurisdictions. Statutes begin to expire in 2012 for the 2008 tax year.

        As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, total liabilities for tax obligations and associated interest and penalties were $33.0 million and $32.5 million, respectively, consisting of income tax provisions for uncertain tax benefits of $17.7 million and $18.8 million, interest accruals of $12.2 million and $10.8 million and penalty accruals of $3.2 million and $2.9 million, respectively, which were included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet with the offsetting asset in other long term

F-20


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Income Taxes (Continued)


assets. The total non-current asset related to the indemnification was $17.6 million and $20.9 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in the 2010, 2009 and 2008 tax provision is $2.4 million, $2.5 million and $2.5 million, respectively relating to current year interest expense, with an offsetting amount included in other income due to the indemnification related to these obligations.

        A reconciliation of the Company's changes in uncertain tax positions for 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 
  (in thousands)  

Beginning balance of uncertain tax positions as of January 8, 2008

  $ 17,939  
 

Additions to tax positions related to current year

     
 

Reduction to tax positions related to prior year

     
       

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2008

  $ 17,939  
 

Additions to tax positions related to current year

    877  
 

Reduction to tax positions related to prior year

     
       

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2009

  $ 18,816  
 

Additions to tax positions related to current year

    1,194  
 

Reduction to tax positions related to prior year

    (3,951 )
       

Balance of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010

  $ 16,059  
       

        As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $16.1 million and $18.8 million, respectively, all of which would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized. These amounts are primarily associated with domestic state tax issues, such as the allocation of income among various state tax jurisdictions, transfer pricing and U.S. federal R&D credits. Included in the 2010 results is a net provision of $1.6 million relating to transfer pricing exposures associated with operating in multiple jurisdictions. Since the Company operates in a number of countries in which it has income tax treaties, it believes that it is more likely than not that the Company should be able to receive competent authority relief for any potential adjustment in those countries. The Company has included $3.2 million within other long term liabilities and has reflected an offset in other assets for $1.6 million.

        The Company has a tax indemnification agreement with BMS related to certain tax obligations arising prior to the acquisition of the Company, for which the Company has the primary legal obligation. The tax indemnification receivable is recognized within other non-current assets. The changes in the tax indemnification asset are recognized within other income, net in the statement of income. In accordance with the Company's accounting policy, the change in the tax liability and penalties and interest associated with these obligations (net of any offsetting federal or state benefit) is recognized within the tax provision. Accordingly, as these reserves change, adjustments are included in the tax provision while the offsetting adjustment is included in other income. Assuming that the receivable from BMS continues to be considered recoverable by the Company, there is no net effect on earnings related to these liabilities and no net cash outflows.

        During the year ended December 31, 2010, BMS, on behalf of the Company, made payments totaling $4.6 million to two states in connection with prior year state income tax filings. As a result of these payments, the amount due from BMS, included within other non-current assets, and the income

F-21


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Income Taxes (Continued)


tax liability included within other long term liabilities, decreased by $5.1 million, which represents the total cash payments of $4.6 million and a reduction in the reserve of $491,000, representing the difference between amounts paid and amounts originally estimated. There were no resolutions associated with uncertain tax positions during the year ended December 31, 2009.

        The Company decreased its valuation allowance by $339,000 during 2010. It has no valuation allowances as of December 31, 2010. The Company believes that it has enough positive evidence that it will generate sufficient taxable income in each respective jurisdiction to support that it is more likely than not that it will recover its deferred tax assets. The Company decreased its valuation allowance by $5.2 million in 2009. At December 31, 2010, the Company has a federal net operating loss carryover of $749,000 which expires in 2030. The Company has $457,000 of federal research credits which expire in 2020. The Company has foreign tax credits of $1.0 million that will expire in 2020. The Company has state research credits of $1.3 million which will expire between 2023 and 2025. The Company has Massachusetts investment tax credits of $361,000 which have no expiration date.

        In 2010, the Company was granted a tax holiday from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, which expires on January 1, 2024. This grant provides for a 4% tax rate on activities relating to the operations of the Company's radiopharmacies. This grant is conditioned upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of this tax holiday was to decrease foreign tax by $179,000 in 2010.

        Undistributed earnings of various foreign subsidiaries aggregated to $9.5 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 the Company does not plan to distribute earnings from any of its foreign subsidiaries. If the Company were to distribute its foreign earnings, the estimated tax would be approximately $1.3 million.

6. Inventory

        The Company includes within current assets the amount of inventory that is estimated to be utilized within twelve months. Inventory that will be utilized after twelve months is classified within other non-current assets.

        Inventory, classified in inventory or other non-current assets, consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Raw materials

  $ 7,116   $ 6,751  

Work in process

    5,605     1,849  

Finished goods

    7,396     11,011  
           
 

Inventory

  $ 20,117   $ 19,611  

Other non-current assets

    12,781      
           
 

Total

  $ 32,898   $ 19,611  
           

        Included in other non-current assets is $7.8 million of raw materials, $1.4 million in work-in-process and $3.6 million of finished goods at December 31, 2010.

        The Company's Ablavar product was commercially launched in January 2010 and the Company is currently in the process of educating radiologists on optimizing the use of the product within their

F-22


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Inventory (Continued)


patient populations. The revenues for this product through December 31, 2010 have not been significant. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 the balances of inventory on hand reflect approximately $13.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively, of finished products and raw materials related to Ablavar. At December 31, 2010, approximately $12.8 million was included in other non-current assets. The Company entered into an agreement with a supplier to provide Active Pharmaceutical Ingredient ("API") and finished products for Ablavar under which the Company is required to purchase quarterly minimum quantities ranging from $6.3 million to $7.5 million of API inventory through September 2012. The supply agreement was entered into to ensure supply of the product. At December 31, 2010, the total of this remaining minimum purchase commitment was approximately $41.3 million. In addition to the minimum commitment, the Company, at its discretion, can manufacture API into finished product for an additional charge per vial. The Company records the inventory when it takes delivery, at which time the Company assumes title and risk of loss.

        The Company performed an analysis of its expected future sales of its Ablavar finished good product at December 31, 2010 and recorded an inventory write-down to costs of goods sold of $10.9 million of Ablavar inventory in the fourth quarter of 2010, which represents the cost of Ablavar finished good product that the Company does not currently believe it will be able to sell prior to its expiration. The Company also evaluated its expected sales forecast for Ablavar in consideration of its supply agreement for API. Based on the current sales forecast, coupled with the aggregate six-year shelf life of API and finished goods, the Company believes that it will be able to use the committed supply. In the event that the Company does not meet its sales expectations for Ablavar or cannot sell the product it has committed to purchase prior to its expiration, the Company could incur additional inventory losses and/or losses on our purchase commitments.

7. Property, Plant and Equipment, net

        Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Land

  $ 22,450   $ 22,450  

Buildings

    62,014     60,695  

Machinery, equipment and fixtures

    60,713     55,905  

Construction in progress

    7,631     4,989  

Accumulated depreciation

    (32,124 )   (21,279 )
           

Property, plant and equipment, net

  $ 120,684   $ 122,760  
           

        Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was $11.4 million, $10.9 million and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        Included within property, plant and equipment are spare parts of approximately $4.0 million and $4.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Spare parts include replacement parts relating to plant and equipment and are either recognized as an expense when consumed or re-classified and capitalized as part of the related plant and equipment and depreciated over a time period not exceeding the useful life of the related asset. In addition, the Company had included $3.2 million, $1.5 million and $0.4 million in accounts payable related to its property, plant and equipment at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-23


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Asset Retirement Obligations

        The Company considers the legal obligation to remediate its facilities upon a decommissioning of its radioactive related operations as an asset retirement obligation. The operations of the Company have radioactive production facilities at its North Billerica, Massachusetts and San Juan, Puerto Rico sites.

        The fair value of a liability for asset retirement obligations is recognized in the period in which the liability is incurred. The liability is measured at present value of the obligation when incurred and is adjusted in subsequent periods as accretion expense is recorded. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying value of the related long-lived assets and depreciated over the asset's useful life.

        The following is a reconciliation of the Company's asset retirement obligations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:

 
  (in thousands)  

Balance at January 1, 2008

  $ 2,928  
 

Accretion expense

    355  
       

Balance at December 31, 2008

    3,283  
 

Capitalization

    85  
 

Accretion expense

    378  
       

Balance at December 31, 2009

    3,746  
 

Capitalization

    191  
 

Accretion expense

    435  
       

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 4,372  
       

9. Intangibles, net

        Intangibles, net consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2010
 
  Cost   Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Weighted
Average
Useful Life
  Amortization Method
 
  (in thousands)

Trademarks

  $ 53,390   $ 10,317   $ 43,073   16 years   Straight-line

Customer relationships

    113,480     61,909     51,571   19 years   Accelerated

Albavar patent rights, know-how

    29,710     4,842     24,868   11 years   Straight-line

Other patents

    42,780     37,603     5,177   2 years   Straight-line
                     

  $ 239,360   $ 114,671   $ 124,689        
                     

F-24


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Intangibles, net (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2009
 
  Cost   Accumulated
amortization
  Net   Weighted
Average
Useful Life
  Amortization
Method
 
  (in thousands)

Trademarks

  $ 53,390   $ 6,856   $ 46,534   16 years   Straight-line

Customer relationships

    113,480     46,453     67,027   19 years   Accelerated

Ablavar patent rights, know-how

    29,495     2,069     27,426   11 years   Straight-line

Other patents

    42,780     36,756     6,024   2 years   Straight-line
                     

  $ 239,145   $ 92,134   $ 147,011        
                     

        On April 6, 2009, the Company acquired the U.S., Canadian and Australian territory rights to a Gadolinium-based blood pool contrast agent, Ablavar® (formerly known as Vasovist®), from EPIX Pharmaceuticals for an aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million, including drug product and active pharmaceutical ingredient inventory. Ablavar was approved by the FDA in December 2008 and commercially launched by the Company in early January 2010 after final FDA approval of its product label. In June 2010, the Company acquired the remaining world rights to Ablavar.

        This acquisition was accounted for as an asset purchase and consisted of $28.0 million in patents, $500,000 manufacturing know-how acquired from a different party, and $4.1 million in inventory. In conjunction with the acquisition, the Company incurred and capitalized $1.0 million in legal and other related costs which are being amortized over the expected patent life. The acquired patents are being amortized over approximately 11 years which approximates the expected patent life. The manufacturing know-how is being amortized over 3.5 years which represents the expected useful term of such know-how.

        The Company determined that its write down of Ablavar inventory in the fourth quarter of 2010 (see Note 6) represented an event that warranted assessment of the $24.6 million Ablavar patent portfolio for its recoverability. Based on the Company's estimate of future undiscounted cash flows associated with the Ablavar product, the Company has concluded the patent portfolio is recoverable by a narrow margin. The Company's estimate of undiscounted cash flows assumes it is granted its U.S. request for regulatory extension of its Ablavar patent portfolio until 2020. Currently the Company's patent rights to Ablavar expire as late as 2017. In the event the Company does not meet its sales expectations or its costs and expenses exceed the costs and expenses incorporated into its projection model, an impairment of the Ablavar patent portfolio may be required.

        The Company recorded amortization expense for its intangible assets of $22.5 million, $29.6 million and $62.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

F-25


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Intangibles, net (Continued)

        Expected future amortization expense related to the intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,
   
 

2011

  $ 19,859  

2012

    15,358  

2013

    13,578  

2014

    12,297  

2015

    10,625  

2016 and thereafter

    52,972  
       

  $ 124,689  
       

10. Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses are comprised of the following at December 31:

 
  2010   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 5,839   $ 7,872  

Accrued interest

    3,137     285  

Accrued professional fees

    2,342     2,031  

Research and development services

    1,327     2,680  

Freight and distribution

    3,368     3,600  

Marketing expense

    989     1,129  

Accrued rebates, discounts and chargebacks

    910     427  

Other

    693     621  
           

  $ 18,605   $ 18,645  
           

11. Financing Arrangements

        On May 10, 2010, Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Issuer"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $250.0 million of 9.750% Senior Notes due in 2017 (the "Notes" or "Refinancing") at face value. Issuance costs aggregated $10.1 million. The Notes were issued under an indenture, dated May 10, 2010 (the "Indenture"). The Notes mature on May 15, 2017. Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.750% per annum and will be payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15. The net proceeds of the Notes were used to repay $77.9 million due under the Company's then outstanding credit agreement (the "2008 Credit Agreement") and to pay a $163.8 million dividend to LMI Holdings to repay a $75.0 million demand note it issued and for LMI Holdings to repurchase $90.0 million of LMI Holdings' Series A Preferred Stock at the accreted value.

        The Company's 2008 Credit Agreement had an original principal amount of up to $346.5 million, consisting of a secured term loan in the amount of $296.5 million and a revolving credit facility in the amount of $50 million, which included a subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit. Borrowings made under the 2008 Credit Agreement bore interest, at the Company's election, at a rate based on the Reference Rate (as defined in the 2008 Credit Agreement) plus 6.50% or the LIBOR Rate (as

F-26


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Financing Arrangements (Continued)


defined in the credit agreement) plus 7.50%. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had approximately $93.6 million and $142.8 million, respectively in principal amount of debt outstanding under the 2008 Credit Agreement. On May 10, 2010, the Company repaid the then outstanding balance of $77.9 million.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the issuance of the Notes, the issuer and the guarantors, including the Company, entered into a registration rights agreement, dated May 10, 2010, with the initial purchasers of the Notes. The Company registered the Notes on December 30, 2010 with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Redemption

        The Issuer can redeem the Notes at 100% of the principal amount on May 15, 2016, or thereafter. The Issuer may also redeem the Notes prior to May 15, 2016, depending on the timing of the redemption during the twelve month period beginning May 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Year
  Percentage  

2014

    104.875%  

2015

    102.438%  

2016

    100.000%  

        In addition, at any time prior to May 15, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued at 109.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the right of holders of record on such date to receive any interest due, using proceeds of an equity offering, provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes remains outstanding immediately after such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of each equity offering (as defined in the Indenture).

        At any time prior to May 15, 2014, the Issuer may also redeem all or a part of the Notes, with notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof of the Notes redeemed plus the applicable premium (as defined in the Indenture) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (as defined in the Indenture), if any, up to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

        Upon a change of control (as defined in the Indenture), the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase each holder's Note at a price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.

        If the Issuer or its subsidiaries engage in asset sales (as defined in the Indenture), they generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in such business within a specified period of time, prepay certain indebtedness or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the Notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds (as defined in the Indenture), subject to certain exceptions.

F-27


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Financing Arrangements (Continued)

        The Notes are unsecured and are equal in right of payment to all of the existing and future senior debt, including borrowing under its secured credit facilities, subject to the security interest thereof. The Issuer's obligations under the Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured senior basis by the Company and by certain of the Issuer's subsidiaries, and the obligations of such guarantors under their guarantees are equal in right of payment to all of their existing and future senior debt.

Revolving Line of Credit

        In connection with the Refinancing, the Issuer's previous revolving line of credit was replaced with a new $42.5 million revolving credit facility ("Facility") with the ability to request the lenders to increase the facility by an additional amount of up to $15.0 million at the discretion of the Lenders. The Facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and guaranteed by both the Company and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC. Interest on the revolving credit facility will be at either LIBOR plus 4% or the Reference Rate (as defined in the Facility Agreement) plus 3%. Interest on the Reference Rate loans is payable quarterly, in arrears, on the last day of each quarter. Interest on LIBOR rate loans is payable, in arrears, on the last day of each Interest Period (as defined in the Facility Agreement). The Facility expires on May 10, 2014, at which time all outstanding borrowings are due and payable.

        At December 31, 2010, there were no amounts outstanding under the Revolver and our aggregate borrowing capacity was $42.5 million.

Covenants

        The Company and its guarantors are subject to certain covenants that limit the payments of dividends, incurrence of additional indebtedness and guarantees, issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, transactions with affiliates and a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets. In addition, the Facility requires the Company to comply with financial covenants, including a total leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2010, as well as limitations on the amount of capital expenditures. The financial ratios are determined by EBITDA as defined in the Facility ("Facility EBITDA"). The total leverage ratio is the financial covenant that is currently the most restrictive, which requires Lantheus Intermediate and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility) to maintain a leverage ratio of 3.75 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter in 2010 beginning with the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and the first three fiscal quarters in 2011, 3.50 to 1.00 in the last fiscal quarter of 2011 and the first three fiscal quarters of 2012 and 3.25 to 1.00 thereafter. The interest coverage ratio requires Lantheus Intermediate and its Subsidiaries (as defined in the Facility) to have a coverage ratio of 2.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter in 2010 and 2011 and the first three fiscal quarters of 2012, and 2.50 to 1.00 thereafter.

Financing Costs

        The Company incurred and capitalized $10.5 million in direct financing fees, consisting primarily of underwriting fees and expenses, legal fees, accounting fees and printing costs in connection with the transaction. At December 31, 2010, this total included approximately $351,000 of accrued costs.

F-28


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Financing Arrangements (Continued)


Deferred financing costs are being amortized over the life of the Notes and the Revolver, as appropriate, using the effective-interest method.

        In connection with the Refinancing, the Company incurred a loss on the extinguishment of debt of approximately $3.1 million, which consisted of a write-off of deferred financing charges of $2.3 million and a prepayment penalty of approximately $779,000.

12. Stockholder's Equity

        As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 10,000 shares of voting common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and 1 share outstanding.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company's employees are eligible to receive awards from the LMI Holdings 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2008 Plan"). The 2008 Plan is administered by the LMI Holdings Board of Directors. The 2008 Plan permits the granting of nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (or SARs), restricted stock and restricted stock units to its employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2008 Plan at December 31, 2010 is 5,010,100, which decreased due to cancelled and retired vested options. Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of LMI Holdings' stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors of LMI Holdings. Time based option awards vest based on time, either four or five years, and performance based option awards vest based on the achievement of certain annual EBITDA targets over a five-year period. The Company recognizes compensation costs for its time based awards on a straight-line basis equal to the vesting period. The compensation cost for performance based awards is recognized on a graded vesting basis, based on the probability of achieving performance targets over the requisite service period for the entire award. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of a selected peer group. The expected term of options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate assumption is the seven-year U.S. Treasury rate at the date of the grant which most closely resembles the expected life of the options.

 
  Years Ended December 31,
 
  2010   2009   2008

Expected volatility

  36-39%   41-39%   38%

Expected dividends

     

Expected life (in years)

  6.5   6.5   6.5

Risk-free interest rate

  2.2%-3.3%   2.4%-3.4%   3.0%-3.6%

F-29


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of option activity for 2010 is presented below:

 
  Time Based   Performance
Based
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2010

    2,548,100     2,403,967     4,952,067   $ 2.24     8.3   $ 39,700,000  

Options granted

    146,000     146,000     292,000     10.26              

Options cancelled

    (10,000 )       (10,000 )   2.00              

Options exercised

    (7,500 )   (7,500 )   (15,000 )   2.00              

Options forfeited and expired

    (308,250 )   (744,898 )   (1,053,148 )   2.39              
                                 

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    2,368,350     1,797,569     4,165,919     2.70     7.0   $ 32,618,000  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2010

    2,350,480     1,785,411     4,135,891     2.76     7.0   $ 32,356,000  
                                 

Exercisable at December 31, 2010

    978,560     917,384     1,895,944     2.11     6.7   $ 16,111,000  
                                 

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4.48, $3.16 and $0.87, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 465,370, 1,084,547 and 470,770 options vested, respectively, with an aggregate fair value of approximately $468,000, $987,000 and $411,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 15,000 options were exercised under the net share option for an aggregate intrinsic value of approximately $124,000. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company received notices for exercise, for which the Company immediately called the options and settled the obligation in cash. As such, no common stock was issued for these transactions during 2009 or 2008.

        Stock-based compensation expense for both time based and performance based awards was recognized in the consolidated statements of income as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of goods sold

  $ 37   $ 101   $ 94  

General and administrative

    253     828     1,010  

Sales and marketing

    1,114     97     120  

Research and development

    230     183     144  
               

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,634   $ 1,209   $ 1,368  
               

        As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of income for years 2009 and 2008 was based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it was reduced for estimated pre-vesting forfeitures as required.

        As part of the 2008 Plan, the Company has the right to call options upon notice of exercise and to settle the exercise in cash in lieu of issuing shares. As a result of this right, upon termination of service, stock-based awards are reclassified to liability based awards until the period of probable exercise has

F-30


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


lapsed. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had recorded a liability and stock-based compensation expense of $1.1 million and $99,000, respectively, representing 138,515 and 12,900 options, respectively, relating to share-based liabilities that it could settle in part or in whole, in cash in the following period.

        The total of all share-based liability awards paid out during 2010 was approximately $84,000. There were no share-based liability awards paid out in 2009 or 2008.

        The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $46,000 and $7,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company did not realize an income tax benefit relating to stock options for the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2010, there was approximately $2.2 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock options granted under the 2008 Plan. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.2 years.

14. Other Income, net

        Other income, net consisted of the following:

 
  Years Ended December 31,  
 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Foreign currency (losses) gains

  $ (209 ) $ 794   $ 832  

Tax indemnification income

    1,250     1,560     2,475  

Other income (expense)

    273     366     (357 )
               

Total other income, net

  $ 1,314   $ 2,720   $ 2,950  
               

15. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company leases certain buildings, hardware and office space under operating leases. In addition, the Company has entered into purchasing arrangements in which minimum quantities of goods or services have been committed to be purchased on an annual basis. Minimum lease and purchase commitments under noncancelable arrangements are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended December 31,
  Operating Leases   Other   Total  

2011

  $ 937   $ 109,633   $ 110,570  

2012

    769     92,655     93,424  

2013

    733     80,714     81,447  

2014

    696     24,376     25,072  

2015

    308     24,375     24,683  

2016 and thereafter

    1,033     320,920     321,953  
               

  $ 4,476   $ 652,673   $ 657,149  
               

        Lease expense was $941,000, $810,000 and $753,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. 401(k) Plan

        The Company maintains a qualified 401(k) plan (the "401(k) Plan") for its U.S. employees. The 401(k) Plan covers U.S. employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, the employees may elect to make tax-deferred contributions through payroll deductions within statutory and plan limits, and the Company may elect to make non-elective discretionary contributions. During 2010 and 2009, the Company matched employee contributions up to 4.5% of eligible compensation and did not contribute an additional non-elective discretionary match. In 2008, the Company matched employee contributions up to 6% of eligible compensation and contributed an additional 4% as the non-elective discretionary match to most employees. The Company may also make optional contributions to the 401(k) Plan for any plan year at its discretion. Expense recognized by the Company for matching contributions related to the 401(k) Plan was $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Expense recognized by the Company for the non-elective discretionary match was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.

17. Legal Proceedings and Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company is a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Company has in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to investigations by regulatory authorities which expose it to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory or other proceedings, as a result of which the Company could be required to pay significant fines or penalties. The outcome of litigation, regulatory or other proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty and some lawsuits, claims, actions or proceedings may be disposed of unfavorably to the Company. In addition, intellectual property disputes often have a risk of injunctive relief which, if imposed against the Company, could materially and adversely affect its financial condition or results of operations.

        On December 16, 2010, the Company filed suit against one of its insurance carriers seeking to recover business interruption losses associated with the NRU reactor shutdown and the ensuing global Moly supply challenge. The claim is the result of the shut-down of the NRU reactor in Chalk River, Ontario. The NRU reactor was off-line from May 2009 until August 2010 due to a "heavy water" leak in the reactor vessel. The defendant answered the complaint on January 21, 2011, denying substantially all of the allegations, presenting certain defenses and requesting dismissal of the case with costs and disbursements. The Company can not be certain what amount, if any, or when, if ever, it will be able to recover for business interruption losses related to this matter.

18. Related Party Transactions

        Avista Capital Partners and its affiliates ("Avista"), the majority shareholder of LMI Holdings, provides certain advisory services to the Company pursuant to an advisory services and monitoring agreement. The Company is required to pay an annual fee of $1.0 million and other reasonable and customary advisory fees, as applicable, paid on a quarterly basis. The initial term of the agreement is seven years. Upon termination, all remaining amounts owed under the agreement shall become due immediately. There are no outstanding amounts owed at December 31, 2010 or 2009. The Company also paid a fee to Avista of $10.0 million in 2008 in consideration of the acquisition-related services, which has been included as direct acquisition costs.

F-32


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

18. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        Effective June 30, 2009, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement with Quintiles Commercial US, Inc. ("Quintiles") (formerly known as Innovex Inc.) to provide a contract sales force in connection with the launch and promotion of Ablavar. The Company incurred costs associated with this contract of approximately $3.3 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Master Services Agreement was extended on June 11, 2010 and was terminated as of December 31, 2010. A son of the Company's Chairman of the Board was a Director of Business Development for Quintiles during part of the term of the agreement. He left Quintiles in June 2010 prior to the contract extension and renegotiation.

        In March 2010, the Company engaged a tax and financial services consulting firm, to assist the Company to prepare for compliance under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has incurred costs associated with this engagement of approximately $176,000. A son of the Company's Chief Financial Officer is a Vice President of the consulting firm.

19. Segment Information

        In connection with our 2010 year end close process, the Company re-evaluated its operating segments. In performing this re-evaluation, the Company considered the operating results that are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, the President and Chief Executive Officer. Accordingly, the Company now reports two operating segments, the U.S. and International, based on geographic customer base rather than by legal entity as previously reported. The Company's segments derive revenues through the manufacturing, marketing, selling and distribution of medical imaging products, focused primarily on cardiovascular diagnostic imaging. Earlier periods have been recast to correspond with the new reportable segments. The U.S. segment comprises 74.8%, 76.8% and 83.9% of consolidated revenues in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and 89.7% and 89.6% of consolidated assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All goodwill has been allocated to the U.S. operating segment.

F-33


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Segment Information (Continued)

        Selected information for each business segment are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2010   2009   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenues

                   

U.S. 

  $ 295,352   $ 295,818   $ 484,779  

International

    89,210     83,433     86,290  
               

Total revenue, including inter-segment

    384,562     379,251     571,069  

Inter-segment revenue

    (30,606 )   (19,040 )   (34,225 )
               

  $ 353,956   $ 360,211   $ 536,844  
               

Revenues from external customers

                   

U.S. 

  $ 264,746   $ 276,778   $ 450,554  

International

    89,210     83,433     86,290  
               

  $ 353,956   $ 360,211   $ 536,844  
               

Revenues by product

                   

Cardiolite

  $ 77,422   $ 119,304   $ 321,674  

TechneLite

    122,044     112,910     124,287  

DEFINITY

    59,968     42,942     20,439  

Other

    94,522     85,055     70,444  
               

  $ 353,956   $ 360,211   $ 536,844  
               

Geographical revenue

                   

U.S. 

  $ 264,746   $ 276,778   $ 450,554  

Canada

    42,225     37,511     38,172  

All other

    46,985     45,922     48,118  
               

  $ 353,956   $ 360,211   $ 536,844  
               

Operating income/(loss)

                   

U.S. 

  $ 16,953   $ 35,708   $ 114,192  

International

    12,952     8,166     11,153  
               

Total operating income, including inter-segment

    29,905     43,874     125,345  

Inter-segment operating income

    (511 )   9,095     (6,558 )
               

  $ 29,394   $ 52,969   $ 118,787  
               

Depreciation and amortization

                   

U.S. 

  $ 30,767   $ 36,438   $ 68,031  

International

    4,434     5,269     5,149  
               

  $ 35,201   $ 41,707   $ 73,180  
               

Capital expenditures

                   

U.S. 

  $ 7,005   $ 6,906   $ 11,573  

International

    1,330     1,950     602  
               

  $ 8,335   $ 8,856   $ 12,175  
               

F-34


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Segment Information (Continued)

 
  2010   2009  

Assets

             

U.S. 

  $ 444,767   $ 441,226  

International

    51,114     51,317  
           

  $ 495,881   $ 492,543  
           

 
  2010   2009  

Long-lived Assets

             

U.S. 

  $ 244,784   $ 267,943  

International

    20,199     23,448  
           

  $ 264,983   $ 291,391  
           

20. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Fiscal Year
  Charge to
Costs and
Expenses
  Deductions
From
Reserves
  Balance at End
of Fiscal Year
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Year ended December 31, 2010:

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 738   $ 394   $ (336 ) $ 796  

Year ended December 31, 2009:

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 752   $ 63   $ (77 ) $ 738  

Year ended December 31, 2008:

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 1,609   $ 65   $ (922 ) $ 752  

        Amounts charged to deductions from reserves represent the write-off of uncollectible balances.

21. Guarantor Financial Information

        The 9.750% senior subordinated notes due 2017 (see Note 11) are guaranteed by the Company and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, one of the Company's consolidated subsidiaries (the "Guarantor Subsidiary"). The guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several. The following supplemental financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheet information as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and income and cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 for the Company, Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Issuer"), the Guarantor Subsidiary and the Company's other subsidiaries, or the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. The supplemental financial information reflects the investments of the Company in the Issuer, and the Company's investment in the Guarantor Subsidiary and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries using the equity method of accounting.

F-35


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)


Consolidating Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2010

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  
 
  (in thousands except share data)
 

Assets

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $ 19,079   $   $ 13,927   $   $ 33,006  

Accounts receivable, net

        36,925         13,527         50,452  

Intercompany accounts receivable

        4,462             (4,462 )    

Inventory

        12,611         7,506         20,117  

Deferred tax assets

        4,187         79         4,266  

Other current assets

        2,845         313         3,158  
                           
 

Total current assets

        80,109         35,352     (4,462 )   110,999  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        87,258     23,355     10,071         120,684  

Capitalized software development costs

        3,887         9         3,896  

Goodwill

        15,714                 15,714  

Intangibles, net

        114,570         10,119         124,689  

Deferred tax assets

        78,312                 78,312  

Deferred financing costs

        9,425                 9,425  

Investment in subsidiaries

    153,434     63,827             (217,261 )    

Other long-term assets

        31,966         196         32,162  
                           
 

Total assets

  $ 153,434   $ 485,068   $ 23,355   $ 55,747   $ (221,723 ) $ 495,881  
                           

Liabilities and equity

                                     

Accounts payable

  $   $ 22,334   $   $ 2,194   $   $ 24,528  

Intercompany accounts payable

                4,462     (4,462 )    

Accrued expenses

        15,879         2,726         18,605  

Income tax payable

        (741 )       869         128  

Deferred revenue

        5,383         1,878         7,261  
                           
 

Total current liabilities

        42,855         12,129     (4,462 )   50,522  

Asset retirement obligation

        4,260         112         4,372  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

        250,000                 250,000  

Deferred tax liability

                1,853         1,853  

Deferred revenue

        2,668                 2,668  

Other long-term liabilities

        31,851         1,181         33,032  
                           
 

Total liabilities

        331,634         15,275     (4,462 )   342,447  

Equity

   
153,434
   
153,434
   
23,355
   
40,472
   
(217,261

)
 
153,434
 
                           
 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 153,434   $ 485,068   $ 23,355   $ 55,747   $ (221,723 ) $ 495,881  
                           

F-36


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)


Consolidating Balance Sheet Information

December 31, 2009

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  
 
  (in thousands except share data)
 

Assets

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $   $ 21,505   $   $ 9,975   $   $ 31,480  

Accounts receivable, net

        27,700         15,251         42,951  

Intercompany accounts receivable

        5,964             (5,964 )    

Inventory

        13,244         6,367         19,611  

Deferred tax assets

        1,040         127         1,167  

Other current assets

        2,713         192         2,905  
                           
 

Total current assets

        72,166         31,912     (5,964 )   98,114  

Property, plant and equipment, net

        88,722     23,435     10,603         122,760  

Capitalized software development costs

        4,802                 4,802  

Goodwill

        16,818                 16,818  

Intangibles, net

        134,166         12,845         147,011  

Deferred tax assets

        78,900         199         79,099  

Deferred financing costs

        3,038                 3,038  

Investment in subsidiaries

    310,579     60,811             (371,390 )    

Other long-term assets

        20,901                 20,901  
                           
 

Total assets

  $ 310,579   $ 480,324   $ 23,435   $ 55,559   $ (377,354 ) $ 492,543  
                           

Liabilities and equity

                                     

Current portion of long-term debt

  $   $ 30,000   $   $   $   $ 30,000  

Accounts payable

        16,595         3,115         19,710  

Intercompany accounts payable

                5,964     (5,964 )    

Accrued expenses

        16,005         2,640         18,645  

Income tax payable

        314         1,139         1,453  

Deferred revenue

        2,673         2,077         4,750  
                           
 

Total current liabilities

        65,587         14,935     (5,964 )   74,558  

Asset retirement obligation

        3,651         95         3,746  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

        63,649                 63,649  

Deferred tax liability

                2,199         2,199  

Deferred revenue

        5,335                 5,335  

Other long-term liabilities

        31,523         954         32,477  
                           
 

Total liabilities

        169,745         18,183     (5,964 )   181,964  

Equity

   
310,579
   
310,579
   
23,435
   
37,376
   
(371,390

)
 
310,579
 
                           
 

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 310,579   $ 480,324   $ 23,435   $ 55,559   $ (377,354 ) $ 492,543  
                           

F-37


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Consolidating Income Information

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net product revenues

  $   $ 300,084   $   $ 76,269   $ (30,606 ) $ 345,747  

License and other revenues

        8,209                 8,209  
                           
     

Total revenues

        308,293         76,269     (30,606 )   353,956  

Cost of goods sold

   
   
171,061
   
   
63,551
   
(30,606

)
 
204,006
 
                           
     

Gross profit

        137,232         12,718         149,950  

Operating expenses

                                     
 

General and administrative expenses

        27,113     80     2,849         30,042  
 

Sales and marketing expenses

        41,234         4,150         45,384  
 

Research and development expenses

        44,638         492         45,130  
                           
     

Operating income (loss)

   
   
24,247
   
(80

)
 
5,227
   
   
29,394
 

Interest expense

   
   
(20,395

)
 
   
   
   
(20,395

)

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

        (3,057 )               (3,057 )

Interest income

        2         177         179  

Other income, net

        1,599         (285 )       1,314  

Equity in losses (earnings) of affiliates

    4,970     3,565             (8,535 )    
                           
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
4,970
   
5,961
   
(80

)
 
5,119
   
(8,535

)
 
7,435
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
(991

)
 
28
   
(1,502

)
 
   
(2,465

)
                           
   

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,970   $ 4,970   $ (52 ) $ 3,617   $ (8,535 ) $ 4,970  
                           

F-38


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Consolidating Income Information

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net product revenues

  $   $ 301,099   $   $ 70,244   $ (19,040 ) $ 352,303  

License and other revenues

        7,908                 7,908  
                           
     

Total revenues

        309,007         70,244     (19,040 )   360,211  

Cost of goods sold

   
   
141,154
   
   
62,730
   
(19,040

)
 
184,844
 
                           
     

Gross profit

        167,853         7,514         175,367  

Operating expenses

                                     
 

General and administrative expenses

        33,164     80     2,186         35,430  
 

Sales and marketing expenses

        38,111         4,226         42,337  
 

Research and development expenses

        43,535         1,096         44,631  
                           
   

Operating income (loss)

   
   
53,043
   
(80

)
 
6
   
   
52,969
 

Interest expense

   
   
(13,458

)
 
   
   
   
(13,458

)

Interest income

        14         59         73  

Other income, net

        1,693         1,027         2,720  

Equity in losses (earnings) of affiliates

    20,352     1,849             (22,201 )    
                           
   

Income (loss) before income taxes

   
20,352
   
43,141
   
(80

)
 
1,092
   
(22,201

)
 
42,304
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
(22,789

)
 
28
   
809
   
   
(21,952

)
                           
   

Net income (loss)

  $ 20,352   $ 20,352   $ (52 ) $ 1,901   $ (22,201 ) $ 20,352  
                           

F-39


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Consolidating Income Information

December 31, 2008

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net product revenues

  $   $ 504,802   $   $ 61,163   $ (34,225 ) $ 531,740  

License and other revenues

        5,104                 5,104  
                           
   

Total revenues

        509,906         61,163     (34,225 )   536,844  

Cost of goods sold

   
   
219,812
   
   
58,909
   
(34,225

)
 
244,496
 
                           
   

Gross profit

        290,094         2,254         292,348  

Operating expenses

                                     
 

General and administrative expenses

        62,922     79     1,908         64,909  
 

Sales and marketing expenses

        40,307         5,423         45,730  
 

Research and development expenses

        34,233         449         34,682  
 

In-process research and development

        28,240                 28,240  
                           
   

Operating income

   
   
124,392
   
(79

)
 
(5,526

)
 
   
118,787
 

Interest expense

   
   
(30,963

)
 
   
(75

)
 
   
(31,038

)

Interest income

        623         70         693  

Other income, net

        3,478         (528 )       2,950  

Equity in losses (earnings) of affiliates

    42,786     (5,744 )           (37,042 )    
                           
   

Income before income taxes

   
42,786
   
91,786
   
(79

)
 
(6,059

)
 
(37,042

)
 
91,392
 

Provision for income taxes

   
   
(49,000

)
 
28
   
366
   
   
(48,606

)
                           
   

Net income (loss)

  $ 42,786   $ 42,786   $ (51 ) $ (5,693 ) $ (37,042 ) $ 42,786  
                           

F-40


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Information

Year Ended December 31, 2010

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  

Cash provided by operating activities

  $ 65,698   $ 22,344   $   $ 6,055   $ (67,780 ) $ 26,317  
                           

Cash flows from investing activities

                                     
 

Capital expenditures

        (7,005 )       (1,330 )       (8,335 )
 

Proceeds from dividend

    98,078                 (98,078 )    
 

Asset acquisitions

        (215 )               (215 )
                           

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    98,078     (7,220 )       (1,330 )   (98,078 )   (8,550 )
                           

Cash flows from financing activities

                                     
 

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net

        250,000                 250,000  
 

Payments on term loan

        (93,649 )               (93,649 )
 

Payments of deferred financing costs

        (10,125 )               (10,125 )
 

Payment of dividend

    (163,776 )   (163,776 )       (2,082 )   165,858     (163,776 )
                           

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (163,776 )   (17,550 )       (2,082 )   165,858     (17,550 )
                           

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

   
   
   
   
1,309
   
   
1,309
 
                           

(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 
$

 
$

(2,426

)

$

 
$

3,952
 
$

 
$

1,526
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

        21,505         9,975         31,480  
                           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $   $ 19,079   $   $ 13,927   $   $ 33,006  
                           

F-41


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Information

Year Ended December 31, 2009

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  

Cash provided by operating activities

  $   $ 90,890   $   $ 4,893   $   $ 95,783  
                           

Cash flows from investing activities

                                     
 

Capital expenditures

        (6,906 )       (1,950 )       (8,856 )
 

Proceeds from dividend

                         
 

Asset acquisitions

        (29,495 )               (29,495 )
                           

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

        (36,401 )       (1,950 )       (38,351 )
                           

Cash flows from financing activities

                                     
 

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net

                         
 

Payments on term loan

        (49,102 )               (49,102 )
 

Proceeds from line of credit

        28,000                 28,000  
 

Payment of line if credit

        (28,000 )               (28,000 )
 

Payments of deferred financing costs

                         
 

Payment of dividend

                         
                           

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

        (49,102 )               (49,102 )
                           

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

   
   
   
   
2,114
   
   
2,114
 
                           

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 
$

 
$

5,387
 
$

 
$

5,057
 
$

 
$

10,444
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

        16,118         4,918         21,036  
                           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $   $ 21,505   $   $ 9,975   $   $ 31,480  
                           

F-42


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

21. Guarantor Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Information

December 31, 2008

 
  Company   Issuer   Guarantor
Subsidiary
  Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  Eliminations   Total  

Cash provided by operating activities

  $   $ 162,820   $   $ 15,625   $   $ 178,445  
                           

Cash flows from investing activities

                                     
 

Capital expenditures

        (11,573 )       (602 )       (12,175 )
 

Asset acquisitions

    (245,400 )   (503,381 )   (23,594 )   (56,884 )   310,602     (518,657 )
                           

Cash used in investing activities

    (245,400 )   (514,954 )   (23,594 )   (57,486 )   310,602     (530,832 )
                           

Cash flows from financing activities

                                     
 

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net

        296,500                   296,500  
 

Payments on term loan

        (153,749 )                 (153,749 )
 

Payments of deferred financing costs

        (11,685 )                 (11,685 )
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    245,400     237,186     23,594     49,822     (310,602 )   245,400  
                           

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    245,400     368,252     23,594     49,822     (310,602 )   376,466  
                           

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash

   
   
   
   
(3,043

)
 
   
(3,043

)
                           

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 
$

 
$

16,118
 
$

 
$

4,918
 
$

 
$

21,036
 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

                         
                           

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $   $ 16,118   $   $ 4,918   $   $ 21,036  
                           

F-43


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

22. Subsequent Events

        On March 21, 2011, Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Issuer"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued $150.0 million of 9.750% Senior Notes (the "New Notes") due May 15, 2017 at face value, net of issuance costs of $4.9 million, under the Indenture dated as of May 10, 2010, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of March 14, 2011, and the Second Supplemental Indenture (the "Second Supplemental Indenture"), dated as of March 21, 2011. Interest on the New Notes accrues at a rate of 9.750% per year and is payable semiannually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 commencing on May 15, 2011. The net proceeds of the issuance were used to pay a $150.0 million dividend to LMI Holdings to repurchase $44.0 million of LMI Holdings' Series A Preferred Stock at the accreted value and to issue a $106.0 million dividend to its common shareholders.

Registration Rights

        In connection with the issuance of the New Notes, the Issuer and the guarantors (including the Company) entered into a registration rights agreement dated March 21, 2011, with the initial purchasers of the New Notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, the Issuer and the guarantors are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission an exchange offer registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the exchange offer to be declared effective within 270 days following the issuance of the New Notes thereby enabling holders to exchange the New Notes for registered Notes with terms substantially identical to the terms of the original Notes.

Redemption

        The New Notes have the same redemption terms as the $250.0 million in existing notes discussed in Note 11.

Covenants

        The Indenture contains certain covenants that limit the payments of dividends, incurrence of additional indebtedness and guarantees, issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, transactions with affiliates and a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. In connection with the issuance of the New Notes, the Company issued a consent solicitation from existing noteholders to amend the restricted payments covenant of the indenture governing the notes to provide for additional restricted payments capacity. The amendment enabled the Issuer to issue the New Notes and to use the net proceeds to, among other things, make a distribution to the Company. Consents were received from holders of existing notes in exchange for a fee of $15 per $1,000 in principal or approximately $3.8 million, which will be amortized as an adjustment to interest expense over the remaining term of the notes.

        The Company also executed an amendment it its revolving credit facility that increased the total leverage ratio and decreased the interest coverage ratio. The total leverage ratio is the financial covenant that is currently the most restrictive. Under the amended facility, the Company must maintain a leverage ratio of 5.50 to 1.00 for the first two quarters in 2011, 5.25 to 1.00 in the third quarter of 2011, 5.00 to 1.00 in the last quarter of 2011, 4.75 to 1.00 in the first quarter of 2012, 4.50 to 1.00 in the second and third quarters of 2012, 4.25 to 1.00 in the last quarter of 2012 and the first three quarters of 2013 and 3.75 to 1.00 thereafter. In addition, the Company must have an interest coverage

F-44


Table of Contents


Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

22. Subsequent Events (Continued)


ratio of 1.75 to 1.00 for the first three quarters of 2011, 2.00 to 1.00 for the last quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, 2.15 to 1.00 for the second and third quarters of 2012 and 2.25 to 1.00 thereafter.

        The Company has evaluated the period from December 31, 2010 through the date of this filing and has determined that no additional material subsequent events have occurred that would affect the information presented in these consolidated financial statements or require additional disclosure.

F-45


Table of Contents

        No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, such information and representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or any offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. since the date hereof or that the information contained in this prospectus is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.

LOGO

LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

All Outstanding
9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
for
9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended



Prospectus



                        , 2011

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

        Until                , 2011, all dealers that effect transactions in the Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        In addition to the information set forth below, we maintain director and officer liability insurance for ourself, and all of our subsidiaries, Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. and Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors' fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

        The certificate of incorporation of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. provides that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. maintains director and officers liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

        The certificate of incorporation of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. provides that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The certificate of incorporation also gives the corporation the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or testifies in, any threatened pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by

II-1


Table of Contents


such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding to the full extent permitted by law, and the corporation may adopt by-laws or enter into agreements with any such person for purpose of providing such indemnification. Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. maintains director and officers liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

        The limited liability company agreement of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC provides that none of the members or any officer of the company is liable to the company or any other person or entity that has an interest in the company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such party in good faith on behalf of the company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred upon such party by the limited liability company agreement, except that such party will be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of his or her gross negligence or willful misconduct. The indemnity provided by the limited liability company agreement is provided only out of company assets, and that none of the members of the limited liability company has any personal liability related to such indemnity. Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC maintains director and officers liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.

Item 21.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
Exhibits

Exhibit   Description
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.4

 

First Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Formation of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.6

 

Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit   Description
  4.2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.3

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated March 21, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as guarantors, and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.6

 

Form of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1).

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

 

10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate LLC, the lenders from time to time party hereto, Harris N.A., as collateral agent, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, Bank of Montreal and NATIXIS as joint bookrunners, Bank of Montreal and NATIXIS as joint lead arrangers, NATIXIS as syndication agent and Jefferies Finance LLC as documentation agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.2

 

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC and Harris N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.3

 

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated January 8, 2007, by and between ACP Lantern Acquisition, Inc. (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Avista Capital Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit   Description
  10.4   Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2008 among Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain management shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.5

 

Employee Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2008, among Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain employee shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2008 by and between ACP Lantern Acquisition Inc. (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Donald Kiepert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 4, 2008 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.8

 

Letter Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2010 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Lantheus Medical Imaging,  Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.9


Sales Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2009, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Lantheus Medical Imaging,  Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.10


Amendment No. 1 to Sales Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.11


Manufacturing and Service Contract for Commercial and Developmental Products, dated August 1, 2008, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Ben Venue Laboratories, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.12


Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc. (formerly known as MDS Nordion, a division of MDS (Canada) Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit   Description
  10.13 Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.14


Amended and Restated Cardiolite License and Supply Agreement, dated January 1, 2004, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.15


Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated as of December 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.16


Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated October 1, 2004, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.17


Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and Technelite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of February 1, 2008, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and UPPI (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 29, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.18


Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of April 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.19


Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of August 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.20


Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of May 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.21


Extension to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of January 1, 2011, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and UPPI (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.22

*†

Amendment No. 4 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of March 1, 2011.

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit   Description
  10.23 Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2001, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as Amersham Health (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 29, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.24


First Amendment to Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. (formerly known as Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company and now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as G.E. Healthcare (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.25


Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., and Mallinckrodt Inc. (a subsidiary of Covidien PLC) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.26

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Mallinckrodt Inc. (a subsidiary of Covidien PLC) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.27

 

Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.28

 

Amendment No. 1 to Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.29

 

Amendment No. 2 to Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.30

 

Form of Option Grant Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.31

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Employee Bonus Plan—2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.32

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. 2010 Executive Leadership Team Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.33

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Severance Plan Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit   Description
  10.34   Letter Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 19, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.35

 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as borrower, Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as guarantors, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, Harris N.A., as collateral agent and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

12.1

 

Statements re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

23.1

*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

*

Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto).

 

25.1

*

Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust FSB with respect to the 9.750% Senior Notes Due 2017.

 

99.1

*

Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.

 

99.2

*

Form of Letter to Clients.

 

99.3

*

Form of Letter of Transmittal.

 

99.4

*

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

*
Filed herewith.

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item 22.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

II-7


Table of Contents

        For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, the undersigned registrant undertakes that each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A (§ 230.430A of this chapter), shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

        For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail

II-8


Table of Contents


or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-9


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Billerica, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on April 1, 2011.

    LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

        Name:   Donald R. Kiepert
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Donald R. Kiepert, Robert P. Gaffey and Michael P. Duffy, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2011.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

Donald R. Kiepert
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ROBERT P. GAFFEY

Robert P. Gaffey

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

/s/ LARRY PICKERING

Larry Pickering

 

Director

/s/ DAVID BURGSTAHLER

David Burgstahler

 

Director

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Billerica, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on April 1, 2011.

    LANTHEUS MI INTERMEDIATE, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

        Name:   Donald R. Kiepert
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Donald R. Kiepert, Robert P. Gaffey and Michael P. Duffy, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2011.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

Donald R. Kiepert
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ROBERT P. GAFFEY

Robert P. Gaffey

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

/s/ LARRY PICKERING

Larry Pickering

 

Director

/s/ DAVID BURGSTAHLER

David Burgstahler

 

Director

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Billerica, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on April 1, 2011.

    LANTHEUS MI REAL ESTATE, LLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

        Name:   Donald R. Kiepert
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

        We, the undersigned member and officers of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC (the "Company"), hereby severally constitute and appoint Donald R. Kiepert, Robert P. Gaffey and Michael P. Duffy, and each of them individually, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, our true and lawful attorneys, with full powers to them and each of them to sign for us, in our names and in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 1, 2011.

Signature
 
Title

 

 

 
/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

Donald R. Kiepert
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ ROBERT P. GAFFEY

Robert P. Gaffey

 

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

/s/ DONALD R. KIEPERT

Donald R. Kiepert

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Sole Member


Exhibit Index

Exhibit   Description
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.2

 

Second Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.3

 

Certificate of Incorporation of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.4

 

First Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.5

 

Certificate of Formation of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

3.6

 

Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.2

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.3

 

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated March 21, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust FSB (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as guarantors, and Jefferies & Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated March 21, 2011, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

4.6

 

Form of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1).

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.

Exhibit   Description
  10.1   Credit Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate LLC, the lenders from time to time party hereto, Harris N.A., as collateral agent, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, Bank of Montreal and NATIXIS as joint bookrunners, Bank of Montreal and NATIXIS as joint lead arrangers, NATIXIS as syndication agent and Jefferies Finance LLC as documentation agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.2

 

Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2010, by and among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc., Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC and Harris N.A. as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.3

 

Advisory Services and Monitoring Agreement, dated January 8, 2007, by and between ACP Lantern Acquisition, Inc. (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Avista Capital Holdings, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.4

 

Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2008 among Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain management shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.5

 

Employee Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2008, among Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc., Avista Capital Partners, L.P., Avista Capital Partners (Offshore), L.P., ACP-Lantern Co-Invest, LLC and certain employee shareholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.6

 

Employment Agreement, dated January 8, 2008 by and between ACP Lantern Acquisition Inc. (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Donald Kiepert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.7

 

Employment Agreement, dated March 4, 2008 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.8

 

Letter Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated January 4, 2010 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Lantheus Medical Imaging,  Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.9


Sales Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2009, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Lantheus Medical Imaging,  Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

Exhibit   Description
  10.10 Amendment No. 1 to Sales Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and NTP Radioisotopes (Pty) Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.11


Manufacturing and Service Contract for Commercial and Developmental Products, dated August 1, 2008, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Ben Venue Laboratories, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.12


Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc. (formerly known as MDS Nordion, a division of MDS (Canada) Inc.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.13


Amendment No. 1 to the Purchase and Supply Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2010, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Nordion (Canada) Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.14


Amended and Restated Cardiolite License and Supply Agreement, dated January 1, 2004, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.15


Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated as of December 29, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.16


Amended and Restated Supply Agreement (Thallium and Generators), dated October 1, 2004, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Cardinal Health 414, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.17


Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and Technelite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of February 1, 2008, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and UPPI (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 29, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.18


Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of April 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.19


Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of August 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.20


Amendment No. 3 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of May 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

Exhibit   Description
  10.21 Extension to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of January 1, 2011, between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and UPPI (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.22

*†

Amendment No. 4 to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite and TechneLite Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates, dated as of March 1, 2011.

 

10.23


Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2001, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company (now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as Amersham Health (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 29, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.24


First Amendment to Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2005, by and between Bristol-Myers Squibb Medical Imaging, Inc. (formerly known as Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company and now known as Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.) and Medi-Physics Inc., doing business as G.E. Healthcare (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.25


Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., and Mallinckrodt Inc. (a subsidiary of Covidien PLC) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 23, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.26

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Manufacturing and Supply Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2010, by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Mallinckrodt Inc. (a subsidiary of Covidien PLC) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.27

 

Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.28

 

Amendment No. 1 to Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.29

 

Amendment No. 2 to Lantheus MI Holdings, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.30

 

Form of Option Grant Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.31

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Employee Bonus Plan—2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.32

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. 2010 Executive Leadership Team Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

Exhibit   Description
  10.33   Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. Severance Plan Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on October 6, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.34

 

Letter Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated October 19, 2008 and effective as of January 1, 2009 by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. and Larry Pickering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the Commission on December 1, 2010 (file number 333-169785)).

 

10.35

 

Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011, among Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., as borrower, Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC, as guarantors, Bank of Montreal, as administrative agent, Harris N.A., as collateral agent and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on March 21, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

12.1

 

Statements re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2011 (file number 333-169785)).

 

23.1

*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2

*

Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

*

Power of Attorney (included as part of the signature pages hereto).

 

25.1

*

Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust FSB with respect to the 9.750% Senior Notes Due 2017.

 

99.1

*

Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.

 

99.2

*

Form of Letter to Clients.

 

99.3

*

Form of Letter of Transmittal.

 

99.4

*

Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

*
Filed herewith.

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



Exhibit 5.1

 

 

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153-0119

 

+1 212 310 8000 tel

 

+1 212 310 8007 fax

 

 

April 1, 2011

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

331 Treble Cove Rd.

North Billerica, MA 01862

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and Lantheus MI Real Estate LLC, each a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantors”) in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as amended, the “Registration Statement”), with respect to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Exchange Notes”) of the Company. The Exchange Notes will be offered in exchange for like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding unregistered 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the “Original Notes”) pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Guarantors, Jefferies & Company, Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp. and Natixis Securities North America Inc. The Registration Rights Agreement was executed in connection with the private placement of the Original Notes. The Original Notes were, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2010 (as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2011, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 21, 2011, and including all other amendments or supplements thereto, the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Exchange Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by each of the Guarantors pursuant to guarantees contained in the Indenture (the “Guarantees”).

 

In so acting, we have examined originals or copies (certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction) of (i) the Registration Statement; (ii) the prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement; (iii) the Indenture; (iv) the Registration Rights Agreement; and (v) such corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials and of officers and representatives of the Company, and have made such inquiries of such officers and representatives, as we have deemed relevant and necessary as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth.

 

In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.  As to all questions of fact material to this opinion that have not been independently established, we have relied upon certificates or comparable documents of officers and representatives of the Company.

 



 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.               The Exchange Notes (assuming due authentication and delivery of the Exchange Notes by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) will be validly issued and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

2.               The Guarantees (assuming due authentication and delivery of the Exchange Notes by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture) will be validly issued and will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of each of the Guarantors, enforceable against each of them in accordance with their terms.

 

The opinion expressed above with respect to validity, binding effect and enforceability are subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to any and all references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

 

2




Exhibit 10.22

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

 

INFORMATION FOR WHICH CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED IS OMITTED AND NOTED WITH “****”.

 

AN UNREDACTED VERSION OF THIS DOCUMENT HAS ALSO BEEN PROVIDED TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO THE AGREEMENT CONCERNING CARDIOLITE® AND TECHNELITE® GENERATOR SUPPLY, PRICING AND REBATES

 

This Amendment No. 4 (“Amendment”) to the Agreement Concerning Cardiolite® and Technelite® Generator Supply, Pricing and Rebates dated as of February 1, 2008 (as amended, the “Agreement”) is made by and between Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc., with its principal place of business at 331 Treble Cove Road, North Billerica, Massachusetts 01862 (“Medical Imaging”), and United Pharmacy Partners, Inc., with its principal place of business at 5400 Laurel Springs Parkway, Suite 405, Suwanee, GA 30024 (“UPPI”), and is effective as of March 1, 2011 (the “Amendment Effective Date”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Medical Imaging and UPPI are parties to the Agreement and desire to further amend the Agreement, as provided herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements set forth in this Amendment and intending to be legally bound, Medical Imaging and UPPI hereby agree as follows:

 

AMENDMENT

 

1.               Section I. - Section I. Defined Terms is amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing therewith the following:

 

“I.  Defined Terms

 

A.                      Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Standard Cardiolite® Terms.

 

B.                        Agreements” means collectively the Agreement, Committed Pharmacy Agreements, the Individual Pharmacy Agreements, and the Standard Cardiolite® Terms, as in effect from time to time.

 

C.                        Committed Member” means a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family which commits to purchase Committed Volumes pursuant to a Committed Pharmacy Agreement, as described in Exhibit 1.

 

D.                       Committed Pharmacy Agreements” means the agreements for Committed

 



 

Volumes, as in effect from time to time, between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family.

 

E.                         Committed Volumes” means the **** minimum volumes of **** mutually agreed to, and set forth in, a Committed Pharmacy Agreement between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family. Such **** minimum volumes shall be established for each Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family based on **** volumes for such Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family or volume estimates appropriate for the time frame in which such Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family is expected to be a Committed Member.

 

F.                         Good Standing” means the status of having obtained and retained all federal, state and local licenses and other requirements necessary for the lawful conduct of business as a commercial radiopharmacy.

 

G.                        Individual Pharmacy Agreements” means the Cardiolite® License and Supply Agreements between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family.

 

H.                       Member” means a Member of UPPI in Good Standing.

 

I.                            Member Radiopharmacy Family” means **** (****) or more commercially established radiopharmacies in Good Standing and which are directly or indirectly Controlled by or under common Control with the same Member.

 

J.                           Quarter” means a calendar quarter.

 

K.                       Technelite® Generator Purchase Price” means the purchase price for Technelite® Generators set forth in Exhibit 1, attached hereto, as such price may be modified from time to time.

 

L.                         Technelite® Generators” means technetium Tc99m generators sold under the trademark Technelite®.

 

M.                    Technelite® Generator Unshipped Curies” means the number of curies that are not shipped if a Technelite® Generator order, accepted by Medical Imaging, is not filled as ordered resulting in no shipment or a shipment of fewer curies than originally specified on the order.

 

N.                       **** Sestamibi Product” means ****.

 

O.                       Uncommitted Member” means a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family which does not commit to purchase minimum volumes of **** or fails to purchase such volumes on a **** basis, as described in Exhibit 1.

 

2



 

2.               Section II. A.  Section II. A, “Pricing”, is amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing therewith the following:

 

“II.       Sestamibi Product Supply and Pricing

 

A.         Pricing. Pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Standard Cardiolite® Terms, the Parties hereby agree that the current Exhibit I of the Standard Cardiolite® Terms is hereby amended as set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.”

 

3.               Section II. B.  Section II. B, “Good Faith Negotiations”, is deleted in its entirety and replacing therewith “Reserved”.

 

4.               Section II. D.  Section II. D, “Administrative Fee”, is amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing therewith the following:

 

“D.                             Administrative Fee.  Commencing as of ****, Medical Imaging shall pay to UPPI an Administrative Fee in the amount of **** percent (****%) of the aggregate dollars billed in the immediately preceding **** for Sestamibi Product and Technelite® Generators by Medical Imaging to Members pursuant to this Agreement, provided that for the first payment hereunder the Administrative Fee will be payable only in connection with the aggregate dollars billed in **** pursuant to this Agreement.  The Administrative Fee will be paid no later than **** days after the close of any given **** during the Term of the Agreement.”

 

5.               Section III. B.  Section III. B, “Purchase Price”, is amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing therewith the following:

 

“B.                              Purchase Price.  The Parties agree that each Member shall pay to Medical Imaging the Technelite® Generator Purchase Price as set forth in Exhibit 1 for Technelite® Generators and agree to the terms set forth on Exhibit 1.  Such payment is due and payable as set forth in Medical Imaging’s invoices.  The Members will be responsible for any and all federal, state, county or municipal sales or use tax, healthcare tax, excise, customs charges, duties or similar charges, or any other tax assessment (other than that assessed against Medical Imaging’s income), license, fee or other charge lawfully assessed or charged on the sale, transportation, or other disposition of Technelite® Generators.”

 

3



 

6.  Section V.  Section V. (A) “Term; Termination” is amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing therewith the following:

 

“1.       The term of this Agreement (“Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall expire upon the earlier of (i) December 31, 2012, or (ii) termination of the Agreement pursuant to Section V(A)(2) below.

 

2.         Medical Imaging may terminate this Agreement at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days’ written notice to UPPI, effective on such date as may be specified in such notice. All accrued but unpaid amounts due to Medical Imaging shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement.”

 

7.               Exhibit 1.  Exhibit 1 is amended by deleting such exhibit in its entirety and replacing therewith Exhibit 1 attached hereto.

 

8.               General.  Except as specifically modified hereby, the terms and provisions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect and otherwise unmodified.  This Amendment shall be effective from and after the Amendment Effective Date and is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.  The Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof (whether written or oral).  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when executed is deemed to be an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

UNITED PHARMACY PARTNERS, INC.

 

LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Perry Polsinelli

 

By:

/s/ Donald R. Kiepert, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Perry Polsinelli

 

Name:

Donald R. Kiepert, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President/CEO

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

March 8, 2011

 

Date:

March 9, 2011

 

5



 

Exhibit 1

 

NOTICE OF INCENTIVE PROGRAMS AND PRICING
FOR SESTAMIBI PRODUCT AND TECHNELITE® GENERATORS

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (“Medical Imaging”) is pleased to make the following Program for Sestamibi Product and Technelite® Generators available to all Members (each, a “Member”) of United Pharmacy Partners, Inc. (“UPPI”).  All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in Schedule A.  The terms of this notice are confidential and are subject to the confidentiality provisions of Section 5.11 of your Standard Cardiolite® Terms.

 

Committed Members

 

A.

 

From **** through ****, each Committed Member shall pay Medical Imaging **** of $**** for Cardiolite®.

 

 

 

B.

 

From **** through ****, each Committed Member shall pay Medical Imaging **** of $**** for Cardiolite®.

 

 

 

C.

 

From **** through ****, each Committed Member shall pay Medical Imaging **** of $**** for **** Sestamibi Product.

 

 

 

D.

 

From **** through ****, each Committed Member shall pay Medical Imaging **** of $**** for **** Sestamibi Product.

 

 

 

E.

 

TechneLite® Generator Purchase Price for Committed Members effective as of **** will be as detailed in the pricing schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A1. Subject to the terms hereof, price increases on **** will be limited to no more than ****% for Committed Members.

 

 

 

F.

 

Pricing for Committed Members includes **** (****) vial sets per TechneLite® Generator. Medical Imaging will also use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a **** for Committed Members.

 

 

 

G.

 

If a Committed Member fails to satisfy the Committed Volumes for any **** during the Term of the Agreement, Medical Imaging shall have the right to move such Member to the Uncommitted Member pricing effective as of **** following the end of such ****. In calculating the **** purchases of TechneLite® Generators, Medical Imaging will take into consideration the total number of curies purchased plus the number of Technelite® Generator Unshipped Curies. The start date for Committed Member pricing and measuring Committed Volumes will be set forth in the Committed Pharmacy Agreement for each Committed Member and shall be consistent with the orders for such Committed Volumes. In no event will the Committed Member pricing be available prior to the effective date of the Committed Pharmacy Agreement for such Committed Member. Should an existing Member or new Member wish to become a Committed Member after the Effective Date, Medical Imaging will establish a Committed Volume based on **** volumes for such Member or volume estimates

 

6



 

 

 

appropriate for the time frame in which such Member is expected to be a Committed Member for purposes of negotiating a Committed Pharmacy Agreement with such Member.

 

 

 

H.

 

If at any time the aggregate Committed Volumes of the Committed Members is less than **** of **** per **** or **** **** of **** per ****, the parties shall negotiate in good faith modifications to the Agreements.

 

 

 

I.

 

If at any time the aggregate purchases made by Committed Members in a **** are more than **** of **** or **** **** of ****, the parties shall negotiate in good faith modifications to the Agreements.

 

II  Uncommitted Members

 

A.

 

Current pricing for each Uncommitted Member will **** until ****.

 

 

 

B.

 

Each Uncommitted Member shall pay Medical Imaging a **** of $**** for Cardiolite® effective ****.

 

 

 

C.

 

TechneLite® Generator Purchase Price for Uncommitted Members effective **** will be as detailed in the pricing schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A2. Medical Imaging reserves the right to change such pricing for Uncommitted Members upon **** (****) days prior written notice.

 

III  Other Terms

 

A.

 

The terms of the existing Exhibit I of the Standard Cardiolite® Terms are being modified as set forth herein. All references to Exhibit I to the Standard Cardiolite® Terms will be understood to reference and incorporate the terms contained herein. For purposes of clarity, the Parties acknowledge and agree that all related rebate or incentive programs are no longer applicable.

 

 

 

B.

 

Each Member shall, during the Term, pay an amount to Medical Imaging equal to the then-effective price for Sestamibi Product and the then-effective Technelite® Generator Purchase Price for purchases of Technelite® Generators delivered and invoiced to it by Medical Imaging. In the event that Medical Imaging is required to make a substitution on an accepted order for Technelite® Generators and such substitution would result in the shipment of one or more Technelite® Generators with fewer curies than originally ordered by such Member, then Medical Imaging will make an appropriate adjustment to the order for such Technelite® Generators to reflect the actual number of curies shipped.

 

 

 

C.

 

Members will be required to provide Medical Imaging with the Required Monthly Vial and Unit Dose Report for **** (as described in Section 2.07(b)(i) of the Standard Cardiolite® Terms and Conditions).

 

7



 

D.

 

Any and all terms and conditions, if any, contained within the Standard Cardiolite® Terms that are inconsistent with this notice are hereby deemed to be amended and modified to be consistent with and governed by the provisions hereof.

 

 

 

E.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Medical Imaging may increase the Technelite® Generator purchase prices to reflect any material change in costs of molybdenum. A change in such costs is considered material if the increase in the cost of molybdenum over any **** (****) day period (a “Moly Cost Increase Period”) is more than **** percent (****%). In the event of such a material increase, Medical Imaging shall be entitled to increase the Technelite® Generator purchase prices to reflect the incremental increase in such costs over **** percent (****%) starting as of when such costs are actually incurred by Medical Imaging, provided that Medical Imaging provides UPPI **** (****) days written notice and reasonable documentation supporting such change in costs. Medical Imaging shall not implement the type of price increase detailed in this paragraph more than **** per calendar year.

 

 

 

F.

 

Each Member hereby represents and warrants that it will properly store, use and dispose of all materials provided by Medical Imaging in accordance with any instructions set forth on the applicable product labels, the rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and all other applicable local, state and federal government regulations.

 

 

 

G.

 

Notwithstanding anything in Agreements to the contrary, the Agreement may be freely assigned by Medical Imaging.

 

 

 

H.

 

In accordance with Section 5.04 of the Standard Cardiolite® Terms, each Member shall report all AEs, Product Quality Complaints and Special Situations to Medical Imaging within 24 hours of the date that Member first becomes aware of an AE, Product Quality Complaint or Special Situation associated with a Sestamibi Product, TechneLite® Generator or any other product of Medical Imaging that is reported to Member or of which Member or any of its agents, including local radiopharmacists, are otherwise made aware. In addition, Member shall provide Medical Imaging with immediate (or as soon as practicable) notification of any fatal or life-threatening Serious AE.

 

 

 

 

 

The report for AEs and Special Situations should contain as much information as is available concerning such event to permit Medical Imaging to file a MedWatch Form 3500A report that satisfies regulatory guidelines for content and timeliness. The reports for Product Quality Complaints shall include the following information: name and contact information of reporter; product/material name or description; lot number; number of defective units; number of complaint samples available for return; indication of whether a patient was dosed; and description of the complaint condition.

 

 

 

 

 

Member shall insure prompt follow-up as necessary to provide Medical Imaging with reasonably complete information known or otherwise available to Member with respect to any Serious AE, AEs, Product Quality Complaints or Special Situations. If follow-up information is received after reporting a Serious AE, AE, Product Quality Complaint or Special Situation, Member also must report such information.

 

8



 

 

 

All reports and any related communications made hereunder shall be made as follows (or to such other address, contact person, telephone number, facsimile number or e mail address as may be specified by Medical Imaging):

 

United States

Phone: 1-800-343-7851

 

·      Press Option 2 for Adverse Events or Special Situations

 

·      Press Option 3 for Product Quality Complaints

 

Fax: 1-866-880-9343

 

Outside US/Canada

Phone: 978-667-9531

 

·      Press Option 2 for Adverse Events or Special Situations

 

·      Press Option 3 for Product Quality Complaints

 

Fax: 734-929-6688

 

 

 

E-Mail: lantheussafety@i3drugsafety.com

 

i3 Drug Safety is the pharmacovigilance partner of Lantheus Medical Imaging.

 

 

 

AE” means any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation subject, which results in any unfavorable and unintended sign, symptom, or disease temporally associated with the use of a medicinal product, whether or not considered, related to the medicinal product.  All noxious and unintended responses to a medicinal product related to any dose should be considered adverse drug reactions.  Responses to a medicinal product means that a causal relationship between the product and AE is at least a reasonable possibility (i.e., the relationship cannot be ruled out or cannot be determined).  The failure of a Sestamibi Product to localize as expected shall not be deemed an adverse experience, whereas a significant failure of expected pharmacologic action would be considered an adverse event.

 

 

 

 

 

Product Quality Complaint” means an oral or written report, originating from an external or internal source, stating that a product marketed by Medical Imaging is not meeting the customer’s expectations in relation to identity, quality, effectiveness or performance of the product.

 

 

 

 

 

Serious AE” means any untoward medical occurrence that at any dose:  results in death; is life-threatening (defined as an event in which the subject or patient was at risk of death at the time of the event; it does not refer to an event which hypothetically might have caused death if it were more severe); requires inpatient hospitalization or causes prolongation of existing hospitalizations; results in persistent or significant disability/incapacity; results in a congenital anomaly/birth defect; is an important medical event (defined as a medical event(s) that may not be immediately life-threatening or result in death or hospitalization, but based upon appropriate medical and scientific judgment, may jeopardize the patient/subject or may require intervention, e.g., medical surgical, to prevent one of the other serious outcomes listed in the definition above).  Examples of such events include, but are not limited to, intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home for allergic bronchospasm; blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in hospitalization.  For reporting purposes, Medical Imaging also considers the occurrences of cancer, pregnancy, or overdose(accidental or intentional and regardless of adverse outcome) as events that must be expeditiously reported as important medical events.

 

9



 

 

 

Special Situation” means any outcomes of pregnancies of patients exposed to product, AE during breastfeeding, data on use of product in children, lack of efficacy (effect), transmission of an infectious disease with product, overdose, misuse, or abuse, medication errors or AE in compassionate use/named patient use. For reporting purposes, Medical Imaging considers Special Situations to be AEs that must be reported within 24 hours.

 

 

 

I.

 

Except as set forth above, notwithstanding anything in the Individual Pharmacy Agreements to the contrary, upon any amendment, modification or supplement to the Standard Cardiolite® Terms, Medical Imaging shall be required at any time to provide written notice thereof solely to UPPI at the following address:

 

United Pharmacy Partners, Inc.

5400 Laurel Springs Parkway, Suite 405

Suwanee, GA 30024

Attn: Perry Polsinelli, President & CEO

 

 

 

All notices to be provided to Medical Imaging hereunder shall be delivered to:

 

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

331 Treble Cove Road,

North Billerica, Massachusetts

Attn: Robert A. Spurr, Vice President, Sales & Marketing

 

10



 

Schedule A

 

Defined Terms

 

A.      Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in the Standard Cardiolite® Terms.

 

B.       “Agreements” means collectively the Agreement, Committed Pharmacy Agreements, the Individual Pharmacy Agreements, and the Standard Cardiolite® Terms, as in effect from time to time.

 

C.       “Committed Member” means a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family which commits to purchase Committed Volumes pursuant to a Committed Pharmacy Agreement, as described in Exhibit 1.

 

D.       “Committed Pharmacy Agreements” means the agreements for Committed Volumes, as in effect from time to time, between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family.

 

E.       “Committed Volumes” means the **** minimum volumes of **** mutually agreed to, and set forth in, a Committed Pharmacy Agreement between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family. Such **** minimum volumes shall be established for each Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family based on **** volumes for such Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family or volume estimates appropriate for the time frame in which such Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family is expected to be a Committed Member.

 

F.       “Good Standing” means the status of having obtained and retained all federal, state and local licenses and other requirements necessary for the lawful conduct of business as a commercial radiopharmacy.

 

G.       “Individual Pharmacy Agreements” means the Cardiolite® License and Supply Agreements between Medical Imaging and a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family.

 

H.       “Member” means a Member of UPPI in Good Standing.

 

I.        “Member Radiopharmacy Family” means **** (****) or more commercially established radiopharmacies in Good Standing and which are directly or indirectly Controlled by or under common Control with the same Member.

 

J.        “Quarter” means a calendar quarter.

 

11



 

K.       “Technelite® Generator Purchase Price” means the purchase price for Technelite® Generators set forth in Exhibit 1, attached hereto, as such price may be modified from time to time.

 

L.       “Technelite® Generators” means technetium Tc99m generators sold under the trademark Technelite®.

 

M.      “Technelite® Generator Unshipped Curies” means the number of curies that are not shipped if a Technelite® Generator order, accepted by Medical Imaging, is not filled as ordered resulting in no shipment or a shipment of fewer curies than originally specified on the order.

 

N.       “**** Sestamibi Product” means ****.

 

O.       “Uncommitted Member” means a Member or Member Radiopharmacy Family which does not commit to purchase minimum volumes of **** or fails to purchase such volumes on a **** basis, as described in Exhibit 1.

 

12



 

Exhibit A1

 

TechneLite® Generator Pricing for Committed Members as of ****

 

****

 

TechneLite® Generators manufactured on Sunday are denoted with a “-U” above.

 

13



 

Exhibit A2

 

TechneLite® Generator Pricing for Uncommitted Members as of ****

 

****

 

TechneLite® Generators manufactured on Sunday are denoted with a “-U” above.

 

14




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 7,  2011 (April 1, 2011 as to Note 22), relating to the consolidated financial statements of Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc. and subsidiaries appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Boston, Massachusetts

April 1, 2011

 




Exhibit 25.1

 

File No.                   

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939

OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

o CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

Federal Charter

 

52-1877389

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

 

Harborplace Tower, Suite 2620

111 S. Calvert Street

Baltimore, Maryland  21202

(410) 468-4325

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Michael A. DiGregorio

Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Wilmington Trust Company

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware  19890-0001

(302) 651-8793

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.(1)

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

51-0396366

(State of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. employer identification no.)

 

 

 

331 Treble Cove Road

 

 

North Billerica, MA

 

01862

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

9.750% Senior Notes due 2017

(Title of the indenture securities)

 


(1)  SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL OBLIGORS

 

Table of Additional Registrants

 

Exact Name of
Obligor as
Specified in its
Charter (Or Other
Organizational
Document)

 

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation
or
Organization

 

I.R.S Employer
Identification
Number
(If None, Write N/A)

 

Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code
Number

 

Address, Including Zip
Code, of Obligor’s
Principal Executive
Offices

 

Telephone Number,
Including Area
Code, of Obligor’s
Principal Executive
Offices

Lantheus MI Intermediate, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

32-0225450

 

2834

 

331 Treble Cove Road,
North Billerica, MA 01862

 

(978) 671-8001

Lantheus MI Real Estate, LLC

 

Delaware

 

61-1549164

 

2834

 

331 Treble Cove Road,
North Billerica, MA 01862

 

(978) 671-8001

 

The name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the agent for service for each of the Additional Registrants is:

 

Michael P. Duffy

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

331 Treble Cove Road, Building 600-2

North Billerica, MA 01862

(978) 671-8408

 

 

 



 

Item 1.    GENERAL INFORMATION.  Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

(a)                       Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Office of Thrift Supervision

1475 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Atlanta, GA  30309

 

(b)                       Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

Item  2.                        AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.   If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each affiliation:

 

Based upon an examination of the books and records of the trustee and upon information furnished by the obligor, the obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

 

Item 16.                    LIST OF EXHIBITS.  List below are all exhibits filed as part of this Statement of Eligibility and Qualification.

 

1.               A copy of the Federal Stock Savings Bank Charter for Wilmington Trust FSB, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

2.                  The authority of Wilmington Trust FSB to commence business was granted under the Federal Stock Savings Bank Charter for Wilmington Trust FSB, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

3.                 The authorization to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the Federal Stock Savings Bank charter, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1.

 

4.               A copy of the existing By-Laws of Trustee, as now in effect, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of form T-1.

 

5.      Not applicable.

 

6.               The consent of Trustee as  required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1.

 

7.               Current Report of the Condition of Trustee, published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 

8.        Not applicable.

 

9.        Not applicable.

 



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wilmington Trust FSB, a federal savings bank, organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this Statement of Eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Guilford and State of Connecticut on the 25th day of March, 2011.

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

Name:

Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

Title:

Vice President

 


 

EXHIBIT 1

 

Charter No. 6012

 

FEDERAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK CHARTER

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

 

As existing on June 10, 1994.

 



 

FEDERAL STOCK SAVINGS BANK CHARTER

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

 

SECTION 1.  Corporate Title.  The full corporate title of the savings bank is Wilmington Trust FSB.

 

SECTION 2.  Office.  The home office shall be located in Salisbury, Maryland.

 

SECTION 3.  Duration.  The duration of the savings bank is perpetual.

 

SECTION 4.  Purpose and Powers.  The purpose of the savings bank is to pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a Federal savings bank chartered under Section 5 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and to exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”).

 

SECTION 5.  Capital Stock.  The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock which the savings bank has the authority to issue is 10,000,000, all of which shall be common stock of par value of $1.00 per share.  The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the Board of Directors without the approval of its shareholders, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule, or regulation.  The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value.  Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the savings bank.  The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted to the savings bank), labor, or services actually performed for the savings bank, or any combination of the foregoing.  In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor, or services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the savings bank, shall be conclusive.  Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable.  In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the surplus of the savings bank which is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of shares of as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

 

Except for shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the savings bank from the mutual to stock form of capitalization, no shares of common stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of other securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers, directors, or controlling persons of the savings bank other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying shares to a director, unless the issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes

 



 

eligible to be cast as a legal meeting.

 

The holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power.  Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder, except as to the cumulation of votes for the election of directors.  Subject to any provision for a liquidation account, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the savings bank, the holders of the common stock shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the savings bank, to receive the remaining assets of the savings bank available for distribution, in cash or in kind.  Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

 

SECTION 6.  Preemptive Rights.  Holders of the capital stock of the savings bank shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the savings bank which may be issued.

 

SECTION 7.  Directors.  The savings bank shall be under the direction of a Board of Directors.  The authorized number of directors, as stated in the savings bank’s bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except when a greater number is approved by the OTS.

 

SECTION 8.  Amendment of Charter.  Except as provided in Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal of this charter shall be made, unless such is first proposed by the Board of Directors of the savings bank, then preliminarily approved by the OTS, which preliminary approval may be granted by the OTS pursuant to regulations specifying preapproved charter amendments, and thereafter approved by the shareholders by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal.  Any amendment, addition, alteration, change, or repeal so acted upon shall be effective upon filing with the OTS in accordance with regulatory procedures or on such other date as the OTS may specify in its preliminary approval.

 



 

EXHIBIT 4

 

BY-LAWS OF WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

 

As Amended April 28, 2008

 

ARTICLE I — HOME OFFICES

 

The home office of this savings bank shall be at 111 South Calvert Street, Suite 2620, Baltimore, Maryland.

 

ARTICLE II — SHAREHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1.  Place of Meetings.  All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the home office of the savings bank or at such other place in or outside the State in which the principal place of business of the savings bank is located as the board of directors may determine.

 

SECTION 2.  Annual Meeting.  A meeting of the shareholders of the savings bank for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the savings bank shall be held annually within 120 days after the end of the savings bank’s fiscal year or at such other date and time within at such 120-day period as the board of directors may determine.

 

SECTION 3.  Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, one of the presidents or a majority of the board of directors, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, or the secretary upon the written request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of the outstanding capital stock of the savings bank entitled to vote at the meeting.  Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home office of the savings bank addressed to the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, or the secretary.

 

SECTION 4.  Conduct of Meetings.  The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or one of the presidents to preside at such meetings.

 

SECTION 5.  Notice of Meeting.  Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than 20 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, the secretary or the directors calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the

 



 

address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the savings bank as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II with postage prepaid.  When any shareholders’ meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.  It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time or place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken.

 

SECTION 6.  Fixing of Record Date.  For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders.  Such date in any case shall be not more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not fewer than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment.

 

SECTION 7.  Voting Lists.  At least 20 days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the savings bank shall make a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number of shares held by each.  This list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the savings bank and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours for a period of 20 days prior to such meeting.  Such list also shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during the entire time of the meeting.  The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 

In lieu of making the shareholder list available for inspection by shareholders as provided in the preceding paragraph, the board of directors may elect to follow the procedures prescribed in §552.6(d) of the OTS’s regulations as now or hereafter in effect.

 

SECTION 8.  Quorum.  A majority of the outstanding shares of the savings bank entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.  If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum.

 



 

SECTION 9.  Proxies.  At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.  Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.

 

SECTION 10.  Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons.  When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the savings bank to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the savings bank any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled.  In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

 

SECTION 11.  Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.  Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine.  Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.  Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

 

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

 

Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the savings bank nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the savings bank, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

 

SECTION 12.  Cumulative Voting.  Every shareholder entitled to vote at an election for directors shall have the right to vote, in person by proxy, the number of shares owned by the shareholder for as many persons as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the shareholder has a right to vote, or to cumulate the votes by giving one candidate as many votes as the number of such directors to be elected multiplied by the number of shares shall equal or by distributing such votes on the same principle among any number of candidates.

 



 

SECTION 13.  Inspectors of Election.  In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any persons other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment.  The number of inspectors shall be either one or three.  Any such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting.  If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the board or one of the presidents may, or on the request of not fewer than 10 percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointment at the meeting.  If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed.  In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the board of directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the board or one of the presidents.

 

Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the OTS, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares and the voting power of each share, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

 

SECTION 14.  Director Elections.  The board of directors may nominate candidates for election as directors.  Ballots bearing the names of all persons nominated by the board of directors and by shareholders shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.   However, if the board of directors shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

 

SECTION 15.  New BusinessAny new business to be taken up at the annual meeting shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary of the savings bank at least five days before the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting; but no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting.  Any shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least five days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter.  This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors, and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

 

SECTION 16.  Informal Action by Shareholders.  Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.

 



 

ARTICLE III — BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1.  General Powers.  The business and affairs of this savings bank shall be under the direction of its board of directors.  The board of directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board and one or more presidents and shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board, one of the presidents, an executive vice president, a senior vice president, or a vice president to preside at its meetings.

 

SECTION 2.  Number and Term.  The board of directors shall consist of six members.  The directors shall be elected annually, and shall serve for the ensuing year and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 3.  Regular and Special Meetings.  Regular and special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, one of the presidents or one-third of the directors.  The persons authorized to call meetings of the board of directors may fix any place as the place for holding that meeting.

 

Members of the board of directors may participate in regular or special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Such participation shall constitute presence in person and, if the board of directors so determines, shall constitute attendance for purpose of entitlement to compensation pursuant to Section 11 of this Article.

 

SECTION 4.  Qualification.  Each director shall at all times be the beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the savings bank unless the savings bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company.

 

SECTION 5.  Notice.  Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior thereto when delivered personally or by telegram or at least five days prior thereto when delivered by mail at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached.  Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage prepaid if mailed or when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram.  Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary.  The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need to be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

SECTION 6.  Quorum.  A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors; but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time.  Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 5 of this Article III.

 


 

SECTION 7.  Manner of Acting.  The act of a majority of the directors present at a duly convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by the regulations of the OTS or these bylaws.

 

SECTION 8.  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the directors.

 

SECTION 9.  Resignation.  Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the savings bank addressed to the chairman of the board or one of the presidents.  Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of the board or one of the presidents.  More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

 

SECTION 10.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve until the next election of directors by the shareholders.  Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors for may be filled by election by the board of directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.

 

SECTION 11.  Compensation.  Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services.  By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance, whether in person or by telephone, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of directors.

 

Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attendance, whether in person or by telephone, at committee meetings as the Board of directors may determine from time to time.

 

SECTION 12.  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the savings bank who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any savings bank matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention shall be entered into the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the savings bank within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.  Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

SECTION 13.  Removal of Directors.  At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed for cause by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  If less than the entire board is to be

 



 

removed, no one of the directors may be removed if the votes cast against the removal would be sufficient to elect a director if then cumulatively voted at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.  Whenever the holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections thereto, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

 

ARTICLE IV — EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

SECTION 1.  Appointment.  The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate an executive committee.  The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

 

SECTION 2.  Authority.  The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to:  the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or bylaws of the savings bank, or recommending to the stockholders a plan of merger, consolidation or conversion; the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the savings bank otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the savings bank; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

 

SECTION 3.  Tenure.  Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until a successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.

 

SECTION 4.  Meetings.  Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution.  Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof upon not less than one day’s notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral.  Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person.  The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

 

SECTION 5.  Quorum.  A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the Executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

 



 

SECTION 6.  Action Without a Meeting.  Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

 

SECTION 7.  Vacancies.  Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

 

SECTION 8.  Resignations and Removal.  Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.  Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the one of the presidents or secretary of the savings bank.  Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 9.  Procedure.  The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws.  It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred

 

SECTION 10.  Other Committees.  The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit, loan or other committee composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the savings bank and may prescribe the duties, constitution, and procedures thereof.

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1.  Positions.  The officers of this savings bank shall be one or more presidents, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors.  The board of directors may also designate the chairman of the board as an officer.  One of the presidents shall be the chief executive officer, unless the board of directors designates the chairman of the board as chief executive officer.  The offices of secretary and treasurer may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer.  The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president.  The board of directors also may elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of this savings bank may require.  The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.

 

SECTION 2.  Election and Term of Office.  The officers of this savings bank shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders.  If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible.  Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly

 



 

elected and qualified or until the officer’s death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee, or agent shall not of itself create contractual rights.  The board of directors may authorize the savings bank to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with regulations of the OTS; but no such contract shall impair the right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

 

SECTION 3.  Removal.  Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the savings bank would be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

SECTION 4.  Vacancies.  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

SECTION 5.  Remuneration.  The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE VI — CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 1.  Contracts.  To the extent permitted by regulations of the OTS, and except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the board of directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the savings bank to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the savings bank.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 2.  Loans.  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the savings bank and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board of directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 3.  Checks, Drafts, etc.  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the savings bank shall be signed by one or more officers, employees or agents of the savings bank in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

SECTION 4.  Deposits.  All funds of the savings bank not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the savings bank in any duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VII — CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 1.  Certificates for Shares.  Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the savings bank shall be in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors and

 



 

approved by the OTS.  Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the savings bank authorized by the board of directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof.  The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the savings bank itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified.  The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the savings bank.  All certificates surrendered to the savings bank for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the savings bank as the board of directors may prescribe.

 

SECTION 2.  Transfer of Shares.  Transfer of shares of the capital stock of the savings bank shall be made only on its stock transfer books.  Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his attorney authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and filed with the savings bank.  Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares.  The person in whose name shares of capital stock stand on the books of the savings bank shall be deemed by the savings bank to be the owner for all purposes.

 

ARTICLE VIII — FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of this savings bank shall end on the 31st day of December of each year.

 

ARTICLE IX — DIVIDENDS

 

Subject to the terms of the savings bank’s charter and the regulations and orders of the OTS, the board of directors may, from time to time, declare, and the savings bank may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.

 

ARTICLE X — CORPORATE SEAL

 

The board of directors shall approve a savings bank seal which shall be two concentric circles between which shall be the name of the savings bank.  The year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.

 

ARTICLE XI — AMENDMENTS

 

These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with regulations of the OTS at any time by a majority of the full board of directors or by a majority vote of the votes cast by the stockholders of the savings bank at any legal meeting.

 



 

EXHIBIT 6

 

Section 321(b) Consent

 

Pursuant to Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, Wilmington Trust FSB hereby consents that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon requests therefor.

 

 

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 25, 2011

By:

/s/ Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

Name: Joseph P. O’Donnell

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

EXHIBIT 7

 

This form is intended to assist state nonmember banks and savings banks with state publication requirements.  It has not been approved by any state banking authorities.  Refer to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication requirements.

 

REPORT OF CONDITION

 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB

of

BALTIMORE

 

Name of Bank

 

City

 

 

in the State of Maryland, at the close of business on December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

Cash, Deposits & Investment Securities:

 

828,435

 

Mortgage back Securities:

 

1,164

 

Mortgage Loans:

 

509,754

 

Non-Mortgage Loans:

 

453,513

 

Repossessed Assets:

 

3,978

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock:

 

6,119

 

Office Premises and Equipment:

 

16,297

 

Other Assets:

 

161,633

 

Total Assets:

 

1,980,893

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Deposits

 

1,583,782

 

Escrows

 

578

 

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

15,007

 

Other Liabilities and Deferred Income:

 

123,409

 

Total Liabilities

 

1,722,776

 

 

 

 

Thousands of Dollars

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

299,463

 

Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Certain Securities

 

26

 

Retained Earnings

 

(41,372

)

Other Components of Equity Capital

 

0

 

Total Equity Capital

 

258,117

 

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

 

1,980,893

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.1

        LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.—LETTER TO BROKERS & DEALERS

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
IN EXCHANGE FOR
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 
        THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        , 2011 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS EXTENDED BY LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC. 


, 2011

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

        Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Company") is offering, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus, dated                    , 2011 (the "Prospectus") and the related letter of transmittal, to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Exchange Notes"), for its outstanding 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Restricted Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and letter of transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

        We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Restricted Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Restricted Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Restricted Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

        Enclosed herewith are copies of the following documents for forwarding to your clients:

        YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. RESTRICTED NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. WE URGE YOU TO CONTACT YOUR CLIENTS AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THEIR INSTRUCTIONS.

        The Company will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person (other than the exchange agent as described in the Prospectus) in connection with the solicitation of tenders of Restricted Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. You will, however, be reimbursed by the Company for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by you in forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. The Company will pay or cause to be paid any transfer taxes applicable to the tender of Restricted Notes to it or its order, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus.


        Please refer to "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes" in the Prospectus for a description of the procedures which must be followed to tender Restricted Notes in the Exchange Offer.

        Any inquiries you may have with respect to Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to Wilmington Trust FSB, the exchange agent for the Exchange Offer, at its address and telephone number set forth in the Prospectus.

        NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS THE AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR TO MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER OTHER THAN THE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED THEREIN.

Enclosures

2




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.2

        LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.—LETTER TO CLIENTS

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
IN EXCHANGE FOR
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 
        THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                                    , 2011 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS EXTENDED BY LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC. 


, 2011

To Our Clients:

        Enclosed for your consideration is a prospectus, dated                    , 2011 (the "Prospectus"), and the related letter of transmittal relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Company") to exchange its 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Exchange Notes"), for its outstanding 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Restricted Notes"), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and letter of transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2011, among the Company, the guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

        This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Restricted Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A TENDER OF SUCH RESTRICTED NOTES MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.

        Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Restricted Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and letter of transmittal. The letter of transmittal is furnished to you for your information only and cannot be used by you to exchange Restricted Notes held by us for your account or benefit. You may only tender your Restricted Notes by book-entry transfer of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus, letter of transmittal and other material provided herewith before instructing us to tender your Restricted Notes. We also request that you confirm that we may, on your behalf, make the representations contained in the Letter of Transmittal, and replicated in 5(a) through (f) below.

        Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Restricted Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2011, unless extended by the Company. Any Restricted Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

        Your attention is directed to the following:


        To participate in the Exchange Offer, holders must represent to Company that each of these statements is true. If the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.

        If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Restricted Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter. Your instructions should be forwarded to us in ample time to permit us to submit a tender on your behalf by the Expiration Date.

2



INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

        The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed prospectus and the related letter of transmittal (which, as amended from time to time, together constitute the "Offer Documents") relating to the Exchange Offer made by Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. with respect to their Restricted Notes.

        This will instruct you to tender the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Restricted Notes indicated below held by you or for the account or benefit of the undersigned (or, if no amount is indicated below, for all of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Restricted Notes held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Offer Documents.

        o          Please tender the Restricted Notes held by you for my account as indicated below:

9.750 Senior Notes due 2017

    $     

(Aggregate Principal Amount of Restricted Notes)
   

        o          Please do not tender any Restricted Notes held by you for my account.

Dated:                                    , 2011

Signature(s):    

 

Print Name(s) here:    

 

Print Address(es):    

 

Area Code and Telephone Number(s):    

 

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):    

        None of the Restricted Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Restricted Notes held by us for your account.

3




QuickLinks

INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.3

LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.—LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
IN EXCHANGE FOR
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

 
        THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                        ,
2011 (THE "EXPIRATION DATE") UNLESS EXTENDED BY LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.
 

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

Wilmington Trust FSB

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Delivery:

Wilmington Trust FSB
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1626

By Facsimile:
(302) 636-4139

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:
Sam Hamed
(302) 636-6181

        DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the prospectus dated                                    , 2011 (the "Prospectus") of Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Company") and certain of the Company's subsidiaries (the "Guarantors"), and this letter of transmittal (the "Letter of Transmittal"), which together describe the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $150,000,000 of its 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for its outstanding 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Restricted Notes"). Both the Restricted Notes and the Exchange Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantors.


        The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

        PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW. YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

        List below the Restricted Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.


 
DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTED NOTES

 
Name(s) and Addresses of Registered Holder(s)
(Please fill in)

  Certificate
Number(s)

  Aggregate
Principal Amount
at Maturity
Represented By
Restricted Notes*

  Principal Amount
at Maturity
Tendered**


 
          

         

          

         

        Total        

 
  *   Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
**   Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount at maturity represented by such Restricted Notes. See Instruction 2.

 

        This Letter of Transmittal is to be used if delivery of Restricted Notes is to be made by book-entry transfer to an account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility"), pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes." Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

        Holders whose Restricted Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Restricted Notes and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Restricted Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Guaranteed Delivery Procedure."

o
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED RESTRICTED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name of Tendering Institution(s)    
   
 

        The Depository Trust Company Account Number    
   
 

        Transaction Code Number    
   
 

2


o
CHECK HERE IF TENDERED RESTRICTED NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

        Name of Registered Holder(s)    
   
 

        Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery    
   
 

        Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery    
   
 

        If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer:    
   
 

        Account Number    
   
 
o
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO:

        Name    
   
 

        Address    
   
 

        If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering such a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Any holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company or who has an arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any broker-dealer who purchased Restricted Notes from the Company in the initial offering to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act and cannot rely on the interpretation made to third parties by the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") described in paragraph 3 below. In addition, any broker-dealer who purchased Restricted Notes in the initial offering may not use the prospectus contained in the Offer to Purchase to resell any Notes.

3


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

4


5


        THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS SUBJECT TO THE MORE DETAILED TERMS SET FORTH IN THE PROSPECTUS AND, IN CASE OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, THE TERMS OF THE PROSPECTUS SHALL PREVAIL.

        THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF RESTRICTED NOTES" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE RESTRICTED NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.


Name(s)*    

(Please type or print)

 

 

  


 

 

 


Address:

 

 


 

 

  

    *   (Such person(s) must properly complete a Substitute Form W-9 enclosed herein, or must obtain or properly complete an IRS Form W-8BEN, an ITS Form W-8ECI, or an IRS Form W-8IMY, as applicable)    

        
Credit unchanged Restricted Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.


 
(Book-Entry Transfer Facility
Account Number, if applicable)


Name(s)*    

(Please type or print)

 

 

  


 

 

 


Address:

 

 


 

 

  

6



SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS
(See paragraph 4 above)

To be completed ONLY if (i) the undersigned satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph 4 above, (ii) the undersigned elects to register its Restricted Notes in the Shelf Registration described in the Registration Agreement, and (iii) the undersigned agrees to comply with the Registration Agreement and to indemnify certain entities and individuals as set forth in paragraph 4 above.

o
By checking this box the undersigned hereby (i) represents that it is entitled to have its Restricted Notes registered in a Shelf Registration in accordance with the Registration Agreement, (ii) elects to have its Restricted Notes registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration described in the Registration Agreement, and (iii) agrees to comply with the Registration Agreement and to indemnify certain entities and individuals identified in, and to the extent provided in, paragraph 4 above.

IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

7


PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.


X     

      
  , 2011

X

 

 


 

    

 

, 2011

X

 

 


 

    

 

, 2011
Signature(s) of Owner   Date
   

Area Code and Telephone Number    

Name(s):    


 

 

  


Capacity:

 

 


 

 

 


Address:

 

  


 

 

  

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(if required by Instruction 3)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution:
   
 

  


  


8



INSTRUCTIONS

1.
Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

        This Letter is to be completed by holders of Restricted Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes." Certificates for all physically tendered Restricted Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or manually signed facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Restricted Notes tendered hereby must be in minimum denominations or principal amount at maturity of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereafter.

        Noteholders whose certificates for Restricted Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Restricted Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes." Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution (as defined below), (ii) on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Restricted Notes and the amount of Restricted Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Restricted Notes in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Restricted Notes, in proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

        The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Restricted Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail it is recommended that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal should be sent to the Company.

        See "The Exchange Offer" section in the Prospectus.

2.
Partial Tenders.

        If less than all of the Restricted Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Restricted Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled "Description of Restricted Notes" under "Principal Amount at Maturity Tendered." A reissued certificate representing the balance of nontendered Restricted Notes of a tendering holder who physically delivered Restricted Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Expiration Date. All of the Restricted Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

3.
Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

        If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder of the Restricted Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

        If any tendered Restricted Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

9


        If any tendered Restricted Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of certificates.

        When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Restricted Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Restricted Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

        If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificates(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

        If this Letter of Transmittal or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.

        Endorsements on certificates for Restricted Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (each an "Eligible Institution" and collectively, "Eligible Institutions").

        Signatures on the Letter of Transmittal need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution if (A) the Restricted Notes are tendered (i) by a registered holder of Restricted Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Restricted Notes) who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution and (B) the box entitled "Special Registration Instructions" on this Letter of Transmittal has not been completed.

4.
Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

        Tendering holders of Restricted Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or substitute certificates evidencing Restricted Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated and such person named must properly complete a Substitute Form W-9, an IRS Form W-8BEN, an IRS Form W-8ECI, or an IRS Form W-8IMY, as applicable. Noteholders tendering Restricted Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Restricted Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Restricted Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal.

5.
Transfer Taxes.

        The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Restricted Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes and/or substitute Restricted Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Restricted Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Restricted Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Restricted Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

10


6.
Waiver of Conditions.

        The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

7.
No Conditional Tenders.

        No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Restricted Notes, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Restricted Notes for exchange.

        Although the Company intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Restricted Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

8.
Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Restricted Notes.

        Any holder whose Restricted Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

9.
Withdrawal of Tenders.

        Tenders of Restricted Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        For a withdrawal of a tender of Restricted Notes to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having deposited the Restricted Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the Restricted Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount at maturity of such Restricted Notes), (iii) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal by which such Restricted Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the trustee under the indenture pursuant to which the Restricted Notes were issued register the transfer of such Restricted Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender, and (iv) specify the name in which any such Restricted Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. Any Restricted Notes so properly withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Restricted Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender, or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Restricted Notes may be rendered by following the procedures described above at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

        All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered Restricted Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Restricted Notes not properly tendered or any Restricted Notes the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities, or conditions of tender as to particular Restricted Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions of this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties.

10.
Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

        Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

11



IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

        Each prospective holder of Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to Special Issuance Instructions should complete the attached Substitute Form W-9. Under current U.S. federal income tax law, a holder of Exchange Notes is required to provide the Company (as payor) with such holder's correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN") on Substitute Form W-9 or otherwise establish a basis for exemption from backup withholding to prevent any backup withholding on any payments received in respect of the Exchange Notes. If a holder of Exchange Notes is an individual, the TIN is such holder's social security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct taxpayer identification number, a holder of Exchange Notes may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. The Substitute Form W-9 need not be completed if the box entitled Special Issuance Instructions has not been completed.

        Certain holders of Exchange Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt U.S. holders of Exchange Notes should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. A foreign holder may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Company, through the Exchange Agent, the appropriate IRS Form W-8 (e.g., IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8ECI or IRS Form W-8IMY), properly completed and signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to the holder's exempt status. The appropriate IRS Form W-8 can be obtained from the IRS website (http://www.irs.gov) or requested from the Exchange Agent. See the enclosed Substitute Form W-9 and the accompanying instructions for additional instructions.

        If backup withholding applies, the Company is required to withhold 28% of any "reportable payment" made to the holder of Exchange Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional U.S. federal income tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service.

Purpose of Substitute Form W-9

        To prevent backup withholding with respect to any payments received in respect of the Exchange Notes, each prospective U.S. holder of Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to Special Issuance Instructions should provide the Company, through the Exchange Agent, with either: (i) such prospective holder's correct TIN by completing the form below, certifying that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such prospective holder is awaiting a TIN), that such prospective holder is a U.S. person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, including a U.S. resident alien), and that (A) such prospective holder is exempt from backup withholding, (B) such prospective holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (C) the Internal Revenue Service has notified such prospective holder that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption. If a nonexempt holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future, such holder should write "Applied For" in the space for the TIN provided on the attached Substitute Form W-9 and must also complete the attached "Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number" in order to prevent backup withholding. In the event that such holder fails to provide a TIN to the Company by the time of payment, the Company must backup withhold 28% of the payments made to such holder.

What Number to Give the Exchange Agent

        The prospective U.S. holder of Exchange Notes to be issued pursuant to Special Issuance Instructions is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the prospective U.S. record owner of the Exchange Notes. If the Exchange Notes will be held in more than one name or are not held in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Substitute Form W-9 and accompanying instructions for additional guidance regarding which number to report.

12



 
PAYER'S NAME: Wilmington Trust FSB

 
Name (as shown on income tax return):

 
Business Name, if different from above:

 
Please check the appropriate box indicating your status:
o Individual/Sole proprietor    o Corporation    o Partnership    o Other    o Exempt from backup withholding

 
Address:

 
City, State, and ZIP code:

 

SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service

 

Part I TIN—PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN ON THE APPROPRIATE LINE AT THE RIGHT. For most individuals, this is your social security number. If you do not have a number, see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9. If you are awaiting a TIN, write "Applied For" in this Part I, complete the "Certificate Of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number" below and see "IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION."

 

Social Security Number OR Employer Identification Number
  

   
 
    Part II—Certification—Under penalties of perjury, I certify that: (1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and (3) I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).
   
 
Payer's Request for TIN and
Certification
  Certification Instructions—You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return.

 
The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

Sign
Here
 
SIGNATURE
 
 

   Date  
  

   , 2011


NOTE:

 

FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN A $50 PENALTY IMPOSED BY THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU ON ACCOUNT OF THE TENDER OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, AND PLEASE SEE "IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION."

 

 

COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATION IF YOU WROTE "APPLIED FOR"
INSTEAD OF A TIN ON THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

            I certify under penalties of perjury that a TIN has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a TIN to the Depositary by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.

Sign
Here
  Signature of
U.S. person:
 
 

   Date  
  

   , 2011

13



GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

        Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer.—The taxpayer identification number for an individual is the individual's Social Security number. Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: e.g., 000-00-0000. The taxpayer identification number for an entity is the entity's Employer Identification number. Employer Identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: e.g., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.

 
For this type of account:
  Give the SOCIAL SECURITY
number of—

 

1.

 

 

 

An individual's account

 

The individual

2.

 

 

 

Two or more individuals (joint account)

 

The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(l)

3.

 

 

 

Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

 

The minor(2)

4.

 

a.

 

The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)

 

The grantor-trustee(l)
 
 

 

b.

 

So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law

 

The actual owner(l)

5.

 

 

 

Sole proprietorship account or single-owner LLC owned by an individual

 

The owner(3)

6.

 

 

 

Disregarded entity not owned by an individual

 

The owner

 

 
For this type of account:
  Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
number of—

 

7.

 

 

 

A valid trust, estate or pension trust

 

The legal entity (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)(4)

8.

 

 

 

Corporate account or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832

 

The corporation

9.

 

 

 

Association, club, religious, charitable, educational or other tax-exempt organization

 

The organization

10.

 

 

 

Partnership or multiple- member LLC

 

The partnership

11.

 

 

 

A broker or registered nominee

 

The broker or nominee

12.

 

 

 

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district or prison) that receives agriculture program payments

 

The public entity
 
(1)
List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a Social Security number, that person's number must be furnished.

(2)
Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's Social Security number.

(3)
You must show the name of the individual. The name of the business or the "doing business as" name may also be entered. Either the Social Security number or the Employer Identification number may be used.

(4)
List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate or pension trust.

        NOTE:    IF NO NAME IS CIRCLED WHEN THERE IS MORE THAN ONE NAME, THE NUMBER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO BE THAT OF THE FIRST NAME LISTED.

14



GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Purpose of Form

        A person who is required to file an information return with the IRS must get your correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate transactions, mortgage interest you paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an individual retirement account. Use Substitute Form W-9 to give your correct TIN to the requester (the person requesting your TIN) and, when applicable, (1) to certify the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are waiting for a number to be issued), (2) to certify you are not subject to backup withholding, or (3) to claim exemption from backup withholding if you are an exempt payee. The TIN provided must match the name given on the Substitute Form W-9.

How to Get a TIN

        If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or get this form on-line at www.ssa.gov/online/ss-5.pdf. You may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. You can apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer ID Numbers under Businesses Topics. Use Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for an ITIN for individuals who are not U.S. citizens or permanent residents, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676) or from the IRS web site at www.irs.gov.

        If you do not have a TIN, write "Applied For" in Part 1, sign and date the form, and give it to the payer. If the payer does not receive your TIN by the time of payment, backup withholding will begin and continue until you furnish your TIN.

        Note: Writing "Applied For" on the form means that you have already applied for a TIN OR that you intend to apply for one soon. As soon as you receive your TIN, complete another substitute Form W-9, include your TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the payer.

        CAUTION:    A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner must use the appropriate Form W-8.

Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding

        Individuals (including sole proprietors) are NOT exempt from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends.

        Note: If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should still complete Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. If you are exempt, enter your correct TIN in Part 1, check the "Exempt" box in Part 2, and sign and date the form. If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, give the requester the appropriate completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status.

        The following is a list of payees that may be exempt from backup withholding and for which no information reporting is required.

15


        For interest and dividends, all listed payees are exempt except for those listed in item (9). For broker transactions, payees listed in (1) through (13) and any person registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker is exempt. Payments subject to reporting under sections 6041 and 6041A are generally exempt from backup withholding only if made to payees described in items (1) through (7). However, the following payments made to a corporation (including gross proceeds paid to an attorney under section 6045(f), even if the attorney is a corporation) and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from backup withholding: (a) medical and health care payments, (b) attorneys' fees, and (c) payments for services paid by a federal executive agency. Only payees described in items (1) through (5) are exempt from backup withholding for barter exchange transactions and patronage dividends.

        Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, CHECK THE "EXEMPT" BOX IN PART 2 ON THE FACE OF THE FORM IN THE SPACE PROVIDED, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.

        Certain payments that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A, 6042, 6044, 6045, 6049, 6050A and 6050N, and their regulations.

        Privacy Act Notice.    Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to give your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws.

        The IRS may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, or to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws and to combat terrorism. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividends, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. The penalties described below may also apply.

Penalties

        Failure to Furnish TIN.    If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

        Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding.    If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.

        Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.    Falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

        Misuse of TINs.    If the payer discloses or uses TINs in violation of federal law, the payer may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.

        FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, CONTACT YOUR TAX ADVISOR OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

16




QuickLinks

SPECIAL REGISTRATION INSTRUCTIONS (See paragraph 4 above)
INSTRUCTIONS
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 99.4

        LANTHEUS MEDICAL IMAGING, INC.—
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc.

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
NOT REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
IN EXCHANGE FOR
9.750% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2017
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

        This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used by registered holders of outstanding 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017, not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Restricted Notes") who wish to tender their Restricted Notes in exchange for a like principal amount at maturity of 9.750% Senior Notes due 2017 that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to the exchange offer described in the prospectus dated                        , 2011 (the "Prospectus") if the holder's Restricted Notes are not immediately available or if such holder cannot deliver its Restricted Notes and Letter of Transmittal (and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal) to Wilmington Trust FSB (the "Exchange Agent") prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                        , 2011. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) or mail to the Exchange Agent. See "The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes" in the Prospectus.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

Wilmington Trust FSB

By Mail, Hand or Overnight Delivery:
Wilmington Trust FSB
c/o Wilmington Trust Company
Corporate Capital Markets
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-1626

By Facsimile:
(302) 636-4139

For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:
Sam Hamed
(302) 636-6181

        DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION VIA A FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION TO A NUMBER OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

        This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an eligible institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

        The undersigned hereby tenders to Lantheus Medical Imaging, Inc. (the "Company") the principal amount of Restricted Notes indicated below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Prospectus, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.


 
DESCRIPTION OF NOTES TENDERED

 
Name of Tendering Holder
  Name and Address
of Registered
Holder as it appears on
the Restricted Notes
(Please print)

  Certificate Number(s)
for Restricted Notes
Tendered

  Principal Amount
at Maturity
of Restricted
Notes Tendered


 
  

  

  

2



X     

  X       

X

 

 


 

X

 

    

X

 

 


 

X

 

    
Signature(s) of Owner   Date
   

 
   
Name(s):  
 

Capacity:

 


 

Address(es):

 


 

o   The Depository Trust Company
    (Check if Restricted Notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer)
    Account Number:    

   

THE GUARANTEE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED.


3


THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

        The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent at one of its addresses set forth above, the certificates representing the Restricted Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Restricted Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guaranteed, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.


Name of Firm:

 

  


 

    
        (Authorized signature)


Address:

 

  


 

Title:

 

  


 

 

  


 

Name:

 

 

(Please type or print)

 

 

  


 

 

 

 


  

Area Code and Telephone No.

 

Date:

 

  


NOTE:

 

DO NOT SEND RESTRICTED NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. RESTRICTED NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

4




QuickLinks